1'^..^ >^ ^^m OF _,, Califc M--^ t^ .^««***'*^ ^\ 'm v^. ' />' ^^m ^Ui^^j/:^^- "i?!* ^^^*^ ^S^^^^ J \ :\ i r.i.n.i t^ J .-i.,>'1^1v, ■■■"'^i /'///// ';^_ /..../Wii^>^4.. rS['n-i...JA'. \\V IV PREFACE. dering of this assistance would require, and the pupil will have always at hand the assistance needed. These notes are taken chiefly from Dymock's Csesar, Glasgow edition. A few have been added from other sources. The Vocabulary or index at the end of the work is abridged from the same author, and contains various and important information respecting the persons and places mentioned in the text, and also respecting many things belonging to the antiquities and polity of the Romans and their method of conducting military operations. In this part several wood cuts have been introduced to aid the pupil in forming correct ideas of some of the engines and operations of war, as they existed in the days of Caesar. The map of Ancient Gaul has been prepared with special refer- ence to this work, and exhibits the divisions of that country, with the names of nations, tribes, and towns, mentioned by Caesar, as they existed in his time, so far as their position can be ascertained from authentic sources. The modern names of the same places will be found, generally, by consulting the Index. A correct pronunciation as it regards quantity should be attended to from the beginning. In order to aid the pupil in forming correct habits in this too much neglected part of study, the quantity of the penult syllable has been marked in all words of more than two syl- lables, except where the penult vow^l is followed by two conso- nants or a double consonant, in which case it is always long; or where the penult vowel is followed by another vowel, in which case it is almost always short; or when the syllable being common, that is, either short or long, there is no danger of the quai^ity being given wrong. In words of two syllables there is little danger of wrong pronunciation, and if, in words of more than two syllables, the quantity of the penult is correctly given, there is little danger of error elsewhere. With a view to render the work as full as was deemed necessary, and at the same time to bring the price so low as to make it more generally accessible, only the first six books of the Commentaries on the Gallic war have been taken. These contain all that portion of this author usually read in academies and schools, and to have taken more would only have increased the size and the price of the book without any corresponding benefit to the purchaser. The Editor takes this opportunity to renew his grateful acknow- ledgements to the many learned men, and instructors of youth, for PREFACE. V the favor with which his humble labors have been received by them, and for the many important suggestions communicated, by which he has been enabled to add essentially to their value and usefulness. A Greek Reader adapted to the Greek Grammar is now preparing, and will be published as speedily as possible. Albany Academy, ) February 26, 1845. J ( NOTICE. In the text, the references to the Grammar generally will be found at the places indicated, in all the editions. Those marked § 140, 1, 1st, 2d, 3d, 4th, will be found in editions previous to the last of 1844, at § 145, Obs. 5, 1st, 2d, 3d, 4th: And those marked § 140, 2, 3, 4, 5, will be found under § 140, Obs. 1, 2d, 3d, 4th, and 5 th. » INTRODUCTION SENTENCES. 1. A sentence is such an assemblage of words as makes complete sense; as, Man is mortal. 2. Sentences are of two kinds, simple and compound. 3. A simple sentence contains but one subject and one verb ; as, Life is short. Time Jlies. 4. A compound sentence contains two or more simple sen- tences combined ; as, Life^ which is short, should he well employed. 5. In the combining of words to form a sentence, observe carefully the following General Principles of Syntax. 1. In every sentence there must be a verb in the indica- tive, subjunctive, imperative, or infinitive mood, and a sub- jectj expressed or understood. 2. Every adjective, adjective pronoun, or participle, must have a substantive expressed or understood with which it agrees, § 98 and § 146.* 3. Every relative must have an antecedent or word to which it refers, and with which it agrees, ^ 99. 4. Every nominative has its own verb expressed or under- stood, of which it is the subject, ^^ 100, 101, 102. Or is placed after the' substantive verb in the predicate, ^ 103. 5. Every finite verb ; i. e., every verb in the indicative, subjunctive or imperative mood, has its own nominative, expressed or understood, §§ 101, 102, and when the infini- tive has a subject it is in the accusative, § 145. The infini- tive without a subject does not form a sentence or proposi- tion, ^ 143. 6. Every oblique case is governed by some word, express- ed or understood, in the sentence of which it forms a part. • The references are to the sections in the Latin Grammar, f 8 INTBODIJCTION. Resolution or Analysis. Every simple sentence consists of two parts, the subject and the predicate, ^ 94, 6. 7. 8. In analyzing a sentence, it is necessary to distinguish between the Grammatical sub- ject and predicate, and the Logical subject and predicate. The G-rammatical subject is the name or thing spoken of, without, or separated from, all modifying words or clauses, and which stands as the nominative to the verb, or the ac- cusative before the infinitive. The Logical subject is the same word in connection with the qualifying or restricting expressions, which go to make up the full and precise idea of the thing spoken of. The Grammatical predicate is the word or words contain- ing the simple affirmation made respecting the subject. The Logical predicate is the grammatical predicate com- bined with all those words or expressions that modify or restrict it in any way ; thus : In the sentence, "An inordinate desire of admiration often produces a contemptible levity of deportment;" the Grammatical subject is ^^ desire ;^^ the Logical ^^An inordi' note desire of admiration^ The Grammatical predicate is ^^ produces^''"' the Logical, ^''produces often a contemptible lecity of deportment. ^^ In Latin and English, the general arrangement of a sen- tence is the same, i. e., the sentence commonly begins with the subject and ends with the predicate. But the order of the words in each of these parts, is usually so different in Latin, from what it is in English, that one of the first diffi- culties a beginner has to encounter with a Latin sentence, is to know how " to take it in," or to arrange it in the proper order of the English. This is technically called constrU' ing or giving the order. To assist in this, some advan- tage may be found by carefully attending to the following Directions for Beginners. Direct. I. As all the other parts of a sentence depend upon the two leading parts, namely, the subject or NOMI- NATIVE, and the predicate or VEKB; the first thing to be done with every sentence, is to find out these. In order to this. INTRODUCTION.- 9 1. Look for the leading verb, which is always in the present, imperfect, perfect, pluperfect, or future of the indic- ative, or in the imperative mood,* and usually at or near the end of the sentence. 2. Having found the verb, observe its number and person; this will aid in finding its nominative, which is a noun or pronoun in the same number and person with the verb, com- monly before it, and near the beginning of the sentence, though not always so, § 151. R. I. with exceptions. Direct. II. Having thus found the nominative and verb, and ascertained their meaning, the sentence may be resolved from the Latin into the English order, as follows : 1. Take the Vocative, Exciting, Introductory, or connect- ing words, if there are any. 2. The NOMINATIVE. 3. Words limiting or explaining it, i. e., words agreeing with it, or governed by it, or by one another, where they are found, till you come to the verh. 4. The VERB. 5. Words limiting or explaining it, i. e., words which modify it, are governed by it, or depend upon it. 6. Supply everywhere the words understood. 7. If the sentence be compound, take the parts of it seve- rally as they depend one upon another, proceeding with each of them as above. Direct. III. In arranging the words for translation, in the subordinate parts of a sentence, observe the following Rules for construing. I. An oblique case, or the infinitive mood, is put after the word that governs it. Exc. The relative and interrogative are usually put before the gov- erning word, unless that be a preposition; if it is, then after it. n. An adjective, if no other word depend upon it or be coupled with it, is put before its substantive ; but if another word depend upon it, or be governed by it, it is usually placed after it. • All the other parts of the verb are generally used in subordinate clauses. So, also, is the pluperfect indicative. In oblique discourse, the leading verb is in the infinitive, § 141. Rule VI. 10 INTRODUCTION. III. The participle is usually construed after its substan- tive, or the word with which it agrees. IV. The relative and its oiause, should, if possible, come immediately after the antecedent. V. When a question is asked, the nominative comes after the verb ; (in English between the auxiliary and the verb.) Interrogative words, however, such as quis, quotus, guantus, uter, &c., come before the verb. VI. After a transitive active verb, look for an accusative, and after a preposition, for an accusative or ablative, and arrange the words accordingly. VII. Words in apposition must be construed as near together as possible. VIII. Adverbs, adverbial phrases, prepositions with their cases, circumstances of time, place, cause, manner, instru- ment, &c., should be placed, in general, after the words which they modify. The case absolute commonly before them, and often j&rst in the sentence. IX. The words of different clauses must not be mixed together, but each clause translated by itself, in its order, according to its connection with, or dependence upon, those to which it is related. X. Conjunctions should be placed before the last of two words, or sentences connected. I LATIN IDIOMS.* PARTICULAR DIRECTIONS AND MODELS FOR TRANS- LATION. [The following explanations and directions are intended chiefly for reference. But it will be of great advantage for the pupil to become familiar with them by going through them two or three times, in course, simultaneously with his reading lessons.] 1. Before translating, every sentence should be read over till it can be read correctly and with ease, paying spe- cial attention to the quantity and pronunciation. The words should then be arranged according to the preceding general directions, and translated as they are arranged, separately or in clusters, as may be found convenient ; always remem- bering to place adjectives and adjective pronouns with their substantives before translating. The sense and grammati- cal construction being thus ascertained, the translation may then be read over without the Latin, and due attention paid to the English idiom. The whole sentence, whether simple or compound, may then be analyzed as directed § 152, and last of all, every word parsed separately as directed, ^ 153. 2. In order to arrange and translate with ease, it is neces- sary to be familiar with, and readily to distinguish the dif- ferent cases, genders, and numbers of nouns, pronouns, adjectives, and participles, and to translate them correctly and promptly, in these cases and numbers, &c. ; and also to distinguish and correctly translate the verb in its various moods, tenses, numbers, persons, &;c. This can be acquired only by continual practice and drilling, which should be kept up till the utmost readiness is attained. 3. The English prepositions used in translating the dif- ferent cases in Latin, for the sake of convenience, may be called SIGNS of those cases ; and in translating these, the English definite or indefinite article is to be used as the sense requires. The signs of the cases are as follows : Nom. (No sign.) Ace. (No sign.) Gen. Of. Voc. 0. or no sign. Dat. To ox for. Abl. With, from, in, hy, he. * * A Latin idiom, strictly speaking, is a mode of speech peculiar to the Latin language. It is here used in a more extended sense, to denote a mode of speech difierent from the English, or which, if ren- dered word for word, and with the ordinary signs of cases, moods, tenses, &c., would not make a correct English sentence. J2 INTRODUCTION. In certain constructions the idiom of the English language requires the oblique cases in Latin to be translated in a man- ner different from the above. The chief of these construc- tions are the fallowing : mUf.. ..Tkea^^e. 1. The genitive denoting the place where, R. XXXVI., is translated at; as, Romce, " At Rome." 2. Denoting ^r2ce, sometimes /or; as, Vendidit pluris, "He sold it for Tnore;^'' or without a sign; as, Constttit pluris, " It cost ?«ore. 5, the BatweM^, 1. After a verb of taking away, R. AAlX. ; the dative is translated /roTTz ; as, Eripuit memorti, "He rescued me from death 'j"*^ Eripttur morti, "He is rescued from death:' R. XXXII-III. See § 123, Exp. 2. Denoting the doer after a passive verb, R. XXXtlL, it is translated />2/; as, Vix audior ulli , "I am scarcely heard by any one:' 3. Denoting the possessor, R. XV., Obs. 1, it is transla- ted as the genitive ; as, jE z in mentem venit, " It came into the mind to him,'' i. e», of Mm, or into his mind. 4. After verbs signifying " to be present," at; as, Ad- fuit precihus, He was present at prayers. § 1 12, R. I. 6. The Ablative. 1. The ablative denoting a property or quality of another substantive, R. VII., is translated q/*; as, Vir mird mag- nitu dine, "A man of wonderful size.'' 2. The place where, R. XXXVI. Exc, commonly at^ sometimes in. ' 3. After the comparative degree, ^ 120, R. XXIV., than; as, Dulcior melle, " Sweeter than honey." ^. Denoting the material of which a thing is made, § 128, Obs. 2, of; as, Factus ebore, "Made of ivory:' 5. After dignus and words denoting origin; also after opus and usus, signifying need, of; as. Dignus honors, "Worthy of honor" LATIN IDIOMS. 13 6. Denoting time how long-, sometimes in ; as, U 7io die fecit, "He did it in rnie day ; " sometimes without a sign; as, tfno die ahfuit, " He was absent o?2e <^ay.'' 7. Time when, at, on; as, Solis oc€asu, ^^ At the set- ting of the sun ; " Idtbus Aprtlis, " On the ides of April." 8. After verbs of depriving, § 125, of; as, Euni veste spolidvit, "He stripped him of his garment." Cases without Signs. 7. When the genitive, dative, or ablative, is governed by an intransitive verb which is translated by a transitive verb in English, (^ 38, Obs. 4»^) or by an adjective denoting like- ness, the sign of the case is omitted; as, 1. Gen. Miserere met, Pity we. ^. Dat. Prafuit exercttui, He commanded the army. 3. " Placuit r eg i , It pleased the king. 4. Abl. Utitur fr aud e , He uses deceit. 5. '' Potitus est imp erio , Re ohiained the government . 6. Dat. Similis patri, hike his father. Obs. But when rendered by an intransitive verb in Eng- lish, the sign of the case must be used ; as, 7. Insidiantur nobis , They lie in wait /or tis. 8. When a verb governs two datives, by R. XIX., the dative of the end or design is sometimes rendered without the sign; as, 1. Est mihi voluptdti, It is to me [for] a pleasure ; i. e., It is [or brings] a pleasure to me. 9. The ablative absolute, R. LX., (See No. 109,) and frequently time how long, R. XL., are without the sign; as, 1. Bellofinito, T^e M>ar being ended. 2. S *m}m':'S!s^*iH'Vf^^^v-W LATIN IDIOMS. 17 Pr07lOU7lS. 27. 1st. The adjective pronoun, hie, hsc, hoc, with a noun following, is used as an adjective, and means, in the singu- lar, " this^'"' — in the plural, " these^ — Ille, ilia, illud, — isj ea, id, — iste, ista, istud, with a noun, in the singular, mean *' that,'" — in the plural, " those:' 2d. Without a noun following they are all used substan- tively, and mean, in the singular, he, she, it ; in the plural, they; thus, 1. Hie vir, This man. 4. Hie fecit, i/ie did it. 2. IllafemXna, That woman. 5. Ilia venit, She came. 3. Eaurhs, That city. 6. E a (Dido) condtdit earn, She built it, (Carthage.) Obs. In sentences containing an enumeration of particu- lars, the same pronoun is sometimes used in successive clauses, but they require to be translated differently, (^ 98, Obs. 12,); thus, 7. Hie, \ hie, ) ^- ^*' i " one " " the one " ^^' > '' another," ''the 9. Ille, ( °^^' tne one. .^^^^ ? other." 10. Mter, > -alter, ) When antithesis or contrast is stated, hie is translated " this," and refers to the nearer antecedent, ille, " that,'" and refers to the more distant ; as, Jl. Hie minor natu est, ill e major, This is the younger, that, the older. 28. Is, ea, id, followed by ut, or the relative, qui, qum, quod, in the next clause, means " such,'''' and implies com- parison. The relative after it may be translated, that I, that thou, that he, that they, &c., according as the antece- dent requires, or it may be translated as, and its verb by the infinitive (§ 31, Obs. 2.); thus, 1. Is homo erat ut, S^c., He was such a man that, &c. 2. Neque i s sum qui terrear, I am not such that I may be fright- ened. Or better thus, I am not such a one as to be fright- ened. Obs. The adverb eo with ut following it means "so far," " to such a degree," " to such a point," " in such a state ;" as, 3. jE pervenit ut, '^ He came so far, (i. e. made such progress,) that;" 18 INTRODUCTION. Possessive Pronouns^ 29. The possessive pronoun is equivalent in meaning to the genitive of the substantive pronoun, and may often be 30 translated ; as, 1. Beneficio suo popullque Ro- By the kindness of himself and of mdni, the Roman people. 2. Cum me a nemo scripta legat, Since no one reads the writings of vulgo recitdre timentis, me, fearing to recite them pub- licly. 30. The possessives, siius, sua, suum, in Latin, agrees in gender, number, and case, with the noun denoting the object possessed, but in English must be translated by a pronoun denoting the possessor ; thus, 1. Pater diligit suo s liberos, A father loves his children. 2. Parentes dittgunt suam. soholem, Parents love ^^eir offspring. 3. Frater diligit suam sororem, A brother loves his sister. 4. Soror diligit suum fratrem, A sister loves her brother. Ohs. In the first sentence, " suos,^^ agrees vi^ith " liberos,^^ but must be translated " Az>," denoting " pater,'''' the pos- sessor. In the second, suam, though singular, to agree with soholem, must be translated " their,'^ so as to denote the pos- sessors, '■'■ parentes,^^ &c. Usage of Sui, Suus ; — Hie, Iste, Hic, Is. 31. The reflexive, sui, and its possessive, suus, generally refer to the subject of the leading verb* in the sentence ; ille, iste, hic, is, never refer to that subject, but to some other person or thing spoken of; thus, 1. C at o occidit s e, Cato killed himself. 2. Pater diligit suo s liberos, A father loves his (own) children. 3. P ar ent es diltgunt suam Parents love their (own) off- soholem, spring. 4. Dicit se valere, He says that he is well. Obs. In the second and third sentence, suos, "his," and rua7n, "their," referring to some other person than pater or parentes, would be made by the genitive of ille, iste, hic, is. In the first and fourth, se would be made eum. For the dif- ference between these words usually translated " he," see Gr. § 28, Obs. 3. I • See Gr. § 28, Obs. 3, 1st., with note. LATIN IDIOMS. , 19 Mate. If a second subject and verb be introduced, the reflexive governed by that verb will belong to the new sub- ject, unless the whole clause refer to the words, wishes, or actions, of the first subject ; as, 5. Scipio civitatibus Italice reddi' Scipio restored to the States of dit omnia quae, sua recog- Italy, all the things which they noscebant, recognised as their own. Usage of Ipse. •32. Ipse renders the word with which it is joined em- phatic, whether expressed or understood, and is equal to the English, myself, thyself, hiinself, themselves, &c., annexed to it ; sometimes to the word very prefixed. With numbers it denotes exactness, and sometimes it is used by itself as a reflexive instead of sui, ^ 28, Obs. 3, 2d. ; as, 1. Ipse faciam, (i. e. ego ipse,) I will do it myself. 2. Ip s e frueris otio, (i, e. tuipse,) Thou thyself enjoy est ease. 3. Jaculo cadit ip s e, (i. e. ille ipse,) He himself falls by a dart. 4. Ccesar ip s e venit, Csesar himself came. 5. Tempus ip sum convenit. The very time was agreed on. 6. Ad ip s a s portas, To the very gates. 7. Decern ipsi dies, Ten ttj/ioZe days. 8. Precdtus est ut ip sum. liberdret, He begged that he would lib- erate him. 9. Donum ipsi datum, A present given to him. 33. When joined with the personal pronouns, used in a reflexive sense, and in an oblique case, it sometimes agrees with them in case, but more commonly with the subject of the verb in the^ nominative or accusative. It is always, how- ever, to be translated with the oblique case, to which it adds the force of the word self, or simply of emphasis ; thus, 1. Se ipseinterfecit (or se ipsum,) He slew himseZ/. 1. Noscete ipse {ovte ipsum,) Know Wiyself. 2. Mihi ipse (or ip s i,) faveo, I favor lay self . 3. JLgam. per me ip s e, I will do it Wijself. 4. Virtus est per se i p s -a lauda- Virtue is to be praised for it- bllis, self. 5. Se ipsos omnes naturd dill- All men naturally love them- gimt. selves. RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT. General Principle. 34. Every sentence containing a relative and its antece- dent, is a compound sentencpj of which the relative with its 20 INTRODUCTION. clause forms one of the parts, and is used further to describe or limit its antecedent word in the other part. That word may be the subject, or belong to the predicate, or to some circumstance connected with either. But to whichsoever of these it belongs, the relative and its clause must all be translated together, and in immediate connexion with its antecedent word. Hence the following General Rule of Arrangement. 35. The relative with its clause should be placed imme- diately after, or as near as possible to the antecedent, and, unless unavoidable, another substantive should not come between them; thus, Latin Arrangement. 1. TJrhi immtnet mons, qui ad Arcadiam procurrit. Here ^^qui^"* with its clause, ^^ ad Arcadiam procurrit,''^ belongs to, and further describes the antecedent subject, *' moTis.'''' As then the subject with all that belongs to it must be taken before the verb, (Gr. ^ 152, Direct. 2, 2d, 3d,) the above sentence should be arranged for translation, thus : Mons qui procurrit ad Arcadiam^immznet urhi, A moun- tain, which extends to Arcadia, hangs over the city. Or, the English order may be inverted, thus : TJrhi imml- net mons, qui procurrit ad Arcadiam, Over the city hangs a mountain, which, &c. But not, Mons imminet urhi, qui, &c., because this arrange- ment would place ^^urhV between the antecedent, ^'- mons,^'' and the relative, '■^ qui,''^ and so lead to a false translation. The following sentence also affords an example : 2. ProxzmeurbemEiurdtas Jluvius deldbitur,ad cu- jus ripas Spartdni se exerc^re solebant. Arrange, Proxime urhem delahltur, &c.. Close to the city flows ; or, Eurotas Jluvius, ad cujus ripas, &c. 36. When another noun necessarily comes between the relative and its antecedent, there is more danger of ambi- guity in English than in Latin, as the gender and number of the Latin relative will generally direct to the proper an- tecedent, to which in English we are directed chiefly by the LATIN IDIOMS. 21 sense. The following sentence affords an example of this kind: Ad Byzantium fugit, opptdum Tiaturd munltum et arte, quod copid abundat. 37. The antecedent in Latin is often understood when the English idiom requires it to be supplied. It is gene- rally understood, and should be supplied in the proper case : 1st. When it is intentionally left indefinite, or is obvious from the gender and number of the relative, and the con- nexion in which it stands, as in No. 19 ; as, 1. Sunt (homines) quos juvat, There are men whom it delights. 2. Hie est (id) quodqucerimus, That which we seek is here. " Hie sunt, (ea) quce qucerlmus Those things which we seek are here. 3. (Is) qui cito dat, bis dat, (He) who gives promptly, gives twice . Note. In the preceding sentences the antecedent supplied is in parentheses. 2d. The antecedent is usually understood before the rela- tive, when it is expressed after it, and in the same case, (§ 99, Obs. 1, 2d.); as, 4. (Par s) quce pars terrenafuit, The part which was earthy. 5. (Locus) in quern locum, venit, The place into which he came. " jipud J.ctium (locum) qui lo- At Actium a. place which is, &c. cus est, 4rc. Note. 1. When the antecedent word is expressed in the relative clause, as in the examples Nos. 4, and 5, or is repeated, as in the following. No. 6, (§ 99, Obs. 1, 3d.,) it is omitted in translating; as, 6 Erant omnino duo itinera, qui- There were only two ways by bus it in erib u s domo ex- which they could go from Irepossent. home. Note 2. Quisquis, quidquid, or quicquid, (and also quicun- que.) qucecunque, quodcunque,) "whoever, whatever," used as* a relative without an antecedent, includes a general or indefi- nite antecedent, in such case as the construction requires, and is equivalent to omnis, or quivis qui, — omne, or quidvis quod; as, 7. Fortunam. quce cun que (i.e. They would hazard whatever qu amv is fortunam quae) fortune (i- ^- o,ny fortune accldat experiantur , which) might happen. 8. Quid quid tetig^rat aurum Whatever (i.e. every thing which) fi?hat, he had touched became gold. '¥ 22 INTRODUCTION. Note 3. When the antecedent is a proposition, or clause of a sentence, ^ 99, Exp., the relative is put in the neuter gender, and sometimes has id before it referring to the same clause ; as, 9. Servi, quod (or id quod) nun- The slaves, which never had been quam ante factum, manu- done before, vv^ere set free and missi et milUes facti sunt; made soldiers. 38. In the beginning of a sentence, a relative, with or without quum, or other conjunctive term, and referring^ to some word, clause, or circumstance, in a preceding sentence, usually has the antecedent word repeated, or, if evident, understood; and instead of who or which, may be rendered this, that, these, those, or, and this, and that, &c., according as the closeness of the connexion may require, (§ 99, Obs. 8,); as, 1. Quce urbs quum infest aretur, ^nd since (or because) this city w^as infested. *' Q w i legdti quum missi essent, When these ambassadors had been sent. 2. Qu (B contentio cuncta per- This contention threw all things miscuit, into confusion. 3. Quibus nunciis acceptis, TAese tidings being received. 4. Quod quum ille cerneret. And when he saw this. 5. Quo facto, TWs being done (or accomplished) 6. Qu (B dum omnia contempla- And while they were contemplat- bantur, ' ^ ing alHAese things. 7. Quod quum impetrdsset, And when he had obtained this. 8. A quo consilio quum revocd- When he recalled him from this ret. design. 9. Quo ictu ille extinctus est, And by this blow he was killed. Note. To this construction belongs quod, (apparently for propter or ad quod, ^ 128,) in the beginning of a sentence, referring to something previously stated, and meaning, " 07i account of, with respect to, or as to, this thing ; " as, 10. Quod diis gratias habeo, On account of this, (for this thing, wherefor,) I give thanks to the gods. 11. Quod dicSret se venturum, As to what (as to that thing which) he said, that he would come. 39. When the antecedent word is not repeated, as in No. 38, the relative, with or without quum, or other conjunctive term, may be^iendered he, she, it, they, or and he, and she, &c., according as the antecedent word requires, (^ 99, Obs. 8,); as, LATIN IDIOMS. 23 1. Qui quum admitterSret , And when he admitted. 2. Q uce quum vidisset, And when she had seen. Qu CB quum visa esset, When she had been (or was) seen. 3. Quam quum dare nollet. And when he would not give it. 4. Quit us quum occurrisset, When he had met them. 5. Qui (qua; pi. qui, quce,) res- And he, (she, they) replied. pondit, 6. Qui (or quce) quum odes- And when they were present. sent. 7. Quern Meledger interfecit, And Meleager slew him. 8. Quam quum. duceret , And -when he was leading her. 9. Ad quern quum venissent, And when they had come to him. 10. Qu emut vidit, As soon as, (or when) he saw Aim. 40. When the relative in any case is followed by the subjunctive mood, and the two clauses, viz: the antecedent and relative, involve a comparison; or the latter expresses the purpose, object, or design, of something expressed by the former, the relative is better translated by the conjunction that and the personal pronoun ; thus, that I, that thou, that he, that they, «&c., as the antecedent word may require, (See Gr. ^ 141, R. II. and Explanation,); 1. Missus sum qui te adducerem, I have been sent that I might bring you. 2. Neque is qu i facias id, You are not such a person that you should do that. 3. Quis est tarn lynceus qui, S^c. Who is so sharp sighted that he. 4. Misit legdtos qui cognosce- He sent ambassadors that they rent, might find out. 5. Fruges mandavit qu as disse- She gave him fruits that he might minaret, scatter them. 41. In the expressions, quippe qui, ut qui, utpote qui, the relative is better translated by the personal pronoun which represents the antecedent, [^ 141, Obs. 4,) ; as, 1. Quippe qui nunquam legerim, For, (or because) /have never read them. 42. After dignus, indignus, idoneus, and the like, in the predicate, the relative and subjunctive mood may be ren- dered by the infinitive, {^ 141, Obs. 2. 1st.); as, 1 . Dignus qui ametur, Worthy to he loved. 2. Si dignum qui numer e tur If you shall elect a person worthy crearitis, to he reckoned, &c. 43. Sometimes the natural order of the sentence is in- verted, so that the relative clause stands first and the ante- cedent follows it. In translating, the antecedent clause should generally be placed first ; as. 24 INTRODUCTION. 1. Qui bonis non recte uiUur, ei Good things become evil to htm bona malafiunt, who does not use good things well. 2 Qui cito dot, (is) bis dat, He gives twice who gives quickly. Correlative Adjectives. 44. The demonstratives, tot, so many, and totidem, just so many; tantus, as great, so great, as much, so much; talis, such ; are followed by their relatives, quot, quantus^ qualis, signifying as, to denote comparison ; as, 1. Tot homines quot, As many men as. 2. Toil dem naves quot, Just so many ships as 3. T antusexercitus quantus, As great (or so great) a,u dLimj as. 4. T al is homo qua I is, Such b. rasLH as . So also the correlative adverbs. 5. Toties quoties, As often as. 6. Tarn qiiam, So as. 7. Eo quo By so much as. 8. Tanto quanto, By so much as; or In proportion — <— as. 45. Instead of the relative in such sentences, the conjunc- tions ac, atque, (^ 149, Obs. 6,) ut, and the relative qui, qucB, quod, are sometimes used and may generally be trans- lated, " as," or " that." 1. Honos talis paucis est deldtus Such honor has been bestowed a c mihi, upon few persons, as upon me. 2. Cumtotidem navtbus atque He returned with just as many profectus erat, rediit, ships as he had departed with. 3. Nulla est tanta vis qua non No power is so great as (or, that frangi possit , rO cannot be broken. 46. When the relative only is expressed in sentences im- plying comparison, the demonstrative (No. 44,) must be sup- plied and the sentence translated as above ; as, 1. Crocodtlus parit (tanta) ova The crocodile lays (as large) eggs quanta anseres, as geese lay. 2. (Tot) millia quot unquam As many thousands as ever came ventre Mycenis, from Mycenae. 47. Sometimes, as in No. 43, the natural order of the sentence is inverted, so that the relative clause stands first and the antecedent follows it. In translating, the antece- dent clause should be placed first ; as, 1. Quot homines 1 1 causa y ") arrange > As many causes as there are men. Tot causa quot homines, N LATIN IDIOMS. 2d 48. The relatives, quot^ quoties, quantus, qualis, used eV terrogatively, or in an exclamation, or indefinitely, in the indirect interrogation, and without implying comparison, have no reference to an antecedent term either expressed or understood, and are translated respectively, " how many," "how often," "how great," or "how much," "what,'' or "of what kind;" as, 1. Inter. Quoi annos habet ? How many years has he? i. e. how old is he ? 2. Indef. Nescio quot , , I know not how many. 3. E3:cl. Cum quanta gravi- With how much gTSLYiiy. tate! 4. Indef. Dace quales sint, Tell us of what kind they are. THE VERB AND ITS SUBJECT. General Pi'inciple. 49. Every finite verb (§ 95, 5,) has its own subject, ex- pressed or understood, in the nominative case. Ohs. The subject of the verb is the person or thing spoken of, and may be a noun, a 'pranxmn, a verb in the infinitive Tnood, a clause of a sentence, or any thing which, however expressed, is the subject of thought or speech. (§ 101, Exp.) General Rule of Arrangement. 50. The subject and all the words agreeing with it, gov- erned by it, connected with it, or dependent upon it, must be arranged in the order of their connection and dependence, and translated before the verb. 1. Canis latrat, The dog barks. 2. E go Scribo, J write. d. Lude r e est jucundum, To play is pleasant. 4. Dulce estpropatridmori, To die for one's country is sweet. 5. Totus Gr <2 c drum exer- The whole army of the Greeks hB.di cltus Aulide conven&rat, assembled at Aulis. 6. Vir sapit qui pauca lo- The man who speaks little is wise. qui tur, 51. When the subject of a verb is the infinitive, either alone or with its subject; or a clause of a sentence, con- nected by ut, quod, or other conjunctive term, the English pronoun, it, is put with the verb referring to that infi- nitive or clause following it, and which is its proper subr ject; as, 3 26 introductiojV. 1. Facile est jubere, lit is easy to command. 2. Nuntiatum est classem devinci. It was announced that the fleet was conquered. 3. Semper acctdit ut ahsis, It always happens that you are absent. 4. Qui Jit ut metuas, How happens it that you fear. 5. Nunquam Romdnis placuisse That it never had pleased the Ro- imp eratorem a suis mans, that a commander should militlbus inte rfi c i, be killed by his own soldiers. 52. The verb must always be translated in its proper tense, and in the same person and number with its nomina- tive. (See paradigms of the verb, <^§ 54-70.) But when it has two or more nouns or pronouns in the singular, taken together, or a collective noun expressing many as individu- als, as its subject, the verb must be translated in the plural; as, 1. Et pater et mater v enerunt , Both his father and mother have come. 2. Turba quoquoversum ruunt, The crowd rush in every direc- tion. 63. The nominative to a verb in the first or second per- son, being evident from the termination, is seldom express- ed in Latin; but must be supplied in translating; as, 1, Scribo, J write. 3. Scribimus, We write. 2. Legis, Thou readest. 4. Legitis, You read. 54. When the verb in the third person has no nominative expressed, it refers to some noun or pronoun evident from the connection ; and, both in translating and parsing, the pronoun ille, or is, in the 7wminative case, and in the gender and number of the noun or pronoun referred to, must be supplied; as, 1. {Ille) scribit, (He) writes. 2. (Illi) scribunt, (They) write. 55. When the same word is the subject of several verbs closely connected in the same construction, it is expressed with the first and understood to the rest, both in Latin and English ; thus, 1. C (B s ar venit, vidit, et vicit, Casar came, saw, and conquered. 2. Dicttur C (2 sdrem venisse, It is said that C habere ; habuisse ; habiturus esse. 3. Fut. Dicetur. ) J 1. Pres. He is said 2. Past, He was said ^ to have; to have had; to be about to have. 3. Fut. He will be saic" 93. But when the Latin infinitive, with its subject, is translated by the English i?idicative or potential, the tense used in these moods, must be that which will correctly ex- press the time of the act expressed by the Latin infinitive as estimated, not from the time of the governing verb, as in Latin, but as estimated from the present. That is, events present at the same time, or past at the same time, will be expressed in English by the same tense ; an event repre- sented in Latin as prior to the present time, (perfect infini- tive after the present tense,) will be expressed by the Eng- lish imperfect or perfect indefinite ; and an event represent- ed in Latin as prior to a past event, (perfect infinitive after a past tense,) will be expressed by the English pluperfect ; thus : 1. Pres. Dicutit euni venire, They say that he is coming, or comes. 2. Past, Dixerunt eum v enir e , They said that he came. 3. Pres. Dicunt eum venisse, They say that he came. 4. Past, Dixerunt eum venisse , They said that he had come. 5. Past, Caperunt suspicdriillam They began to suspect that she venire, came. Note. The infinitive after the future does not follow this analogy, but is always translated in its own tense ; as, Pres. Perf. Future. 6. Dicent eum venire, venisse, v ent u rum esse. They will say that he comes, has come, will come. 94. L Present, past, and future time, are variously ex- pressed as follows : 1st. Present time is expressed by the present zense, and sometimes by the perfect definite. 2d. Past time is expressed by the imperfect, perfect defi- nite and pluperfect. — by the perfect participle, — the present infinitive after a past tense, — the prese7it tense used to express a past event, ^ 44, I, 3, — and by the pre- 40 INTRODUCTION. sent participle, agreeing with the subject of the govern- ing verb in any of these tenses, § 49, 5. 3d. Future time is expressed by the f^Uure, and future perfect, 2. The infinitive of deponent verbs, is translated in the same manner as the infinitive active in the following ex- amples in Nos. 95 to 100. 3. After verbs denoting to promise, request, advise, com- mand, and the like, implying a reference to something fu- ture, the present infinitive, with its subject, is usually trans- lated as the future, by should, or ivould, (See No. 100, 1,2, 3, 7, 8, 9,); as, Jussit, eos per castra duci. He ordered that they should he led through the camp. 4. The Latin words for " he said,'''' " saying,'''' or the like, introducing an oblique narration, are often omitted, and the infinitive takes the form of translation corresponding to the time expressed by the word to be supplied. From these principles are deduced the following direc- tions for translating the infinitive with a subject. Present Infinitive after Present or Future time. 95. Direct. I. When the preceding verb is in the present, the perfect used definitely, ot future tense, the present infin- itive is translated as the present ; as. Active Voice. 1. Dico eum I auddr e , I say that he praises. 2. Dixi eum I auddr e , I have said that he praises. 3. Dicam eum I auddr e , I will say that he praises. Passive Voice. 4. Dico eum I auddr i , - I say that he is praised. 5. Dixi eum I auddr i , I have said that he is praised. \ 6. Dicam eum I auddr i , I will say that he is praised. Present Infinitive after Past time. 96. Direct. II. When the preceding verb is in the m- perfect, perfect indefinite, or pluperfect, or in the present in- finitive after a past tense, the present infinitive is translated as the imperfect, or perfect indefinite ; as, LATIN IDIOMS. 41 Presetit Infinitive Active. 1. IJicebam eum I aud dr e , I said that he praised. 2. Dixi eum I auddr e , I said that he praised. 3. Dixeram eum I auddr e , I had said that he praised. 4. CoRpi dicere eum I auddr e , I began to say that he praised. Present Infinitive Passive. 5. Dicebam eum I auddr i , I said that he was praised. 6. Dixi eum I auddr i , I said that he was praised. 7. Dixeram eum I auddr i ^ I had said that he was praised. 8. CcBpi dicere eum I aud dr i , I began to say that he was praised. Exc. I. When the present infinitive expresses that which is always true, it must be translated in the present, after any tense, ^ 44, I. 1 ; as 9. Doctus erat deum gub er- He had been taught that God gov- ndremundum, crns the world. Exc. II. When the present infinitive expresses an act subsequent to the time of the governing verb, it is transla- ted after any tense, by the potential with should; would; as, 10. Jubet ^ He orders ) 11. Jussit yteire, He ordered > that you should go. 12. Jusserat ) He had ordered ) Perfect Infinitive after Present or Future time. 97. Direct. III. When the preceding verb is in the pre- sent, perfect definite, oy future tense, the perfect infinitive is translated as the imperfect or perfect indefinite ; as, Active Voice. 1 . Dico evifi I audaviss e , I say that he praised. 2. JDixi eum I audaviss e , I have said that he praised. 3 . Dicam eum laudaviss e , I will say that he praised. Passive Voice. 4. Dico eum lauddfum esse, I say that he was praised. 5. Dixi eum I auddtum esse, I have said that he was praised. 6. Die am. eum I auddtum es s e , I will say that he was praised. 7. Dico eum I auddtum fu- I sn.y that he has been praised. iss e , 8. Dixi eum I auddtum fu- 1 hdivesdiiithvLt he has been praised iss e , 9. Dicam eum I auddtum fu- I will say that he has been praised 42 mTRODIJCTIOlV. Perfect Infinitive after Past Tenses. 98. Direct. IV. When the preceding verb is in the trri' 'perfect^ "perfect indefinite^ or pluperfect^ or in the present in- finitive after a past tense, the perfect infinitive is translated as the pluperfect ; as, Active Voice 1. BicSbam eum I and avis se , I said that he had praised. 2. Dixi eum I audaviss e , I said that he had praised. 3. Dixeram eum I audaviss e , I had said that he had praised. 4. Ccepi dicere eum I auda- I began to say that he had praised. vis se , Passive Voice. 5. Dicebam eum lauddtum I said that he had been praised esse, 6. Dixi eum lauddtum esse , I said that he had been praised. 7. Dixtram eum Z a w d a i m m I had said that he /lad 6een.^rawe and after a past tense, by the imperfect potential ; as, 11. Credo eumfo r e tutum, I believe that he will be safe. 12. Credebam, or credldi, (credi- I believed, (had believed) that he deram) eum fore tutum, vmuldhe safe. 13. Credo fo r e (or futurum esse) I believe that you will learn. ut discas, 14. Credebam or credldi (credide- I believed, (had believed) thatyow ram) fore (ov futurum es- would learn. se) ut disceres, 44 ' INTRODUCTION. Participles. 101. Participles are usually translated after their nouns, as in the paradigms of the verb; thus, 1. Present active, Homo c aren s fraude, A man wanting guile. 2. Future active, Homo scripturus, A xaau about to write. 3. Perfect passive, Vita bene acta , A life well spent. 4. , Ccesar c o a ctus, Caesar being (or hav- ing been) compilled. i^. (Deponent,) Ccesar r e gres sus , Csesar having returned 6. Future passive. Mala vitanda, Evils to be avoided, i. e., which ought to be avoided. Exc. But when a participle is used as an adjective, {^ 49, 3,) it is translated, like the adjective, before its substantive ; as, 7. T igrin ostendit mansue- He exhibited a tamed tiger. fa ct am , 8. In fervent Ibus ar e n is Standing on the burning sands. insistens, Future Participle Active. 102. When the Future participle active is used to ex- press a purpose^ end, or design of another action, (^ 146, Obs. 3,) it is rendered by " to," or the phrase " in order to," instead of " about to ;" as, 1. Pergit consulturus or a- He goes to consult (or, in order to cula, consult) the oracle. Obs. The present participle is also sometimes used in this sense; as, 2. Ventrunt p o stul ant c s ci- They came to (or, in order to) ask bum, food. Perfect Participle Passive. 103. As the Latin verb has no perfect participle in the active sense, (except in deponent verbs,) its place is usually supplied by the perfect participle passive in the case abso- lute, {^ 146, Obs. 8,) ; thus, " Caesar having consulted his friends," rendered into Latin, will be, Ccesar a raids "j oil suit is, literally, " Csesar, his friends being consulted. Hence, 104. When the action expressed passively by the perfect participle in the case absolute, or agreeing with the object of a verb, is something done by the subject of the leading LATIN IDIOMS. 45 verb in the sentence, the participle is rendered more in ac- cordance- with Eng-lish idiom^ by the compound perfect ac- tive participle in English, agreeing with the subject of the verb, and followed by its noun in the objective case, (§ 49, 8, and ^ 146, Obs. 8,) ; thus, 1. Ccesar, his d i c t i s , profectus est, translated in the Latin idiom, Caesar, these things being, said, departed. English idiom, Caesar, having said these things, departed. 2. Opereperacto, ludemus, Latin idiom, Our work being finished, we will play. English idiom, Having finished our work, we will play. 3. Pythiam ad se v o c at u m pecunid instruxit, Latin idiom, He supplied with money Pythias being called to him. English idiom, Having called Pythias to him, he supplied him with • money. 105. The perfect participle of deponent verbs having an active signification, accords with the English idiom, and is best translated literally ; as, 1. Nadus navicXilum, Having found a boat. 2. Cohort at us exerdtum, Having exhorted the army. 106. When the perfect participle of deponent or common verbs, expresses an act nearly or entirely contemporaneous with the leading verb, it may be translated by the English present participle in ing, (^ 48, 5, Note,) ; as, 1. Rex hoc /acinus mirdtus The king, admiring this act, dis- juvenem diudsit, missed the youth. 2. Columba d e I ap s a refert sa- The dove falling brings back the gittam, arrow. The Future Participle Passive. 107. After verbs signifying ^o give, to deliver, to agree or bargain f 07', to have, to receive, to undertake, and the like, the participle in dus generally denotes desig?i or purpose, and is rendered simply as in the paradigm, or with the phrase " in order to," prefixed, (^ 146, Obs. 4,) ; as, 1. Testamentum tibi tradit I e- He delivers his will to you to (or g endum , in order to) be read. 2. Jlttrilmit nos trucidandos He has given us over to Cethegus Ceth'igo, (in order) to be slain. 108. The participle in d7is, especially when agreeing with the subject of a sentence or clause, generally denotes pro- pritty, necessity, or oUigafion^ and is rendered variously, as 46 INTRODUCTION. the tense of the accompanying verb and the connection te- quire, (^ 146, Obs. 5,); the following are examples: 1. Legdtus mitt end us est, An -ambassador 7nM.si (ov sJwuld) be sent. 2. Legdtus mittendus erat or An ambassador had to be sent. fu i t , 3. Legdtus mittendus erit, An ambassador will have to be sent. 4. Legdtum mittendum esse, That an ambassador s/iot/Zd 6e senit. 5. mittendum fu- ought to (or i s s e , should) have been sent. 6. Dissimulanda loquitur. He speaks things that ought to be concealed. 7. Dissimulanda loquebd- He spake things which ought to tur, have been concealed. 8. Quce dis simul a n d a Which will have to be concealed. er unt , • 9. Die, quid statuendum. Say, what is ^o be (or lAust be) sit thought. Ablative Absolute. 109. When a participle stands with a substantive in the ablative absolute, R. LX., the substantive is translated with- out a sign, No. 9, and after it the participle, as in the para- digm of the verb ; as, 1. Romulo r e gnant e , Romulus reigning. 2. Ilac orationc habit a , This oration being delivered. 3. Ccesdre V ent ur o , Csesar (being) about to come. A. Prceceptis tr adendis , Rules being to be delivered. 5. Bello orto, War having arisen. Note. The future participles, Ex. 8, 4, are seldom used in the case absolute. 110. When two nouns,— a pronoun and a noun, — a noun or a pronoun and an adjective, are used in the ablative without a participle, {^ 146, Obs. 10,) they are translated in the nominative without a sign, and the English participle " bcing,^^ inserted between them; as, 1. Adolescentulo duce, A young man being leader. 2. Mario consule, Marius being consul. 3. Me suasore, I being the adviser. 4. Annibali vivo, . Hannibal being alive. 5. Se invito, He being unwilling. Gerunds and Geru7idives. 111. The gerund, being a verbal noun, is translated in LATIN IDIOBIS. 47 the same manner as other nouns of the same case, and at the same time may govern the case of its own verb, ^ 147 ; as, 1. N. Petendum. pacem, Seeking peace. 2. G. -Petendi pacem, Of seeking peace. 3. i>. Utendo libris, To (or for) using books 4. Ac. Obliviscendu7ninjuridrum, Forgetting ininries. 5. Abl. Parendo magistratui, By obeying the magistrate, 6. Ahl. Petendo pacem, With, from, i??, 6?/ seeking peace. 112. Of verbs that govern the accusative, instead of the gerund in the oblique cases, the Latins commonly used the participle in dus, in the sense of the gerund, and agreeing with its object in gender, number and case; the case being governed by the same word that would have governed the gerund. When thus used it is called a gerundive. (^ 147,* R. LXII.) Gerunds. Gerundives. 1 . Ars librum I e g endi , 5. .drs lib ri I e g endi. The art of reading a book. 2. Utile vulnera cur and o , 6. Utile vulneribus cur andis Useful /or healing wounds. 3. Ad litSras s c r ib endum ,7. Ad literas scribendas, For writing a letter. 4. De captives c ommtit an • 8. De c aptlv i s co mmtit an - do, dis , Respecting exchanging captives. 113. When the gerand is the subject of thQ verb est, and governs the dative, it implies necessity, and is variously translated into the English idiom, as the tense of the verb requires, (^ 147,) ; as, Latin Idiom. English Idiom. 1. Legenduin est mihi, I must read; I ought to read; Reading is to me; i. e., I should read, 2. Legendum erat (fuit) mihi. 1 had to read; I ought to have Reading was to me; read; I should have read. 3. Legendum fucrat mihi, I had been obliged to read. Reading had been to me; 4. Legendum erit mihi, I will have to read; It will be Reading Vv^ill be to me; necessary for me to read. 5. Dicit legendum esse mihi. He says that I must read — He says that reading is to me; ought to read — should read. 6. Dicit legendum fuisse mihi, He says that I had to read — He says that reading was tome; ought to — or should — have read. Obs. The dative is frequently omitted, and generally when it denotes persons or things, in a general or indefinite 48 INTRODUCTION. sense. In such cases, homzni^ homimhus^ nohis, or the like, must he supplied ; as, 7. Vivendum est rede (scil.ho7niivt- Living honestly, is viz : to men ; bus,) i. e., men ought to live hon- estly. 8. Dicit vivendum esse rede, (scil. Ke says that living honestly is, hommi,) viz: to a man; i. e. a man ought to live honestly. Supines. 'i' /^ - 114. The Supines are rendered without variation, as in the paradigm, and under the rules, (^ 148,) ; as, 1. jlbiit d e ambuldtum , He has gone to walk. 2. Facile dictu , Easy to tell, or to be told. Passive Voice. 115. The passive voice, in the indicative mood, is trans- lated as in the paradigms. The subjunctive mood is sub- ject to all the variety of construction and translation used in the active voice, Nos. 74-84, acting on the verb to be, which as an auxiliary with the perfect participle, makes up the passive form of the verb in English. In the compound tenses, (^ 53, 3,) when two or more verbs in a sentence are in the same tense, and have the same nominative, or are in the same construction, the verb sum is commonly expressed with the last and understood to the rest, as in the following Ex. 1. But when the nomina- tive is changed, the verb "to be" should be repeated as in Ex. 2. 1. Nisus a Minoe vidus et occisus Ivisus was conquered and killed est, by Minos. 2. Tres naves capta, decern de- Three ships U'ere taken, ten sunk; merscB, duo millia hostium two thousand of the enemy were capta, tredecim millia occlsa taken, thirteen thousand killed. sunt. Passive Voice in a Middle Sense. 116. The Latin passive voice is often used to represent its subject, not as acted upon by another, but as acting on itself, or for itself, or intransitively, by its own impulse ; and so corresponds in sense to the middle voice in Greek. Thus used, it is best translated by the active voice foUow^ed by the reflexive pronoun as an object, or by an intransitive LATIN IDIOMS. 49 verb expressing the idea intended, 'f's' 41, Obs. 3.) lowing are examples. 1. Paludibus abdlti sunt The fol- lerum v olut entur 3. F ertur in hostes, 4. Volutdti super poma, 5. C in gltur armis, 6. St ernuntur tumulo, 7. Gallus victus o c cult dtur They concealed themselves in the marshes. 2. Cum omnes in omni genere see- Since all give themselves up to every kind of wickedness. Rushes against the enemy. Moiling themselves over the apples. Girds himself with his armor. Throw themselves on the grave. The cock, when conquered, hides himself. 117. The verb sum governing the genitive by R. XII., ^ 108, may generally be translated by the phrase " belongs to," "is the part," "is the property," &c. See explanation under Rule; as. It belongs to the king. The flock belongs to Meliboeus. Prudence is the characteristic of old age. 118. The verb sum, (also desum,) in the third person, governing the dative by § 112, Rule II., may generally be translated by the corresponding tenses of the verb " to have," with the Latin dative for its subject, and the Latin subject for its object; as, Latin Idiom. 1. E st regis, 2. Pecus est MelitcBi, 3. Prudentia est senectutis Er, 1. Liber est mihi, 2. Liber erat mihi, 3. L^er fuit mihi, 4. Liber fuer at mihi, A book is to me, A book was to me, A book was (or has been) to me, A book had been to me, Idiom. I have a book. I had a book. I had, or have had a book. I had had a book. A book will be to me, I will have a book. Books are tome, I have books. It is to me, I have it. A book is not to me, I have not a book. 5. Liber erit mihi, 6. Liber sunt mihi, 7. Est mihi, 8. Liber deest mihi, 119. When a compound verb, rendered by the simple verb and a preposition, is followed by two cases, the simple verb with the immediate object (always in the accusative,) is usually translated first, and then the preposition with the remote object. 1. Flumen copias transduxit , He led his forces across the river. 2. C ir cumddr e mcenia op- To build walls around the city p"ido, 3 Caput deje cit saxo, He threw the head downhom. the rock. ♦50 INTRODUCTION. 120. An adverb, ad^^rbial phrase, or clause expressing some circumstance in translating, may often be arranged in different situations in a sentence, due regard being paid to the sense and harmony of the whole ; thus, Mag7ia dehemus suscipere dum vires suppetunt, may be arranged variously for translating, as follows : 1. Debemus suscipere magna, dum vires suppetunt; or, 2. Dum vires suppetunt, debemus suscipere magna; or, 3. Debemus, dum vires suppetunt, suscipere magna. 121. The negative conjunction ne, is variously rendered lest, lest that, that-not, not; and after verbs signifiying to fear, forhid, and the like, it is translated that, while ut in the same situation, means that not. 1. Ne quis eat, Lest (orthat not) any one msiy go. 2. Orat ne seperdat, She entreats that lie would not destroy her. 3. Egi ne interessem, I managed that I should 7iot be present. 4. Dum n e veniat, Provided he do not come. 5. Respondit n e cogitata quidem He replied that not even the latent. thoughts are concealed. 6. Vereor n e cadas, I am afraid thai you may fall. 7. Timui ut veniret, I feared that he would not come. Note 1. But when the fear expressed, refers to such things as we wish, ne means that-not ; as. Paves n e ducas illam, You are afraid that you do not get her to wife. Ne, after a command implying a negative, or prohibition, is often omitted ; as, cave titHbes, take care that you do 7iot stumble. Note 2. Ne quidein, (always separate,) is an emphatic ne- gative, and has the emphatic word between; as, ne hoc quidem, not even this; ne tuvi quidem, not even then. 122. When a verb is translated into English by the aid of an auxiliary, an adverb, or clause modifying it, will often have to be placed between the auxiliary and the verb, (Eng. Gr. ^ 74,) ; as, i. Dixit ne oh hoc alios con- He said that we should not on this temndmus, account despise others. 123. Some prepositions are variously translated according to the meaning of the words, or the case with which they are connected; thus, LATIN IDIOMS. 1. In followed by an accusative, means to, into, towards, for. agamat. &c., (§ 136, R. L.) 2. In, followed by the ablative, means in, upon, among, in. xn the case of, (§ 136, R. LI.) 3. Inter, referring to two, means between; to more than two, among. 4. Suh means under, at the foot of, close up to. 5. Prce means before, in comparison ofj — sometimes, more than.' 124. When the following conjunctions, adjectives, and adverbial particles, are placed, one before each of two suc- cessive words or clauses, the first is commonly translated differently from the second, and usually in the following manner, (§149, Obs. 5.) Both and. Both and. 1. Et - 2. Que 3. Aut. vel, 1 _ sive, 3 4. Nee — 5. Neque — 6. Sive. seu — 7. Turn — 8. Cum or quum Jam Nunc 11. Simul 12. Modo, alias- -et, - que, aut, vel, sive, - nee. } - neque, ^ - sive, seu, - turn. - turn, ■jam, ) • nunc, $ - simul, ■modo, alias. Either Neither Whether 5 Not only ^Both 5 Not only l Both 5 Now ( At one time C Not only < No sooner ( As soon as At one time Sometimes nor. or. but also. and. but also. and. then. at another. but also. than. instantly. at another sometimes. ut. Correspondirig Conjunctive Terms. an. Whether or. ^ Whether or. So that; so Such, so great Such, of such a kind As soon as. As long as. As so. 13. Ne an, 14. Utrum an, 15. It a, sic, tarn, adeo 16. Talis, tantus ut, 17. Is, ejusmodi ut, 18. Simul ac, or aique 19. Tamdiu quamdiu, 20. Ut sic, that, that. Ne is frequently omitted with the first word or clause, and must be supplied when an stands with the second; as, 21. Recte an per per am, {Whether) right or wrong. 52 ACCENTUATION, QUANTITY, ETC. General Rules for Accentuation. 1. Words of. two syllables have the accent on the first or penult ; as, 'pd'-ter^ ?)iu'-sa, au'-rum. 2. Words of more than two syllables, when the penult is long, have the accent on the penult; when the penult is short, they have the accent on the antepenult; as, a-mi'-cus^ dom'-i-nus. 3. When the enclitics, que, ve, ne, are added to a word the two words are considered as one, and it is accented ac- cordingly; as, pd'-ter, pd-ter'-que; dom'-i-nus, dom-i-nus' .ve. General Rules for the Quantity of Syllables. 1. A vowel before another vowel, is short ; as, via, Deus. 2. A vowel before two consonants, or a double consonant, is long by position; as, ar??ia,fallo, axis. 3. A vowel before a mute and a liquid, [l, r,) is common, i. e. either long or short ; as, voKicris, or volucris. 4. A diphthong is always long; as, aurum, CcBsar. Note. In this work when the quantity of the penult, in woras of more than two syllables, is determined by any of these rules, it is not marked, otherwise it is marked. Explanation of References. The references at the foot of each page, to which a section mark ( § ) is prefixed, are to the sections and their subdivisions in the Grammar, and are intended chiefly to explain the construction. In those references which have no section mark prefixed, the first number directs to the same number in the preceding Introduction, and the second, to the example under that number. Thus for exam- ple, in p. 53, s 38, 8; the number 38 refers to Introduction 38, (p. 22,) which shows how the relative in the beginning of a sen- tence is to be' translated; and the number 8 refers to example 8, Jl quo consUio, &c., showing that the relative qua, is here to be trans- lated " this," and Q?/a de causa, ''for this cause." These references are intended to explain particular phrases and idioms, and to give an example of the mode of translating them. The references made by figures are to the notes on the text, com- mencing p. 207, where it will be observed that all the notes belong- ing to a page are contained in one paragraph, at the beginning of which is the number of the page to which the notes refer. N. B. In the text the reference letter stands after, and the refer- ejice figure stands before the word or words to which they respect- ively belong. 1 C. JULII C^SARIS COMMENTARII DE BELLO GALLICO. BOOK I. GENERAL ARGUMENT, I. General description of Gaul — Chap. 1. II. The war with the Helvetii— Chap. 2-29. III. War with Ariovistus— Chap. 30-54. 1. Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres, iquaram'' unam incolunt Belgas, aliam Aquitani, tertiam, 2 qui ipsorum lin- gua Celtag,** nostra Galli,'' appellantur. Hi omnes lingua," 3institutis,*' legibus winter se*^ difFerunt. ^Gallos ab Aqui- tanis Garumna flumen, a Belgis Matrona et Seqaana divi- dit. Horura'' omnium fortissimi sunt Belgae, propterea quod a ^cultu atque humanitate Provinciae longissTme absunt, ■^ mini me que ad eos mercatores saepe commeant, atque ea, quae ad efFeminandos " animos pertinent, important ; proximi- que sunt Germanis,* qui trans Rhenum incolunt, quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt: qua^ de causa Helvetii quoque reliquos Gallos virtute'' prascedunt, quod fero quotidianis proeliis'' cum Germanis contendunt, cum aut suis' finibus ®eos prohibent, aut ^ipsi in i^eorum finibus bellum gerunt. i^Eorum una pars, quam Gallos'' obtinere dictum est, ini- tium capit a flumine Rhodano ; continetur Garumnd flumi- ne,'' Oceano, finibus Belgarum ; attingit etiam ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum ; ^^ vergit ad septentriones. » § 107, R. X. c § 147^ R. LXII, & h § 129, R. i'§103, R.V. 112,3. i 31,3. c § 128, R. t § 111, R. ^ § 145, R. LVIII. d § 28; Obs. 5. s 38, 8. 54 DE BELLO GALLIdO. Belgee i ab extremis Galliss finibus oriuntur; pertinent ad inferiorem partem fluminis Rheni ; ^spectant in septentrio- nes et orientdm solem. Aquitania a Garumna flumme ad Pyrenseos montes, et eam partem Oceani, quae est 3 ad His- paniam,pertmet; spectat inter occasum solis et septentriones. 2. Apud Helvetios longe nobilissimus et ditissimus fuit Orgetorix. Is, Marco Messala et Marco Pisone * Consuii- bus,'' regni cupiditate "^ inductus, conjuratidnem nobilitatis fecit , et 6 civitati " persuasit, ut de finibus suis cum omnibus copiis exirent : ^ perfacile^ esse cum virtQte omnibus praes- tarent/ totius Gallia? imperio "^ ^potiri. Id hoc facilius eis"" ■y persuasit, quod undique loci ^ natura'' Helvetii continentur : una ex parte flumine Rlieno,'' latissTmo '' atque altissimo, qui agrum Helvetium a Germanis dividit : altera ex parte, monte '' Jura altissimo,'' qui est inter Sequanos et Helvetios; tertia, lacu Lemanno,^ et flumme' Rhodano, qui Provinciam nostram ab Helvetiis divTdit. His rebus fiebat,*" ut et minus late vagarentur,^ et minus facile finitimis'" bellum inferre possent : ' qua de causa homines bellandi" cupidi magno dolore'' afficiebantur. ^ Pro multitudme autem hominum, et pro gloria. 10 belli atque fortitudinis, angustos se fines ha- bere" arbitrabantur, i^ qui in longitudinem milliaP passuum ducenta et quadraginta, in latitudinem centum et octoginta patebant. 3. 12 His rebus ^ adduc.ti, et auctoritate Orgetorigis per- moti, constituerunt '^ ea, quse ad isproficiscendum'" pertine- rent,^ coniparare;' jumentorum et i^carroruin quam maxi- mum" numerum coemere ; i^gementes quam maximas " fa- cere, ut in itinere copia frumenti suppeteret; "" cum proxi- ^ 110,3. ^ 24. p § 24, 5. ^ § 129, R. ■' § 149, R. q 54. c 63. fe 51. r § 147, Obs. 4. d§ 140, 1,3d. 1 § 140, 1, 4th. »§ 141, Obs. 8. ^ § 98, Obs. 6. n>§ 123, R. t § 144, R. LVII. • ' § 140, Obs. 3. "§147 Obs. 2. u§ 134, Obs. 6,3(1. g§ 121, R. XXVI. 96, 1. T§ 140, 1, 2d. LIBEH I. CAP. IV. 6b mis civitatlbus pacem et amicitiam confirmarc. Ad eas res conficiendas '^ biennium sibi satis esse '' duxerunt ; ^in ter- tium annum profectionem lege confirmant. Ad eas res con* ficiendas'^ Drgetorix deligitur. Is sibi*^ legationem ad civ- itates suscepit. In eo itinere persuadet Castico/ Catanlan* taledis filio,^ Sequano, cujus pater regnum in Sequanis miil- tos annos*^ obtinuerat, et a senatu Populi Komani amicus^ appellatus erat, ut regnum in civitate sua Soccuparet,'' quod pater ante habuerat ; itemque Dumnorigi*^ iEduo, fratri "^ Di- vitiaci, qui eo tempore ' ^ principatum in civitate obtinebat,'' ac maxime plebi' acceptus erat, ut idem"' conaretur'' per- suadet, eique '^ filiam suam in matrimcmium dat. ^Perfa- cile" factu" esse,** illis "^ probat, conata'" perfieere, propterea quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset : non esse dubium, quin^ ^totius Galliae plurimum Helvetii posseht: se** suis copiis "" supque exercitu illis*^ regna conciliatiirum, confirmat. Hac oratione adducti, 6 inter se iidem et jusju- randum dant, et, regno occupato, per tres potentissimos ac firmissimos '''populos totius Galliae* sese** potiri posse ^ spe- rant. 4. 9Ea res ut est Helvetiis* per lo indicium enunciata, moribus ' suis Orgetorigem ex ^^ vinciilis causam dicere coe- gerunt: i2damnatum poenam" sequi oportebat, ut igni cre- maretur/ Die ' constittita causes dictionis, Orgetorix ad judicium omnem suam ^^ familiam, i^ad hominum'" millia decern, undique coegit ; et omnes clientes, obasratosque suos, quorum magnum numerum habebat, eodem conduxit : per eos, ne cau'sam diceret," se eripuit. Cum civitas, ob eam * 112, 7. i § 131, R. XL. r § 129, R~ *■ 94, 3. k § 44, 11. 2. • § 121, R. XXVI. "=§123, R. '§111, R. Exc. 2. ^ 63. m 19, 4. t^ 126, R. Ill •* § 97, R. n § 98, Obs. 6. « § 113, Exc. III. . '§131, R. XLI. o 114^2. v§ 140,1. 4th. B§103, R. V. p§140,3. w§t24, 5. J» § 140, 1, 3d. q § 145, R. LVIII. ^ § 140, 1, 2d. 56 DE BELLO GALLICO. rem incitata, armis jus suum exsequi conaretur,'' multitudi- uemque hominum ex agrisimagistratus cogerent,^ Orgetorix mortuus est: neq.ue abest suspicio, ut "^ Helvetii arbitrantur, 2quin'' ipse sibi ^ mortem consciverit. 5. Post ejus mortem nihilo miniis Helvetii id, quod con- stituerant, facere conantur, ut e finibus suis exeant.^ XJbi jamse' ad eam rem paratos « esse arbitrati sunt, oppida sua omnia, numero 3 ad duodecim, vices ad quadringentos, reliqua privata aedificia incendunt; frumentum omne, |)raeter quod '' secum portaturi erant, comburunt ; ut, domiim' redi- tionis spe ^ snblata, paratiores ad omnia periciila subeunda* essent : "^ ^trium mensium molita ^cibaria sibi '^ quemque domo' efferre jubent. Persuadent Kauracis,*^ et Tulingis, et Latobrigis, finitimis, uti, eOdem ^usi consilio," oppidis suis vicisque exustis," una cum iis proficiscantur : ^'''Boiosque, qui trans Rhenum incoluerant, et in agrum Noiicum transi- crant Noreiamque oppugnarant, receptos" ad se, socios^ sibi*^ adsciscunt. 6. Erant omnmo itinera duo, quibus itineribus'^ domo exire possent : ^ unum"" per Sequanos, angustum et difficile, inter montem Juram et flumen Rhodanum,^vix qua singuli* carri ducerentur ;'' mons autem altissimus impendebat, ut facile perpauci prohibere possent:" alterum per ^Provin- ciam nostram, multo facilius atque expeditius ^^propterea quod Helvetiorum inter fines, et Allobrogum, qui nuper pa- cati erant, Ehodanus fluit, isque nonnullis locis'' ^M^ado transituri^^ Extremum oppidum Allobrogum est, proximum- que Helvetiorum finibuSj" ^ Genev a. Ex eo oppido pons ad =^§ 140, Obs. 4. & h 37, 2. "^^ n 37,"^ § 44, II. 2. i § 130, 4. •• 19, Sup. iter. ^ § 140, 3. k § 146, LX. & 109. * 26, 2. c § 140, Obs. 1. * 1 112,3. t§ 141, Obs. 7, & d§123,R. «'§140, l,2d. §139,2. e§140, 1, 3d. n § 121, R. XXVI. t>§ 140, 1, 1st. f § 145, R. LVIII. 104, 1, &2. v § 136, Obs. 5. 6§103, Obs. 2. r§97, Exp. ^''§111,R. LIB. I. CAP. VII. 57 Helvetios pertinet. Allobroyibu s sese vel persuasuros,'' {quod nonduil i bono ammo ^ in Populum Romanum vide- rentur,^y existimabant ; vH' vi coacturos,'^ ut per suos fines eos ire paterentur.*^ Omnibus rebus ad profectionem com- paratis,^ ^ diem dicunt, qua die*^ ad ripana Rhodani omnes conveniant:^ is dies erat ^ante diem qiiintum Kalendas Aprilis, 4 Lucio Pisone, Aulo Gabinio Consulibus .^ \j 7. Csesari ' cum id nuntiatum esset,'' eos per Provinciam nostram iter facere conari, maturat ^ ab urbe proficisci, et, quam maximis' potest itineribus, in ^Galliam ulteridrem contendit, et ad Genevam pervenit : '^ Provinciee ■" toti quam maximum ' militum numerum imperat (erat omnmo in Gal- lia ulteriore legio una); pontem, qui erat ^ ad Genevg.m, jubet rescindi." Ubi de ejus adventu Helvetii ^certiores facti sunt, legates ad eum mittunt, nobilissimos civitatis,'' cujus legationis Nameius et Verudoctius principera locum obtinebant/ qiri dicerent,^ io"gi})iq esse >• in animo, sine ullo maleficio iter per Provinciam facere, propterea quod aliud iter haberent '^ nullum: rogare/ ut ejus i' volunlate id sibi facere liceat." * Caesar, quod memoria tenebat, Lucium Cassium Consulem occisum, exercitumque ejus ab Helve- tiis pulsum, et '2 sub jugum missum, ^^concedendum " non putabat : neque homines inimico ammo,*' data facultate per Provinciam itineris faciundi,"" temperaturos ab injuria et maleficio existimabat. Tamen, ut spatium intercedere pos- set,'^ dum milites, quos imperaverat, convenirent, iegatis respondit, "diem se ad deliberandum sumturum; si quid vellent," i^ante diem Idus Aprilis reverterentur."-' ^ 100, 1. i § 126, R. III. " ' 51, 5. ' ^§ 106, R. VII. k 51, 2. » 94,4. c § 141, Obs. 7. 1 § 134, Obs. 6, 3d. * § 140, 1, 3d. d§140, 1, 2d. "!§ 123, R. &5, 1. « 113, Obs. & 8. «» 304, 1. n 90, 4. V 112, 1. f§131, R.XL. » § 107, R. X. Exp. ^§141, Obs. 8. «§141, R. II. P§102, R. I. ^§140,2. ^ 110,2. i§112, R.II. y 78,3. 58 DE BELLO GALLICO. 8. Interea ea legione, quam secum habebat, militibusquc, qui ex Provincia convenerant, a lacu Lemanni^ ^ qui in flu- men Rhodanum influit, 2 ad montem Juram, qui fines Se- quanorum ab Helvetiis dividit, Sn^illia'' passuum decern novem murum, in altitudinem pedum'' sedecim, fossamque perducit. Eo opere perfecto,*^ praesidia disponit, ^castella communit, quo facilius, si ^se invito transire conarentur,^ prohibere possit.^ Ubi ea dies, quam constituerat cum le- giitis, venit, et legati ad eum reverterunt, ^negat, se^ more*^ et exemplo ^ Popiili Romani posse iter ulli ^ per Provinciam dare; et, si vim* facere conentur,*^ prohibittirum '^ ostendit. Helvetii, ea spe' dejecti, ? navibus ^ junctis ratibusque* com- plurlbas factis, alii vadis^ Rhodani, ^quk minima altitudo fluminis erat, nonnunquam interdiu, ssepius noctu, si ^per- rumpere possent,*^ conati, operis munitione ^ et militum con- cursu"" et telis repulsi, hoc conatu" destiterunt. 9. Relinquebatur una per Sequanos via, qua,^ Sequanis" invitis, propter angustias ire non poterant. His'' ciim sua^ sponte persuadere non possent,*^ legatos ad Dumnorigem jEduum mittunt, ut eo 10 deprecatore ° a Sequanis impetta- rent/ Dumnorix. ^^ gratia*^ et largitione apud Sequanos plurimum poterat, et Helvetiis* erat amicus, quod ex ea civi- tate Orgetorigis filiam, ^^in matrimonium duxerat; et, cu- piditate^ regni adductus,, i^novis rebus* studebat, et quam plurimas" civitates suo sibi"" beneficio habere obstrictas vo- lebat. Itaque rem suscipit, et a Sequanis impetrat, ut per fines suos ire Helvetios patiantur; obsidesque uti inter sese '^ § 131, R. XLII.& h § 123, R. P 30, 2. §24,5. i § 15, 12. q§140, Obs.4. " § 106, R. VI. k § 47, Note 1. and ^ § 140, 1, 3d. ^ 104, 1,&109. 100, 1, and 94, 2. "^ § 111, R. d§l40, 2. 1 § 136, R. LII. t§ii2, R. V e § 140, 1. ">§ 149, R. " § 134, Obs. 6, 3d. ' § 145, R. LVIII. n § 136, Obs. 5,(ab.) v § 126, R. Ill g§129, R. « 110,5. LIB. I. CAP. IX. 59 dent, perf icit : ^ Sequani,^ne itinere Helvetios prohibeant ;'' "* Helve.tii, ut#ine maleficio et injuria transeant.*" 10. ^ Cassari renunciatur^ Helvetiis*" esse in animo, per agrum Sequanorum et jiEdiiorum iter in Santonum fines facere, qui non longe a Tolosatium finibus absunt, qus3 civi- tas est in Provincia. Id si fieret,'^ ^intelligebat magno cum Provinciae periculo futurum,* ut homines bellicosos, Populi Romani inimicos/ locis ^ patentibus maximeque frumentariis finitimos haberet.'' Ob eas causas ei munitioni/ quam fe- gA.iCerat, Tituni Labienum legatura prcefecit : ipse in Italiatn '» magnis itineribus contendit, daasque ibi legiones conscrlbit, et tres, qu^ circum Aquileiam hiemabant, ex liibernis edu- cit ; et, qua^proximum iter in ulteriorem Galliam per Alpes erat, cum his quinque legionibus ire contendit. Ibi Gen- trones, et Graioceli, et Caturiges, locis superioribus occupa- tis,*" itinere' exercitum prohibere conantur. Compluribus his prceliis pulsis,"" ab Ocelo, ^quod est citerioris Provincial? extremuni, in fines Vocontiorum ulterioris Provinciae die septimo ^ pervenit ; inde in AUobrogum fines : ab Aliobro- gibus in Segusianos exercitum ducit. Hi sunt extra Provin- ciam trans Rhodanum primi." 11. Helvetii jam per angustias et fines Sequanorum suas copias transduxerant, et in iEduorum fines pervenerant, eorumque agros populabantur. jEdui, cum, se° suaque^ ab lis defendere non possent,*! legatos ad Csesarem mittunt '''ro- gatnm '" auxilium : " ita se * omni tempore"' de Popiilo Ro- mano meritos esse, ut psene in conspectu exercitus nostri agri vastari, liberi eorum in servitutem abduci, oppida ex- ^ § 140, 1, 2d. h 100, Obs. 14. " 31. b 51, 2. § 123, R. p 19, (negotia.) c§ 112,11. 11. k 104, 2. q § 140, Obs. 4. ■d§ 140,2. i § 136,Obs. 5, (in.) r 114, 1. «§ 47, Note 1. "§ 131, R. XL. » § 145, R. LVIII. & f § 97, R. n 19, (populi.) 94,4. «§ 111, R. b 60 DE i5ELL0 GALLICO. pugiiari not! debuerint.'"' Eodem tempore iEdui Ambarri, 1 necessarii ^ et consanguinei iEduorum, Cassarem certiorem faciunt, sese,*" depopulatis agris,'^ non facile ab oppidis vim hostium prohibere : item Allobroges, qui trans Rhodanum vicos possessionesque habebant, fuga se ad Csesarem recipi- unt, et demonstrant, ^sibi** prseter agri solum nihiP esse reliqui/ Quibus^ rebus'* adductus Cassar, non expectan- dum'' sibi' statuit, dum, omnibus fortunis'^ sociorum con- sumtis, in Santo nos Helvetii pervenirent. 12. 3 Flumen ^ est Arar, quod per fines iEduorum et Se- quanorum in Rbodanum infiuit, ^ incredibili lenitate,^ ita ut ociilis,'' sin utram partem fluat,' judicari non possit.* ^Id Helvetii ratibus*" ac lintribus'' junctis transibant. Ubi per exploratores Ceesar certior'" factus est, tres jam copiarum partes" Helvetios'' id flumen" transduxisse," quartam vero partem"^ citra flumen Ararim reliquam"" esse; '^ de tertia vi- gilia cum legionibus tribus e castris profectus, ad eam par- tem pervenit, qu^ nondum flumen ^ transierat. Eos ^ im- peditos et inopinantes aggressus, magnam eorum partem concldit : reliqui fugss'' sese mandarunt atque ^in proximas^- sylvas abdiderunt. Is pagus appellabatur Tigurinus : "^ nam omnis civitas Helvetia in quatuor pagos divlsa est. Hie pagus unuSjCum domo"" exisset,® patrum nostrorum memorial Lucium Cassium Consulem interfecerat, et ejus exercitum sub jugum miserat. Ita, sive" casu,'' sive consilio Deorum immortalium, quas^ pars civitatis Helvetian insigncm calami- tatem Poptilo '^ Romano intulerat, ea ^^ pi-^n^epg ^v p^gj^g^g persolvit. Qua^ in re Caesar non solum publicas, sed etiam '"^1140, iTlst. i § 147, & 113. 'I § 123, R. b § 97, R. k § 103, R. V. »• § 130, 4> c § 145, R. LVIII. 1 § 140, 5. « § 140, Obs. 4. d 109, 2. "^§ 103, Obs. 2. * § 136, Obs. 5, (in.) e§ 112. R. II. n 119, 1. "i 124, 6. f§106, R. VI. o 98,2. V 43^ Sc 37, 2d. 4. e 38. P § 136. R. LII. ^-§ 98, Obs. 10. ^ § 129, R. LIB. I. CAP. XIV. 61 privatas injurias ultus est, quod ejus soceri Lucii Pisonis* avum, Lucium Pisoiiem legatum,* Tigurmi eodem proelio,^ quo ^ Cassium, ^ interfecerant. 13. Hoc proelio facto, relfquas copias Helvetiorum utscoii- sequi posset,*^ ^pontem in Arare faciendum'^ curat atque ita exercitum transducit. Helvetii, repentlno ejus adventu* commoti, cum id, quod ipsi di^bus ^ viginti segerrime con- fecerapt, ut flumen transirent,^ uno ilium die ^ fecisse intel- ligerent," legates ad eum mittunt : cujus ' legationis Divico princeps fuit, qui bello ^ ^Cassiano dux Helvetiorum fuerat. Is%a cum Csesare agit : " Si pacem Populus Romanus cum Helvetiis faceret,^ in earn partem ituros ' atque ibi futures ^ Helvetios,"' ubi eos Caesar constituisset ^ atque esse" volu- isset : ^ sin bello "^ persequi perseveraret,'' reminisceretur " et^veteris incommodi p Popiili Romani et pristmsB virtutis p Helvetiorum. Quod improviso unum pagum adortus esset,* cum ii, qui flumen transissent,^ suis '• auxilium ferre non possent,'' ne ob eam rem aut sues magno opere virtuti'^'^tri- bueret" aut" ipsos despiceret : se" ita a pat ri bus tnajoribus- que suis didicisse, ut magis virtute,^ quam dolo * aut insidiis, niterentur/ ^Quare ne committeret," ut is locus, ubi consti- tissent,*^ ex calamitate Popiili Romani et internecione exer- citus nomen caperet,^ aut "" memoriam proderet." 14. ^His Caesar ita respondit : " Eo sibi"^ minus "' dubita- tionis * dari, quod eas res, quas legati Helvetii commemo- r&«!seni,8 memoria teneret : "^ atque eo " gravius ferre, quo " minus merito^ Populi Romani accidissent; lOqui^ si alicujus ='§ 97, R. i 38. " r § 149^ r. «> § 136, Obs. 5, ' § 121, R. XXVI. t 5 98, Obs. 10. . e If), (a;j,7)c:;.) " § 144, R. LVII. " 87. f ' 24. II. ^'. 20, 1. " 9fi, 6.^ V § 140, Obs. 4. s§ i20, n. .V 37, Xc* 1,6. --^ § 141, Obs. 7. 64 DE BELLO GALLICO. bus* adductus bellum susceperit : ^ multo*^ etiam gravius, quod sit destitutus,*^ queritur. 17. Turn demum Liscus, oratione'' Ccesaris adductus, quod*' antea ^ tacuerat, proponit : "Esse nonnullos, quorum auctoritas apud plebem 2 plurimum valeat ; ^ qui ^ privati plus possint, quam ipsi magistratus. Hos seditiosa atque improba oratione'' multitudinem deterrere, ne frumentum conferant/ quod prasstare debeant/ Si jam principatum Gallic obtinere non possint,'' Gallorum, quam Romanorum imperia perferre, satiilis esse ; neque dubitare debere, quin, si Helvetios superaverint "^ Romani, una cum reliqua Gallia iEduis ' libertatem sint erepturi.'' Ab iisdem nostra con- silia, qUfEque in castris gerantur/ hostibus "" enunciari : hos a se coerceri non posse. Quin etiam, quod 4 necessario rem coactus Ca3sari' enunciarit,' intelligere sese, quanto id cum periculo fecerit," et ob eam causam, quam diu potuerit,' ta- cuisse." 18. Cessar hac oratione * Lisci Dumnorigem, Divitiaci fratrem," ^designari sentiebat: sed, quod^pluribus'' prae- sentibus eas res jactari nolebat, celeriter concilium dimittit, Liscum retinet : quoerit ex "^ solo ea, quce in conventu dixe- rat. Dicit liberius atque audacii'is. Eadem secreto ab aliis quaerit ; reperit esse vera. " Ipsum esse Dumnorigem, sujii- ma audacia,'! magna apudffplebem propter liberalitatem gra- tia,'' cupidum rerum "■ novarum: complures annos^ portoria, reliquaque omnia ^duorum vectigalia, parvo pretio ^redem- ta ^-liabere, propterea quod, illo licente,*" contra liceri audeat ' ^ § 129, R. . • '> § 140, 2. " § 97, R. »>§ 140,Obs.4.&74. i § 123, R. p § 146, R. LX. & 9 c§132, Obs. 6. k§ 45, i^&§ 140,3. q § 107,R.VII.&6, 1 d § 141, Obs. 7. J § 140, 6. r § 107, R. IX. e 37,2. n.§i26.R. III. •§131,R. XLI. t f § 140, 1, 3d, & 77. » § 14(^5, &74, 2d. t ^s U6, Obs. 1. ^^« § 141, Obs. 8. ^ LIB. I. CAP. XIX. . ' 65 nemo. His rebus'' et suara rem familiarem auxisse, et^facul- tatesadlargiendum magnas comparasse :^ magnum numerum equitatus suo sumtu'' semper alere** et circum se habere : ** ne- que soliim domi,^ sed etiam apud finitimas civitates largiter posse: atque hujus potentias causa matrem in Biturigibus, homini^ iilic nobilissimo,^ ac potentissimo, 2 collocasse : "^ ip- sura ex Helvetiis uxorem habere : ^ sororem ex matre et pro- pinquas suas nuptum"^ in alias civitates collocasse :*' favere et 3 cupere Helvetiis ' propter eam afFmitatem : odisse etiam suo nomine'' Caesarem et Romanos, quod eorum adventu'' potentia ejus diminuta,'' etDivitiiicus frater in anliqutim lo- cum gratia? atque honoris sit restitutus." •^Si quid accidat ' Romanis,"' sumrnam in spem per Helvetios regni obtinendi" venire ; iniperio ° Populi Romani non modo de regno, sed etiam de ea, quam habeat,'' gratia desperare.*^ Reperiebat etiam ^ ii^q^iirendo •' Caesar, quod prcElium equestre adver- sum paucis ante dieb«us '' esset factum, initium ejus fugas factum a Dumnor^e atque ejus equitibus " (nam ^ equitatu,' quem auxilio* Cs3sari * iEdui miserant,Dumn6rix praserat), " e5rum fuga reliquum esse equitatum perterritum." 19. Quibus ^ rebus cognltis, cum ad has suspiciones '^ cer- tissimsB res accederent," quud per fines Sequanorum Helve- tios transduxisset,"* quod obsides inter eos dandos curasset,*^ quod ea omnia non modo^injussu suo '' et civitatis, sed etiam inscientibus ipsis fecisset,'' quod a magistratu iEduorum ac- cusaretur : satis esse causa3 '" arbitrabatur, quare in eum aut ipse animadverteret,'' aut civitatem animadvertere juberet/ ^§ 129, R. i § 112, R. V. '§ 112, R, I. ^ 98, 2, & 94, 1, 2d. "§140,6. » § 114, R. c§ 133, R. I § 140, 2. t 38, 3. d 96, 2, &94, 1, 2d. "'§"112, R. IV. « § 140, Obs. 4. «§ 130, 4. n 112, 5. V 29, 1. f § 123, R § 136, q|s. 5. (sub) ^^§ 135, R. XLVI. ^ 24, 1. p § 147, (I)s. 5. ^ § 140, 5. h§ 148, Obs. 2. «!§ 131, R. XL. 66 BE BfiJ.LO GAIrLlCO. ^ His omnibus rebus '^ unum repugnabat, quodDivitiaci fratris summum in Populum Eomanum studium, summam in se Woiuntateni) egregiam fidem, justitiam, temperantiam cog- noverat: nam, ne'' ejus suppiicio '^ Divitiaci animum offen- deret/ verebatur. Itaque priusquani quicquam conaretur,^ Divitiacum ad se yocari *^ jubetjet, quotidianis interpretibus rem Otis, per Caium Valerium Procillum, principem Galliae provinciee, familiarem ^ suum,cui'' summam omnium rerum fidem habebat, cum eo colloquitur: simul 2 commonef acit, quae ipso praesente in concilio Gallorum de Dumnorige sint' dicta, et ^ostendit, qusB separatim quisque de eo apud se dixerit,' petit. atque hortatur, lit sine ejus offensione animi veP ipse de eo, ^ causa cognita, statuat,^ vel civitatem statu- ere jubeat.' 20. Divitiacus multis cum lacrymis, Csssarera complexus, obsecrare ccepit, ^ne quid gravius"* in fratrem statueret:' scire se, ilia esse vera, nee quenquam ex eo plus, quam se, doldris " capere, propterea quod, cum ^ ipse gratia pluri- mum domi atque in reliqua Gallia, "^ ille minimum propter adolescentiam posset, per se crevisset; quibus" opibus^ ac nervis, non solum ad minuendam"* gratiam, sed peene ad perniciem suam uteretur : sese tamen et amore ^ fraterno et existiraatione vulgi commoveri> Qui)d si quid "^ei'" a Csesare gravius *" accidisset,'' ciim ^ipse eum locum amiei- tia3 apud eum teneret, neminem existimaturum,^ non sud voluntate factum ; qua ex re futurum," uli totius Gallia?, ani- mi a se averterentur." Haec cum pluribus verbis ilens a CaBsare peteret,"" Cajsar ejus dextram prendit ; consolatus » § 112, R. V. !> § 123, R. P § 121, R;XX. VI. b§ 140, Obs. 6. i § 140,5. n 112,7. «§129, R. ^ 124,3. r§ii2, R. IV. d § 140, 1. • § 140, 1, 3d ^ § 140, 2, & 80, 2. e § 140, 4. « 22. § ' 100, 2. f 90, 4. » § 106,%. Vin. " 51. s § 97, R. ^ 38. ^- 74, 1st, a LIB. I. CAP. XXII, 67 rogat, finem orandi facial:'' tanti'' ejus apud se gratiam, esse ostendit, uti et reipublicas injuriam et suum dolorem ejus voluntati ac precibus condonet,'' Dumnorigem ad se vocat ; fratrem ^ adhibet ; quae in eo reprebendat,'* ostendit ; quae ipse inteiligat,'^ quse civitas queratur/ proponit ; monet, lit in reliquum tempus omnes suspiciones vitet ; * prseterita ^ se 2 Divitiaco ^ fratri condonare dicit. Dumnorigi ^ ^ custo- des ponit, ut, quse agat/ quibuscum loquatur,'^ scire possit.'' 21. Eodem die ab exploratoribus certior factus, hostes sub monte * consedisse ' millia^ passuum ab ipsius castria octo ; qualis esset *^ natura montis et qualis in circuitu ascen- sus, qui cognoscerent,^ misit. Renunciatum est, ^facileni esse,"' De tertia ^vigilia, Titum Labienum, "^legatum pro Sprsetore, cum duabus legionibus, ^ et iis ducibus, qui iter cognoverant, summum jugum montis ascendere jabet ; quid sui consilii sit/ ostendit. Ipse de quarta vigilia eodem itin- ere, quo hostes ierant, ad eos contendit, equitatumque om- nem ante se mittit, Publius Considius, qui rei militaris " peritissimus habebatur, et in exercitu Lucii Sullae, et postea *<*in Marci Crassi fuerat, cum exploratoribus prsemittitur. 22. 11 Prima luce," ciim summus ^ mons a Tito Labieno teneretur,'^ ^2 ipse ab hostium castris non longias mille et quingentis passibus abesset,'' neque, ut postea ex captivis comperit, aut ipsius adventus, aut Labieni, cognitus esset;*" Considius, i3 equo *■ admisso, ad eum accurrit : dicit, mon- tem, quern a Labieno occupari voluerit, ab hostibus teneri ;" id se a Gallicis armis ^ atque insignibus cognovisse." Cas- *§ 140, 1, 3(i, & g § 123, R. »§ 131, R. XL. Obs. 5. " § 140, 1. 2d. P§ 98,Obs. 9,8c 17,2. »>§ 106, R.VII. or i 98,2. n § 140, Obs. 4. § 122, R. XXVIII. k § 132, R. XLII. r § 146, R. LX. c § 140, 1, 1st. > § 141, R. 11. Obs. « 96, 6, & 94, 1, 2d, d § 140, 5, & 74, 9, 2, 4th. t § 129, Obs. 2. «= § 140, 1, 3d. ™ 96,6. ' « 98, 2, & 94, 1, 2d. ' 19. « § 107, R. IX 68 DE BELLO GALLICO. sar suas copias in proximum collern subdticit,'' aciem in- struit.'' Labienus, iit erat ei ^ prceceptum '^ a Cassare ne proelium committeret,'^ nisi ipsius copiae prope hoslium cas- tra ^ visas essent/ ut undique uno tempore in hostes impetus fieretjS monte occupato nostros expectabat proBlioque abstin- ebat. "1 Multo denique die per exploratores Caesar cogno- vit, et montem a suis teneri,'' et Helvetios castra movisse/ et Considium, timore perterritum, quod non vidisset/ 2 pro viso sibi renunciasse.' Eo die, ^quo'' consuerat intervalio, hostes sequitur, et millia passuum tria, ab eorum castris castra ponit. 23. Postridie ejus diei,^ quod omnino biduum supererat, ciim ^exercitu frumentum metiri oporteret,"* et quod a Bi- bracte, oppido iEduorum longe maxTmo et copiosissimo, non amplius millibus" passuum octodecim aberat, ^rei" frumen- tariae prospiciendum ^ existim^vit, iter ab Helvetiis avertit, ac Bibracte'' ire contendit. Ea res per fugitivos Lucii JEmilii, ^decurionis equitum Gallorum, hostibus'' nuncia- tur. Helvetii, seu,' quod timore perterritos Eomanos ''' dis- cedSre a se existimarent,^ eo magis, quod pridie, superiori- bus locis occupatis," proslium non commovissent;* sive eo, quod re ^ frumentaria intercludi posse ^confiderent;^ com-, mutato" consilio atque itinere converso," nostros a novissimo agmtne insequi ac lacessere cceperunt. 24. Postquam id ^ariimum advertit, copias suas Cassar in proximum coUem subducit,"" equitatumque, ^^ qui "sustin- eret^ hostium impetum, misit. Ipse interim in colle medio'' =^§ 44, I. 3. i 98, 2. i§ 130, 2. ^ § 126. R. III. k 37,2d.4,&Note 1. >• 124, 6. c 51. 1 § 135, R. XL VI. « § 140. Obs. 2. d § 140,l,3d,& 121,3. «'§ 140, Obs. 4. & t § 136, Obs. 5,(ab.) e § 136, Obs. 5. (ad^) § 113, Exc. III. ^ 104, 1. f § 141, Obs. 8. " § 120, R. & 6. 3. v § 141^ Qbs. 2. 4th g § 140, 1, 2d. ° § 112, R. V. w§ 98, Obs. 9, & 17 ^ 96, 6. P 113. LIB. I. CAP. XXV. D9 triplicem aciem instruxit legionum quatuor veteranHrum, ita, uti supra se in summo jugo duas legiones, quas in ^ Gallia citeriore proxime conscripserat, et omnia auxilia col- locaret ; ac totum raonteni hominibus "" 2 compleri,'' et interea sarcinas in unum locum conferri,'' et ^ eum ab his, qui in su- periOre acie constiterant, muniri'' jussit. Helvetii, cum om- nibus suis carris sectiti, impedimenta in unum locum contu- lerunt: ipsi, ^ confertissima #cie,'= rejecto '^ nostro equitatu, phalange facta/ ^sub primam nostram aciem successerunt. ^5. Cassar, primum ^suo, deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis '^ equis, ut, aequjlto omnium "^ perictilo, spem fugse toUeret, cohortatus suos, proelium commisit. Milites, e loco superiore pilis missis,*^ facile hostium phalangem perfrege- ruiit. Ea disjecta,* gladiis*" destrictis in eos impetum fecerunt. Gallis^ magno ad pugnam erat^impedimento,*^ quod, pluribus eorum ^scutis* uno ictu pilorum transfixis et colligatis, ci!im ferrum se inflexisset,' neque evellere, ne- que, sinistra impedita,* satis ^ commode pugnare poterant; multi ut, diu jactato brachio, prseoptarent '^ scutum manu^ emittere, et ^Onudo corpore ^ pugnare. Tandem vulneribus defessi, et " pedem referre, et quod mons suberat circiter mille passuum, eo se^recipere coeperunt. Capto monte* et SLiccedentibus nostris,* Boii et Tulingi, qui hominum milli- bus*" circiter quindecim i^agmen hostium claudebant, et no- vissTmis ^ prassidio erant, ex itinere nostros latere "' aperto aggressi, circumvenere : et id conspicati Helvetii, qui in montem sese receperant, rursus instare et proelium redinte- grare coeperunt. Komani conversa signa i3 bipartito intulg- runt : prima, ac secunda acies, ut victis ac summotis resis- teret ; " tertia, ut venientes exciperet." ^ § 126, R. V. f § 129, R. k§ 140,1, 1st. (ita.) ^ 94,3. s§ 114, R. &8, 1. 1 § 136, R. LII. «= § 129, R. h 51, 1. ««§ 136, Obs. 5, (ab) •J 104, 1. i § 140, Obs. 4. n§ 140, l,2d. • 109. 70 DE BELLO GALLICO. 26. Ita 1 ancipiti proelio" diu atque acriter pugnatum est.*" Diutius ctLUi nostrorum impetus sustinere non possent,'' 2 al- ter! ^ se, ut coeperant, in montem receperunt ; alteri '^ ad im- pedimenta et carros suos se contulemnt. Nam hoc toto proelio,^ cum ab ^hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,'' ■^aversum hostem videre nemo potuit. ^ Ad multam noctem etiam ad impedimenta pugnatum est, propterea quod pro vallo carros objecerant, et e loco superiore in nostros '^'^eni- ente^tela conjiciebant,^ et nonnulli, inter carros rotasque, *mataras ac tragiilas subjiciebant ^ nostrosque vulnerabant.^ Diu cum esset pugnatum, impedimentis ^ castrisque nostri potiti sunt. Ibi Orgetorigis filia, atque unus e filiis' captus est. Ex eo proelio circiter millia hominum centum et tri- ginta superfuerunt, eaque tota nocte ^ continenter ierunt : nullam parten^ noctis itinere intermisso, in fines Lingonum die quarto *" pervenerunt, cum, et' propter vulnera militum, et propter sepulturam occisorum,^ nostri, triduum ^ morati, eos sequi non potuissent.*" Csesar ad Lingonas literas nun- ciosque misit, rie eos frumento, neve alia re juvarent :"" "^ qui si juvissent," ^se eodem loco, quo Helvetios,habiturum. Ipse, triduo intermisso, cum omnibus copiis eos sequi coepit. 27. Helvetii omnium rerum inopia adducti, legatos de deditione ad eum miserunt. ^Qui,° cT!im eum in itinere con- venissent," seque ad pedes projecissent, suppliciterque loeuti flentes pacem petissent, atque eos p in eo loco, quo tum es- sent,*^ suum adventum expectare "■ jussisset, paruerunt. Eo postquan* Csesar pervenit, obsides, arma, servos^ qui ad eos perfugissent,* poposcit. Dum ea conquiruntur, et conferun- a § 129, R. s § 44, II, 2. «-§ 140, 2. b 65,5. h§ 121, R. XXVI. o 39^5. c § 140, Obs. 4. • § 107, Obs. 8. p § 145, R. LVIII. d 27, Obs. 10. t § 131^ R. XL. q § 141, Obs. 8. « § 131, R. XLI. & 1 124, 1. r 94^ 3. Exp. '»§ 140, 1, 3d. s§ 141, R. I. 19, (jnilUes.) LIB. I. CAP. XXIX. ' . « 71 tur, nocte intermissa, circTter hommum millia sex ejus pagi, qui Verbigenus '' appellatur sive timore pertemti, ne, armis traditis, supplicio afficerentur,^ sive spe salutis inducti, quod, in tanta multitudine dedititiorum, suam fugam " aut i oc- cultari,'^ aut ^omnlno ignorari posse existimarent,^ Sprim^f nocte ex castris Helvetiorum egressi, ad Rhenum finesque Germanorum contenderunt. 28. Quod s ubi Cassar resciit, 4 quorum per fines ierant, his,** uti conquirerent ' et reducerent, si sibi purgati ^ esse vellent,*' imperavit : reductos' in hostium numero^ habuit : reliquos omnes, obsidibus, armis, perfiigis traditis, in dedi- tidnem accepit. Helvetios, Tulingos, Latobrigos in fines suos, unde erdnt profecti, reverti "" jussit; et qu6d, omnibus fruclibus amissis, domi " nihil erat, quo famem tolerarent," Allobrogibas •* imperavit, ut iis^ frumenti copiam facerent:' ^ipsos*" oppida vicosque, quos incenderant, restituere jussit. Id ea maxime ratione "• fecit, quod noluit, eum locum,*" unde Helvetii discesserant, ^ vacare ;"* ne propter bonitatem agro- rum Germani, g^ trans Rhenum incolunt, e suis finibus in Helvetiorum fines transirent,*' et finitimi'' Gallias provinciae "■ Allobrogibusque essent. ^Boios, petentibus jEduis,*" quod egregid virtute* erant cogniti, ut in finibus suis collocarent,' concessit : quibus ^ illi agros dederunt, quosque postea in parem juris libertatisque conditionem, atque^ ipsi erant, re- ceperunt. 29. In castris Helvetiorum 9 tabulae repertas sunt, ^o Uteris Graecis confectae et ad Csesarem relatas, quibus " in tabiilis nominatim i^ ratio confecta erat, qui numerus domo exisset' * § 103, R. V. h 63. * P § 123, R. "§140,1. i§140, 1, 3d. «i§129, R. <• § 145, R. LVIII. k § 140, 2. r § m, R. 1 87, 6. 1 19, (eos.) ' § 106, R. VII. « § 141, Obs. 7. «n 94^ 3. t § 149^ Obs. 6. f 17, 1. ' "§130,4. " 37. Note 1. 6. 5 38, 4. o § 141^ R. I. V § 140. 5. 72 DE BELLO GALLICO. eorum, qui arma ferre possent : * et item separatim pueri, senes, mulieresque. Quarum ^ omnium rerum summa erat.* 1 capitum Helvetiorum millia"" ducenta et sexaginta tria, Tulingorum millia triginta sex, Latobrigorum quatuorde- cim, Rauracorum viginti tria, Boiorum triginta duo : ex his, qui arma ferre possent,'' ad millia nonaginta duo. Summa omnium ^ fuerunt ad millia trecenta et sexaginta octo. Eo- ^ rum, qui domum redierunt, 2 censu ^ habito, ut Cassar impe- raverat, repertus est numerus inillium centum et decern. 30. Eello^ Helvetiorum confecto, totius fere Gallioe lega- ti, principes civitatum, ad Csesarem^^ratulatum^ convene- runt: intelligere sese,^ tametsi, ^pro^^^^eteribus Helvetio- rum injuriis Popiili Romani, ab iis poena^bello repetisset,'' tamen eam rem^ non mini\s ex usu terrse Qallice, quam Popiiii Romani accidisse : propterea quod eo consilio, floren- tissTmis rebus, domos suas Helvetii reliquissent, uti toti Gal- lioe' bellum inferrent,^ imperioque potirentur,*" locumqufedo- micilio ' ex magna copia deligerent,'' quern ex omni Gallic opportunissimum ac fructuosissimum judicdssent;' reliquas- que civitates stipendiarias haberent." Petierunt, " utl sibi '" concilium totius Gallite in diem certam indicere, idque Cse- saris voluntate facere, liceret:" sese^ habere quasdavn res, quas "ex commtini consensu ab eo petere vellent.*' Ea re permissd, diem concilio^ constitugrunt, et jurejurando, ^ne^ quis eiiunciaret,"nisi quibus*' commtini consilio mandatum esset, inter se sanxerunt. 31. Eo concilio dimisso, iidem principes civitatum, qui ante fuerant ad Csesarem, reverterunt, petieruntque, uti sibi secreto de sua ' omniumque salute cum eo agere liceret."* > § 141, Obs. 3. s § 145, R. LVIII. »§ 113, R. f 38. h § 140, 3. » § 140, 1, 3d. « § 24, 5. i § 123, R. § 141, Obs. 8. i 19. k § 140, 1. 2d. p 121. • 109, 2. « § 114, R. & q § 126, R. III. ' 114, Obg. 4, (sibi.) ' 29, 1. LIB. 1. CAP. XXXI. 73 Ea re impetrata," sese'' omnes flentes Caesari*^ ad pedes pro- jecerunt :' ^non minus se '^ id contendere et laborare, ne ea, quas dixissent,* enunciarentur/ quam uti ea, quee vellent,* impetrarent/ propterea quod, si enunciatum esset,^ summum in cruciatum se ventures viderent.'"" Locutus est pro his Divitiacus JEduus : ' " Galliae totius factiones* esse duas: 2 harum alterius principatum tenere JEduos,** alterius Arver- nos. 3 Hi cum tantopere de potentatu inter se multos annos contenderent,'' factum esse' uti ab Arvernis Sequanisque Germani mercede arcesserentun*" ^fJorum primo circiter millia ^ quindecim Rhenum " transisse : posteaquam agros, et cuitum, et ^ copias Galiorum homines feri ac barbari ad- amassenft'* transductos plures : ^ nunc esse in Gallia ad cen- tum et viginti millium numerum : cum his ^duos*^ eorum- que clientes semel atque iterum armis contend isse;** mag- nam calamitatem pulsos accepisse," omnem nobilitatem, om- nem senatum, omnem equitatum amisisse." Quibus ^ proe- liis calamitatibusque fractos, qui et sua virtute, et Popiili Romani hospitio atque amicitia, plurimum ante in Gallia potuissent,*" coactos esse Sequanis obsides dare, nobilissimos civitatis,'' et jurejurando civitatem obstringere, sese neque obsides repetituros/ neque auxilium a Populo Romano im- ploraturos/ ^ neque recusaturos,"" quo minimis perpetuo sub illorum ditione atque imperio essent.* ^XJnum se esse ex omni civitate jEduorum, qui adduci "' non potuerit,'' ut jura- ret," aut liberos suos obsides daret.!*^ Ob eam rem se '^ ex civitate profugisse," et Romam'' ad senatum venisse, aux- ilium* postulatum, quod solus neque jurejurando" neque =^ 109. i 94, 4. ' 100, 2. ^ 31, 1. ^ § 140, Obs. 4. • § 140, a. c§ 110, Obs. 1, &2. 1 51,4. t 87. ^- § 140, Obs. 4. 1 § 114, fc & 8. c 96, 2. > § 136, Obs. 6. ' 100, 2. d§ 141, Obs. 8. >"§140, 2. »§140, Obs. 2. e § 129, R. » § 126, R. III. & 19. t 37^ Note 3. f § 140, 5. o § 126, R. XXXIII. ^ § 103. Obs. 2. 8 106,1. &Obs. 3. v§ni,R. § 144, Obs. 6. 76 % DE BELLO GALLICO. et reipublicae esse arbitrabatur. Paulatim autem Germanos consuescere Rhenum transire, et in Galliam magnam eorum multitudinem venire, Popiilo Romano periculosum videbat : neque sibi^ homines feros ac barbaros temperaturos ** existi- mabat, quin, cilm omnera Galliam occupassent,'' ut ante Cimbri Teutonique fecissent,^ in Provinciam exirent,* atque inde in Italiam contenderent ; * prsesertim cum Sequanos a Provincia nostra Rhodanus divideret/ Quibus^' rebus'' quam' maturrim^ loccurrendum putabat.'' Ipse autem Ario- vistus tantos sibi spiritus, tantam arrogantiam sumserat, ut ferendus non videretur.'' 34. Quamobrem ^placuit ei, ut ad Ariovistum legStos mitteret/ qui ab eo postularent,"" uti aliquera locum medium utriusque colloquio.diceret:" velle sese de republica 3 et sum- mis utriusque rebus cum eo agere. Ei ]egationi° Ariovis- tus respondit: 4 Si quid ipsi p a Cassare opus esset, sese ad eum venturum fuisse j** si quid * ille se ■" velit, ilium ^ ad se venire oportere. Prseterea se neque sine exercitu in eas partes GalliaB venire audere, quas Csesar possideret ; * neque exercitum ^gine magno commeatu atque emolimento in unum locum contrahere posse : sibi autem mirum videri," ■^ quid in su^ Gallia, quam bello vicisset," aut Caesari," aut omnino Populo Romano"^ negotii'' esset." 35. His responsis ad Csesarem relatis, iterum ad eum CsBsar legatos cum his mandatis mittit : " Quoniam tanto suo^ Popuiique Romani beneficio affectus (cum in consulatu suo rex atque amicus a Senatu appellatus esset), banc sibi * 31, Note. k § 140, 1, 1st. 70. ^ § 136, Obs. 5. (a.) »' 100, 1. 1 § 140, 1, 4th. * § 113, Exc. III. c§ 140, Obs. 4. »§ 141^ R. II. Obs. t§140, 6. d § 141, Obs. 8. 2, 4th. " 70, & Obs. •§140,3. «>§ 140, 1,3d. v§ 141^ Obs. 7. t § 140, Obs. 3. o 63. ^§ 112, R. II. « 38. P§ 111. x§ 107, R. VIII. >^ § 147, & 113, (st6i) q 100,5. \ 7 29,1. i § 134, Obs. 6, 3d. » § 112, R. IV. LIB. I. CAP. XXXVI. 77 Populoque Romano ^ gratiam referret,^ ut in colloquium ve nire invitatus gravaretur," Sneque'' de communi re 3 dicen- dumsibi'* ^t cognoscendurh putaret;'' haec* esse, quae ab eo postularefc : "^ primum, ne 4quam hominum multitudmem araplius trans Rhenum in Galliam transduceret : ^ deinde obsides, quos haberet^ ab ^duis, redderet,*^ Sequanisque permitteret," ut, quos illi haberent,*^ voluntate ejus reddere illis liceret ; ^ neve JEduos * injuria lacesseret,^ neve his so- ciisve eOrum bellum inferret -J si id ita fecisset,'' sibi ' Pop- uloque Romano perpetuam gratiam^ atque amicitiam cum eo fulurara:'' si non impetraret," sese ^ (quoniam Marco Messala,Marco Pisone Consulibus, Senatus censuisset," uti quicumque Galliam provinciam ' obtineret," 6 quod commo- do" reipublicee facere posset, '^ iEduos ceterosque amlcos Popiili Romani defenderet),^ sese iEduorum injurias non neglecturum." '' 36. Ad haBC Ariovistus respondit : " Jus esse belli, ut, qui" vicissent,'"iis,'' quos vicissent,^ quemadmodum vellent,'' imperarent: ^ '^item Popiilum Romanum^ victis^ non ad al- terius praescriptum, sed ad suum arbitrium, imperare consu- ^sse."" Si ipse Popiilo Romano non prsescriberet,'' quemad- modum suo * jure uteretur;'^ non ^oportere sese a Popiilo Romano in suo jure impediri. JEduos *" sibi,* quoniam belli fortunam tentdssent'' et armis congressi ac superati essent,*" 'Stipendiarios esse factos. Magnam Caesarem ^ injuriam fa- cere, qui suo adventu vectigalia sibi deteriora faceret." jEduis'' se obsides redditurum non esse, neq^tie iis,^ neque eorum sociis'' injuria bellum illaitirum, si in eo manerent,^ quod convenisset,*^ stipendiumqne quotannis penderent : si * § 140, 6. h § 140, 2. p § 112, R. V. b§ 140,1. i § 112, R. II. q § 140, 5. «§93, L ^ § 100, 2. ■• 98, 6. <>§ 147, & 113, 5. > § 97, R. '^ 31, Note. •§ 145, R. LVIII. '»§ 141, R. I. t § 111, R. M f § 141, R. VI. « § 129, R. ^ § 141, R. III. ^^ 8§ 140, 1,3d. « 37,3 - § 123. R. 78 DE BELLO GALLICO. id non fecissent,Honge iis ^ fraternum nomen Populi EomS- ni abfuturum. sQ^od" sibi Csesar denunciaret, se JEdub- rum injurias non neglecttirum ; neminem'' decum sine sua* pernicie contendisse.^ Cum vellet/ congrederetur ;^ mtel- lecturum, quid invicti Germani, exercitatissimi in armis, qui 3 inter annos quatuordecim tectum non subissent,^ ^ vir- ttite possent." ' 37. Hsec eodem tempore Csesari'' mandata referebantur, et legati ab iEduis et a Treviris veniebant : ^ iEdui ' ques- tum,"" quod Hartides, qui nuper in Galliam transportati es- sent,*' fines eorum popularentur,*" sese ne obsidibus quidem datis pacem Ariovisti redimere potuisse : ^Xreviri^ autem, pagos centum Suevorum ad ripas Rheni consedisse, qui Rhenum transire conarentur ; ^ iis '' praeesse Nasuam et Cim- beriura fratres: Quibus" rebus CcEsar vehementer commo- tus, maturandum '^ sibi ° existimavit, "^ ne, si nova manus Suevorum cum veteribus copiis Ariovisti sese conjunxisset,P minus facile resisti posset.'' Itaque ^re frumentaria, quam" celerrime potuit, comparat^,* magnis itineribus ad Ariovis- tum contendit. 38. Cum 9 tridui viam " processisset/ nunciatum est ei,*" Ariovistum*" cum suis omnibus copiis ad occupandum' Ve- sontionem, quod est oppidum maximum Sequanorum, ^^ con- tendere," triduique viam'' a suis finibus processisse.^ Id ne accideret,'^ magno opere sibi" prsecavendum*" Csesar existi- mabat : namque omnium rerum, quas ad bellum usui '" erant, 11 summa erat in eo oppido facultas ; idque natura loci sic muniebatur, ut magnam ^^ad ducendum bellum daret" fac- ^ § 112, R. I. i § 140, 5. >• § 134, Obs. 6, 3d. b 38, Note. 11. k § 126, R. III. ' § 104, 1. c § 145, R. LVIII. 1 § 101, Obs. 4 » 112,7. d 31, Note. ">§ 148. 1. " 96, 2. e 98, 2. ° 38. ^ § 132, R. XLII. f§140, Obs. 4. 113. ^'^§ 114, R. 8c Obs. 4. 8 § 140, 6. P § 140, 2. . =^ § 140, 1, 1st J> § 141, Obs. 7. 1 § 140, 1, 2d. *" LIB. I. CAP. XXXIX* 7^\j,jif^- ultatera, propterea quod fluraen Dubis * ut circino circum- ductum, psene totuin oppidum cingit: reliquum spatium, quod est ^non amplius pedum'' sexcentorum, qua flumeii intermittit, mons ^continet magna altitudine,'' ita ut radices ejus montis ex utraque parte ripse flummis contingant.*' ^Hunc*^ murus circumdatus arcem^ efficit et cum oppido conjungit. Hue Csesar magnis nocturnis diurnisque itineri- bus contendit,'' occupatoque oppido, ibi prassidiuni coliocat.'' 39. Dum paucos dies ad Vesontionem, rei frumentaricB commeatusque causa, moratur, *ex percutictatione nostra- rum vocibusque G^Uorum ac mercatorum,' qui ingenti mag- nitudme ^ corporum Germanos, incredibili virtute'' atque exercitatione in armis esse praedicabant/ saepenumero sese,^ cum eis congressos,*' ne ^ vultum quidem atque aciem ocu- lOrum ferre potuisse,'' tantus subito timor omnem exercitum occupavit, ut non mediocriter omnium mentes animosquc perturbaret.*" Hie ' primum ortus est a ^ TribQms militum, praefectis reliquisque, qui, ex urbe ami'eiiise causa Cassarem secuti, non magnum in re militari usum habebant : ^ quorum'' alius,' alia'" causa illata, quam *^ sibi" ad proficiscendum necessariam esse dicerent," petebant, ut ejus voluntate dis- cedere liceretr^ DonnuUi, padore adducti, ut timoris suspi- cionem vitarent,'' remanebant. Hi neque ^ vultum fingere, neque interdum lacrymas tenere poterant : abditi in taber- naciilis, aut suum "■ fatum querebantur/ aut cum familiari- bus suis "■ commune periciilum miserabantur.*" Vulgo totis castris testamenta obsignabantur/ Horum vocibus ac timOre paulatim etiam ii,' qui magnum in castris usum habebant, milites^ centurionesque, quique equitatu praeerant, pertur- * § 106, R. VI. Obs. g § 145, R. LVIII. ° § 111, R. 3. (spatio.) ^ 98, 2. -» <>§ 141, Obs. 7. »>§ 106,R.VII.&6,1. ■' 19, (timor.) p§ 140, 1, 3d. . c § 140. 1, 1st. •'§107, R.X. § 126, R. m. • 43. ' 80, 1. LIB. I. CAP. XL. 81 ac victores superassent. Denique hos* es»e eosdem, quibus- cum saepenumero Helvetii congressi, noii solum in ^suis, sed etiain in illdrum finibus, plerumque superarint,^ qui tamen pares esse nostro exercitu'' non potuerint. Si 2quos advei- sura proelium et fuga Gallorum commoveret/ hos, si quse- rerent,*^ reperire posse, diutumitate belli defatigatis Gallis,^ Ariovistum," c6m multos menses ^ castris se ac paludibus tenuisset, ^neque sui potestatem fecisset, desperantes jam de pugna et disperses subito adortum, magis ^ rationed et consilio, quam virtute,^ vicisse. Cui ^ rationi ' contra hom- ines barbaros atque imperitos locus fuisset, hac, ne ipsum'' quidem sperare, nostros exercitus* capi posse. ^ Qui "^ suum' timorem in rei frumentariae simulationem angustiasque itin- erum conferrent,'' facere arroganter, ciim aut de officio im- peratoris desperare, aut prsescribere viderentur.*" Haec sibi" esse curse ; " frumentum Sequanos,* Leucos, Lingonas sub- ministrare ; " jamque esse in agris frumenta matura: de itinere ipsos* brevi tempore judicattiros.'' ^Quod'' non fore dicto audientes milites,^ neque^'signa laturi dicantur,** nihil "■ se ea re commoveri : "^ scire enim, quibuscumque ex- ercitus dicto audiens non fuerit,'' aut, male re^ gesta, fortu- nam defuisse ; aut, aliquo facinore * comperto, avaritiam esse conjunctam. Siiam innocentiam perpetua vita, felici- tatem Helvetiorum bello, esse perspectam.* ^Jtaque se,* quod in longiorem diem collattirus esset,* repraesentaturum,^ et proxima nocte de quarta vigilia castra moturum, ut quam primum intelligere posset," utrum * apud eos pudor atque officium , an timor valeret."^ Quod si prseterea nemo sequatur," ^ § 145, R. LVIII. i § 110, R. XV. r § 116, Obs. 3. »• § 140, e: k 37, (eos.) ' 98, 6. e§ 111, R. 1 30, 2. ' § 79, 8. d § 140, 2. «»§ 140, Obs. 4. " § 140, 1, 2d. .« 109, 2. n § 114, R. V 124, 14. f § 131, R. XLI. o 94,3.&96,Exc. II. ^-§ 140, 5. K § 129, R. p 100, 2. ^ § 140, 2, & 77 5. " 33. 1 3.S. Note. 11. v § 39, 1. 82 DE BELLO GALLICO. tamen se cum sola decima." legione iturum, de qua non dubitaret;" sibique earn i prsetoriam cohortem "^ futuram." Huic legioni'' Caesar et indulserat prascipue, et propter vir- tutem 2confidebat maxime. 41. Hac oratione habita, mirum in modum conversss*^ sunt omnium mentes, summaque alacritas et cupiditas belli gerendi^ innata*^ est, Sprincepsque^ decima legio, per tri- bunos^ militum, ei gratias egit, quod de se optimum judi- cium fecisset;*^ seque esse ad bellum gerendum paratissi- mam confirmavit. Deinde reliquse legiones, per tribunos ^ militum et primorum ordinum centuriones, ^ egerunt, uti Caesari '' satisfacerent : ' se neque unquam dubitasse,'' neque timuisse, neque de summa belli suum ^ judicium, sed impe- ratoris "' esse, existimavisse.'*^ Eorum ^ satisfactione accep- ta, et itinere ^exquisito per Divitiacum,^ quod ex aliis ei " maximam fidem habebat, ut millium amplius quinquaginta circuitu locis apertis exercitum duceret,' de quarta vigilia, ut dixerat, profectus est. Septimo die, cum iter non inter- mitteret," ab exploratoribus ^ certior factus est, Ariovisti co- pias a nostrisP millibus^ passuum quatuor et viginti abesse. 42. Cognito Csesaris adventu, Ariovistus legates ad eum mittit: '''quod'" antea de colloquio postulasset,* id per se fieri iicere, quoniam propii!is accessisset : *" seque id sine periculo facere posse existimare. Non respuit conditionem Cfesar : jamque eum ad sanitatem reverti arbitrabatur, cum id, quod antea petenti denegasset,* iiltro polliceretur ;° raagnamque in spem veniebat, pro suis ' tantis Populique Eomani in eum beneficiis, cognitis suis' postulatis, ^ fore," uti pertinacia de- ^ § 141, Obs. 7. h § 112, R. III. p 19, (copiis.) ^ § 114, Obs. 2. i § 140, 1, 2d. 1 § 132, R. XLII. «§ 112, R.V. k 98, 2. r 43. d § 44, III, Note. 1 29, 1. • § 140, 6. « 112,5. »§108, R. XII. t§ 141, Obs. 8. I § 98, Obs. 10. »> § 123, R. " § 145, Obs. 6, & » § 126, Obs. 2. ° § 140, Obs. 4. 100, 14. LIB. I. CAP. XLIII. 83 sisteret. Dies colloquio dictus est, ex eo die quintus. In- terim, cum s£epe ultro citroque legati inter eos mitterentur,'' Ariovistus postulavit, ^ne quern peditem ad colloquium Cae- sar adduceret : " vereri*^, ne ^ per insidias ab eo circuraveni- retur: urerque cum equitatu venlret : ** alia ratione se non esse venturum. Caesar, quod neque colloquium^ interposita causa ^toUi*^ volebat, neque salutem suam Gallorum equi- tatui*^ committere audebat, 3 commodissimum '' esse statuit, "* omnibus equis' Gallis equitibus"* detractis, eo legionarios milites legionis decimae, cui quam maxime confidebat, im- ponere,' ut prassidium quam amicissimum, ^si quid opus facto esset, haberet."" Quod " cum fieret,'' non irridicule quidam ex miJitibus" decimsB legionis dixit: "plus, quam pollicitus esset, P Caesarem ei facere ; poUicitum, se in co- hortis praetoriae loco decimam legionem habiturum, ^nunc ad equum rescribere." 43. Planities erat magna, et in ed tumiilus terrenus satis grandis. Hie locus aequo fera spatio** ab caslris utrisque aberat. Eo, ut erat dictum, ad colloquium venerunt. Le- gionem Caesar, quam equis"" devexerat, passibus^ ducentis ab eo tumtilo constituit. Item equites Ariovisti pari inter- vallo*' constiterunt. Ariovistus, '''ex equis ut colloqueren- tur ^ et, praeter se, denos ^ ut ad colloquium adducerent,'' pos- tulavit. ^Ubi eo ventum est,* Caesar, initio orationis, sua Senatusque in eum beneficia commemoravit, " quod rex ap- pellatus esset a Senatu, quod munera amplissima missa : quam" rem et paucis " contigisse,"" et pro magnis hominum officiis consufesse tribui" docebat : "ilium, cum neque aditum, '^ § 140, Obs. 4. h§98, Obs. 6. P§141,0bs. 8. f § 140, 1, 3d. > 109. q § 132, R. XLII. c 94, 4. k § 126, R. III. r § 129, R. i § 140. Obs. 6, & 1 § 144.R.LVII.Note. « § 24, 11, & 26, I. 121,6. "'§140, 1, 2d. t 67,Note. 5. « § 145, R. LVIII. =38. « 19,& § 112, R.IV. ' 96, Exc. II. 11. <• § 107, Obs. 8. v qs, 2. e§ 123, R. 84 I)E BELLO GALLICO. neque causam postulandi justam haberet, beneficio ac libe- ralitate sua ac Senatus ea praemia consecutum." Docebat ctiam, " quam veteres, quamque justae causas ^necessitudinis ipsis^ cum jiEduis intercederent,'' quas Senatus consulta, quoties, quamque honorif ica in eos facta essent : " ut omni tempore totius Galliae principatum JEdui tenuissent,*^ prius etiam quam nostram amicitiam appetissent : ^ Populi Roma- ni hanc^ esse consuetudinem, ut socios'^ atque amicos non modo 2sui nihil deperdere/ sed gratia, dignitate, honore Sauctiores velit*' esse: quod vero ad amicitiam Populi Ro- mani attulissent, id iis *" eripi, quis pati possset?'-*^ Postu- lavit deinde eadem, quae legatis in mandatis dederat, " ne aut jEduis, aut eorum sociis bellum inferret ;" obsides red- deret: si nullam partem Germanorum domum* remittere posset,'' at ne *quos amplius Rhenum transire pateretur.'"^ 44. Ariovistus ad postulata Caesaris pauca respondit ; de SU13 virtutibus multa praedicavit: "Transisse' Rhenum"' sese, non sua sponte, sed ^rogatum" et arcessitum" a Gal- lis ; non sine magna spe, magnisque prasmiis, domum pro- pinquosque reliquisse;' sedes habere** in Gallia, ab ipsis concessas ; " obsides ipsorum voluntate datos ; stipendium capere ° jure belli, quod victores victis p imponere consuerint ; non sese * Gallis, sed Gallos ^ sibi bellum intulisse ; omnes Galliae civitates ad se oppugnandum venisse,' ac contra se castra habuisse ; eas omnes copias a se uno praelio fusas ac superatas esse ; si iterum experiri velint,'' iterum paratum sese decertare ; si pace** uti velint, iniquum esse, de stipen- dio recusare, quod sua voluntate ad id tempus pependerint. ^§112,R. IV. *£§ 140,6. >«§ 136, R.LII. ^ § 140, 5. h § 126, R. III. •» . 101, 4. c § 140, 1, 3d. i § 130, 4. o 96, 2. d § 140, 4, k § 140, 2. P § 123, R. & 19. • § 145, R. LVIII. ' 98, 2. i § 121, R. XXVI. ' 90. LIB. I. CAP. XLIV. 85 Amicitiam Populi Romani sibi'' ornamento '* et prassidio, non detrimento, esse oportere, idqae se ea spe petisse. Si per Populum Komanum stipendium. remittatur,'' et dedititii subtrahantur,'' non minus libenter sese recusaturum Populi Romani amicitiam, quam appetierit.'' i Quod multitudineni Germanorum in Galliam transducat,'^ id se sui muniendi,^ non Galliae. impugnandae '' causa facere; ejus rei testimo- nium ^ esse,^ quod, nisi rogatus, non venerit,'' et quod bel- lum non intulerit,'' 2sed defenderit.'' Se priilis in Galliam venisse, quiim Populum Romanum.'' Nunquam ante hoc tempus exercitutn Popiili Romani Galiice piovincia3 fines'" egressum. ^ Q^i^j sibivellet?'' Cur in suas possessiones veniret ? '' Provinciam suani ^ banc esse Galliam, sicut illam nostram. Ut ipsi' concedi noii oporteret, si in nostros fines impetum faceret,^ sic item nos esse iniquos, ^qui in suo jure se interpellaremus.'' ^ Quod ' fratres ^ a Senatu jEduos appel- latos diceret,'' non se tam barbarum,'" neque tain imperltum"' esse rerum," ut non scirct," neque bello Allobiogum proxi- mo jEduos RomanisP auxilium tulisse, neque ipsos in his contentionibus, quas iEdui secum et cum Sequanis habuis- sent,i nuxilio"" Popiili Romani usos esse. Debere se suspi- cari, simulata Cajsarem amicitia, quod exercitum in Gallia habeat,'' sui opprimendi'' causa habere. Qui" nisi decedat** atque exercitum deducat '' ex his regiombus, sese ilium non pro amico, sed pro hoste habiturum : quod si eum interfe- cerit,'' multis "^ sese nobilibus^ principibusque Populi Roma- ni gratum esse facturum; id se ab ipsis per eorum nuntios compertum" habere, quorum omnium gratiam atque ami- ' » § 114, R. h § 120, Obs. 2, 1st. p § 123, R. »'§140, 2. i § 113, R. q§141, Obs. 7. « § 140, 6. k § 141^ R. in. r § 121, R. XXVI. «».§ 141, Obs. 7. I 38, 11, Note. ' 39. * 112, 5. «»§ 103, Obs. 2. t § 111^ R. ' § 103, R. V. n § 107, R. IX. « § 146, Obs. 1 8 51. * |.^40, Ij 1st. ^ Sup. trans. 8 86 DE BELLO GALLICO. citiam ejus morte redimere posset. Quod si decessisset,* ac liberam possessionem Gallias sibi** tradidisset, magno se ilium pr£emio remuneraturum, et, qusecumque'' bella geri vellet/ sine ullo ejus labore et periciilo confecturum." 45. Multa ab Csesare * in earn sententiam dicta sunt, quare negotio desistere non posset," et " neque suam/ neque Popiili Romani consuetudinem'^ pati, uti optime meritos so- cios desereret:'' neque se judicare, Galliam potiiis esse ^Ariovisti,' quam Popiili Romani.' Bello superatos esse Arvernos et Rutenos ab Q. Fabio Maximo, quibus" Pop- iilus Romanus ignovisset,^ neque in provinciam redegis- set ; ' neque stipendium imposuisset. Quod si antiquissi- mum 8 quodque tempus ^ spectavi oportgret,"" Popiili Romani justissimum*" esse in Gallia imperium : si judicium* Sena- tus observari oporteret," liberam "' debere esse Galliam, quam bello victam suis legibus " uti * voluissset.'" 46. Dum base in colloquio geruntur, CsBsari" nunciatum est, equites^ Ariovisti ^propiiis tumulum accedere,'' et adnos- tros adequitare,P lapTdes telaque in nostros conjicere. Caesar loquendi finem facit '^ seque ad suos recipit,'* suisque ^ impe- ravit, ne quod omnino telum in hostes rejicerent.'' Napi, etsi sine ullo periciilo legionis delectse cum equitatu prce- lium ^ fore videbat, tamen committendum "" non putabat, ut, pulsis hostibus, dici posset,^ eos ^ ab se ^per fidem in collo- quio circumventos. Posteaquam in '''vulgus militum elatum est, 8 qua arrogantia in colloquio Ariovistus usus omni Gallia Romanis interdixisset,^ impetumque in nostros ejus equites fecissent ^ eaque res colloquium ut diremisset : * multo major alacritas studiumque pugnandi majus exercitu^injectum est. » § 140, 2. g § 145, R. LVIII. » § 121, R. XXVI. ^ § 123, R. ^ § 140, 1, 3d. ° § 126, R. III. c § 99, Obs. 7. i § 108, R. XII. p 96, 2. d § 140, 6. k § 112, R. V. q § 44, I. 3. • § 140, 5. 1 § 141, Obs. 7o^' ' 113, and r. f 29, 1. »§ 103, Obs. 4|p • § 140, 1, 1st. LIB I. CAP. XLVIII. ' 87 .47. Biduo post Ariovistus ad Cgesarem legates mittit,'' velle ^ se de his rebus, quae inter eos agi coeptae, i neque per- fectae essent,*" agere cum eo : uti aut iterum colloquio diem constitueret;^ aut, si id minus vellet,^ ex suis aliquem ad se mitteret.** Colloquendi Cassari ^ causa visa non est ; et eo magis, quod pridie ejus diei* Germani retineri non pote- rant, Squin ^ in nostros ' tela conjicerent. Legatum ex suis * sese magno cum periculo ad eum missurum, et hominibus feris objecturum, existimabat. Comraodissimum visum est, Caium Valerium Procillum, Caii Valerii Caburi filium,' summa virtute*" et humanitate adolescentem ' (cujus pater a Caio Valerio Flacco civitate ™ donatus erat), et propter fidem et propter linguae GallicaB scientiam, qud multa jam Ariovis- tus longinqua consuetudine " utebatur, et quod in eo 3 pec- candi Germanis" causa non esset,^ ad eum mittere, et Mar- cum Mettium, qui hospitio Ariovisti usus erat. His" man- davit, ut, quae diceref Ariovistus, cognoscerent ^ et ad se referrent.*^ Quos * cum apud se in castris Ariovistus con- spexisset,* exercitu suo prassente, conclamavit : "Quid ad se venirent?'^ An" ^speculandi causa ? " Conantes dicere pro- hibuit et in catenas conjecit. 48. Eodem die castra promovit,et millibus"" passuum sex a Caesaris castris sub monte consedit. Postridie ejus diei *f praeter castra Caesaris suas copias transduxit, et millibus"" passuum duobus ultra eum castra fecit, eo consilio," uti fru- mento commeatuque, qui ex Sequanis et iEduis supportare- tur,*" Cassarem intercluderet.^ Ex eo die dies continues » 94, 1, 2d, & 4. !> § 140, 3, & 78, 7, p § 141, Obs. 7. »> 96, 2. Note. q § 123, R. « § 140, 6. • i 19. r § 141^ Obs. S. § 140, 5, q 112, 7. § 97, R. BOOK II. GENERAL ARGUMENT. I. Confederacy of the Belgse. Caesar's wtir with them — Chap. 1-14. II. War with the Nervii— Chap. 15-28. III. War with the Adui atici — Chap. 29-33, IV. Expedition of Publius Crassus into Ar- morica — Chap. 34. V. Transactions subsequent to the reduction of the Belgse— Chap. 35. 1. 1 Cum esset Caesar in citeriOre Gallia in hibernis, ita uti supra demonstravimus, 2 crebri ad eum rumores affere- bantur, literisque item Labieni certior fiebat, omnes Belgas, quara *" tertiam esse Gallias partem ^ dixeramus, contra Pop- iilum Romanum conjurare,'' obsidesque inter se dare:^ *conjurandi has esse causas : primiim, quod vererentur,'^ ne,*^ omni pacata Gallia, ad eos exercitus noster adducere- tur:* deinde, quod ab nonnullis Gallis solicitarentur/ ^par- tim qui, utGermanos diutius in Gallia versari noluerant, ita' Popiili Romani exercitum hiemare atque inveterascere in Gallia moleste ferebant; ^partim qui mobilitate et levitate animi novis '^imperils*" studebant : ^ab nonnullis etiam, quod in Gallia a potentioribus *'' atque his 9 qui ad'' condu- cendos homines facultates habebant, vulgo regna occupa- bantur, qui minus facile lo eam rem in imperio nostro con- sequi poterant. 2. lis nuntiis literisque commotus, Csesar duas legiones in citeriore Gallia novas conscripsit, et, ^linita sestate, in interiorem Galliam qui deduceret,' Quintum Pedium lega- tum misit. Ipse, cum prinvum pabiili copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit : ^s^at negotium Senonibus reliquisque Gallis, qui finitimi Belgis" erant, uti ea, quse apud eos ge- rantur,*^ '^cognoscant,' seque de his rebus certiorem faciant.' * § 99, Obs. 4. « § 141, Obs. 8. ' § 141, Obs. 2, 4th. »> 96,2. f§112, R. V. k§lll, R. <= § 140, Obs. 6. e 19, (hominibus.) ' § 140, 1, 3d. d § 141, Obs. 7. >• 112, 7. l!b. 11. CAP. IV. 93 Hi conslanter omnes nunciaverunt, maiius cogi, exercitum in unum locum conduci. Turn vero dubitandum noa existi- mavit, 1 quin ad eos proficisceretur.'' Re frumentaria pro- visa, castra movet, diebusque circiter quindecitn ad fines Belgarum pervenit. 3. E6 cum de improviso 2celeriusque omnium opinione '' venisset, Remi, qui proximi GallioB ex Belgis' sunt, ad eum legates, Iccium et Antebrogium, primos civitati?,'^ miserunl, qui dicerent,^ se suaque omnia in fidem atque in potestatem Popiili Romani permittere : "^ s^eque^ se cum Belgis reli- quis consensisse, neque contra Populum Romanum omnino conjurasse: paratosque esse et obsides dare, et imperata'' facere, et oppTdis recipere, et frutncnto ceterisque rebus ju- vare: reiiquos omnes Belgas in armis esse : Germanosque, qui cis Rhenum incolunt, sese cum his conjunxisse ; lan- tumque esse eorum omnium^furorem, ut ne Suessiones qui- dem, fratres consanguineosque suos, qui eodem jure' et eis- dem legibus utantur,'' unum imperinm unumque nmgistra- tum cum ipsis habeant,"" deterrere potuerint,' quin cum his consentirent."' 4. Cum ab ^ his quasreret, quas civitates, Squantieque in armis essent," ei quid in bello possent, sic reperiebat: ple- rosque Belgas esse ortos ab Germanis : Rhenumque ^ntiqui- tus transductos, propter loci fertilitatem ibi cousedisse, Gai- losque, qui ea loca incolerent, expulisse ; soiosque esse, qui, patrum nostrorum memoria, orani Gallia vexata, Teulonos Cimbrosque intra fines suos ingredi prohibuerint." Qua ex re fieri, uti earum rerum memoria magnam sibi auctorita- tem, magnosque spiritus in re militari sumerent.'' De uu- mero eorum "^ omnia se habere explorata,'^ Remi dicebant; '^§ 140, 3. s 124, '5. 78, 7, Note. .»>§ 120, R. ^ 19, (negotia.) " § 140, 5. «§ 107, Obs, 8. ' § 121, R. XXVI. o§ 141, Obs. 7. d § 107, R. X. Exp. k§ 141, R. IV. p § 140, 1, 4th. • § 141, Obs. 2, 4th. 1 § 140, 1, 1st. 1 § 146, Obs. 1 • f § 145, Obs. 3. >"§ 140,3, & 94 DE BELLO GALLIco. propterea quod propinquitatibus affinitatibusque conjunct!, quantam quisque multitudmem in coinmuni Belgarum con- cilio ad id bellum pollicitus sit,'' cognoverint.'' Plurimiim inter eos Bellovacos et virtute,'' et auctoritate,*^ et hominum numero,'' valere: hos posse conficere armata millia centum: pollicitos ex eo numero electa millia sexaginta, totiusque belli imperium sibi '* postulare. Suessiones suos esse finiti- mos, latissimos feracissimosque agros possidere. Apud eos fuisse regem nostra etiam memoria iDivitiacum, totius Gal- liae potentissimum, qui cum " magnaB partis harum regionura, turn ^ etiam BrittaniaB, imperium obtinuerit : '' nunc esse re- gem Galbam: ad hunc, propter justitiam prudentiamque, 2 totius belli summam omnium voluntate deferri : oppida ha- bere numero*" duodecim, polliceri millia armata quinqua- ginta : totidem ^ Nervios, qui maxime feri inter ipsos habe- antur ^ ^ longissimeque absint : ^ quindecim millia Atreba- tes : Ambianos decem millia : Morinos viginti quinque mil- lia: Menapios novem millia: Caletos decem millia: Velo- casses et Veromanduos totidem : Aduatiicos viginti novem millia, Condrusos, Eburones, Caeraesos, Psemanos, qui ^uno nomine Germani appellantur,^ arbitrari ad quadraginta millia. 5. Cassar, Remos cohortatas ^ liberaliterque oratione pro- sectitus, omnem senatum,^ ad se convenire, principumque liberos obsides ' ad se adduci jussit. Quae'' omnia ab his' diligenter 6 ad diem facta sunt. Ipse, Divitiacum iEduum ■7 magno opere cohortatus, docet, quanto opere rei publicae communisque salutis intersit,'' manus hostium distineri,'" ne 8 cum tanta multitudine uno tempilore confligendum sit." Id fieri posse, si suas copias ^dui in fines Bellovacorum intro- '^ § 140, 5. f 19, (mimes.) k 38. b § 140, 6. e § 141, Obs. 5, 2d. 1 § 126, Obs. 2. c § 128, R. XXXIV. h 90, 4. «» 94, 3. •3 § 123, R ' § 97, R. » § 140, 1, 2d. « 124, 8. LIB. II. CAP. VLl, 95 4ux6rint,'* et eorum agros popular! coeperint.^ His manda- tis, eum ab se dimittil. Postquam omnes Belgarum copias, in unum locum coactas, ad se venire'' vidit, neque jam longe abesse ab his, quos miserat, exploratoribus,'' et ab Ke- mis cognovit, flumen*^ Axonam, quod est in extremis Eem5- rum finibus, exercitum** transducere maturavit, atque ibi castra posuit. iQuas^ res et latus unum castrorum ripis fluminis muniebat, et post eum quae ^ essent tuta ab hostibus reddebat, et, commeatus ab Remis reliquisque civitatibus ut sine periciilo ad eum portari posset,^ efficiebat. In eo flu- mine pons erat. Ibi prassidium ponit, et in alterd parte flu- minis Quintum Titurium Sabinum legatum cum sex ^co- hortibus reliquit : castra in altitudinem pedum duodecim vallo," fossaque ^duodeviginti pedum,' munire jubet. 6. Ab his castris oppidum Remorum, nomine'' Bibrax, aberat millia passuum octo. Id ex itinere magno impetu " BelgSB oppugnare coeperunt. VEgra eo die ' sustentatum est."" ^Qallorum eadem atque" Belgarum oppugnatio est haec. Ubi, circumjecta multitudine hominum totis moenibus" undique lapides in murum jaci coepti sunt, murusque defen- soribusP nudatus est, testudine facta portas'' succedunt mu- rumque subruunt. ^Quod turn facile fiebat. Nam, cum tanta multitudo lapides ac tela conjicerent, ^in rnuro consis- tendi potestas erat nulli.' Cum finem oppugnandi nox fe- cisset, Iccius, Remus, summa nobilitate ' et gratia inter suos, qui tum oppido '''praeerat, unus ex his qui legati de pace ad Caesarem venerant, nuncios ad euni mittit," nisi subsidium sibi° submittatur, sese diutius sustinere non posse. 7. Eo 8 de media nocte Caesar, iisdem ducibus usus qui nuncii ab Iccio venerant, Numidas et Cretas .-^rgittarios, et * 79. s§ 140, 1, 3d. n § 149, Obs. 6. ^ 89, 3. h § 129, R. o § 126, R. III. c § 136, Obs. 5,(ab.) i § 106, R. VII. p § 126, R. V. ^ 119,1. "§128, R. q§112, Obs. 4. ' 38,2. '§131, R.XLI. r§ii2, R. II. f §99,Obs.l4th,(Zpca)« 66. • 94,4. 96 DK BELLO GALLICO. ' "" -.l funditores Baleares, subsidio ^ oppidanis mittit : quorum ad- ventu et Remis,'' cum. spe defensionis, studium propugnandi accessit, et liostibus "" eadem de causa spes potiundi '^ oppidi discessit. Itaque, paulisper apud oppidum morati,^ agros- que Reinorum depopulati,^ omnibus vicis sedificiisque, ^quo^^ adire poterant, incensis, ad castra Cgesaris omnibus copiis coRtcnderunt, ^et ab^ ralUibus ^ passu um minus duobus cas- tra posuerunt; quae castra, ut fuino atque ignibus sigrTificaba- tur, amplius millibus'' passuum octo in latitudmem patebant. 8. CcRsar primo, et propter multitudinem hostium, et propter eximiam opinionem virtutis, ^proelio supersedere statuit ; quotidie tamen equestribns proeliis, quid bostis vir- ttlte posset, et quid nostri auderent, ^ solicitationibus peri- clitabatur. Ubi nostros non esse inferiores intellexit, loco* pro castris, ad aciem instruendnm natura opportuno atque idoneo (quod is coll is, ubi castra posita erant, paulttlum ex planitie editus, tantum" advcrsus in latitudinem patebat, quantum loci' acies instructa occupare poterat, atque ^ ex utraque parte lateris dejectus habebat, ^ et, frontem leniter fastigatus, paulfitim ad planitiem redibat), ab utroque latere ejus coUis iransversam fossam obduxit circitcr passuum "> quadringentorura ; et "^ ad extremas fossas castella constit- uit, ibique ^ tormenta collocavit, ne, cum aciem instruxisset, hosies, 9 quod tantum multitudine poterant, ab lateribus pug- nantes'' suos circumvenire possent.'' Hoc facto, duabus le- £:ion"ibus/ quas proxTme conscripserat,. in castris relictis, ut, ^'^ si qua opus esset, subsidio *" duci possent,'i reliquas sex legiones pro castris in acie constituit. Hostes item suas co- pias ex castris eductas instruxerant. ='§ n4,R. &Obs. 1. § 136, R. LIT. «"§ 128, Exc. " § 112, R. IV. K § 132, Obs. 5. " § 106, R. VII. c§ 136,Obs. 5, (a&.) »• § 120, R. & 6, 3. « 17,2. 109, 2. ? 39, 6. 1 § 145, R. LVIII. c § 129, 11. ■"§ 140, Obs. 4. & "• 98,2. d 5 140, 1, 3:1. 74, 8. » § 140, 6. '•5 97. II. ?; I'.K > r!«5, 2. - 37, lst.(eo5.) 100 D5 BfiLLO GALLICO. principes fuissent, quod intelligerent quantam calamitatem civitati intulissent,* in Britanniam profugisse.^ Petere inon solum Bellovacos,'' sed etiampro his ^duos,*" ut sua demen- tia ac mansuetudine in eos utatur.^ Quod * si fecerit, ^du- orum auctoritatem apud omnes Belgas amplificaturum ; quo- rum auxiliis atque opibus, si quabella inciderint/ sustentare consuerint."^ Il5. Caesar, honoris'' Divitiaci '^ atque iEduorum causd, sese eos in fidem recepttirum/ et conservaturum, dixit : sed, quod erat civitas magna inter Belgas auctoritate," atque hominuni multitudine "^ praestabat, sexcentos obsides popos- cit. His traditis, omnibusque armis ex oppido collatis, ab eo loco in fines Ambianorum pervenit, qui se' suaque omnia sine mora dediderunt. Eorum fines Nervii attingebant: quorum de natura moribusque Caesar cum^ quaereret, sic re- periebat : " Nullum aditum esse ad eos raercatoribus : "' 3 nihil pati vini, reliquarumque rerum ad luxuriam pertinen- tium, inferri," quod his rebus" relanguescere animos et re- mitti virtutem existimarent : ^ esse homines feros, magnse- que virtutis :. P ^jncrepitare atque incusare reliquos Belgas, qui se Popiilo Romano dedidissent,*' patriamque virtutem projecissent : '^ ^ confirmare, sese neque legatos missuros,' neque ullam ^conditionem pacis accepturos." * 16. Cum per eorum fines triduum iter fecisset, invenie- bat ex captivis, Sabim flumen ab castris suis non amplius millia"" passuum decem abesse: trans id flumen omnes Ner- vios consedisse,'' adventumque ibi Romanorum "^ expectare, una cum Atrebatibus et Veromanduis, finitimis suis (nam his* utrisque persuaserant, uti eandem belli fortunam expe- rirentur) : ^ expectari etiam ab his Aduatucdrum copias, at- '^ § 140, 5. s § 141, Obs. 7. n 90, 4. b 98, 2. h § 106, Obs. 2. § 129, R. c § 145, R. LVIII. i 100, 2. p § 106, R. VII. 1 § 140, 1, 3d. k § 128, R. q§ 141, R. III. ' «• 37, Note. 3, & 38. 1 31, 5, Note. r § 132, R. f §45,111. 2. ««§ 112, R. II. s 63, 3. ^^ LIB. II. CAP. XVHI. 101 que esse in itineie : ^mulieres, quique^ per astatem ad pug - nam inutiles viderentur,'' in eum locum conjecisse, quo prop- ter paludes exercitui "" aditus non esset. 17. His rebus cogmtis, exploratores centurionesque prae- mittit, qui locum idoneum castris deligant.^ Ciimque ex de- dilitiis Belgis reliquisque Gallis complures, Ccesarem secQti, una iter facerent;*" quidam ex his, ut pos.tea ex captivis cog- nitum est, 2 eorum dierum ^ eonsuetudme ^ itineris ^ nostiri exercitus perspecta, nocte ad Nervios pervenerunt, atque iis" deraonstrarunt, inter singulas' legiOnes impedimentorum magnum numerum intercedere, ^neque esse quicquam ne- golii,'' ciim prima legio in castra venisset,' reliquseque legia- nes magnum spaiium "' abessent, banc sub sarcmis adoriri : " 4 qua pulsa,^ impedimentisque direptis,' futurum, ut reliquse contra consistere non auderent.VfAdjuvabat ^ etiam eoriirn consilium qui rem deferebant, quod Nervii antiquitus, cum equitatu'' nihil'' possent (neque enim ad hoc tempus ^ei rei student, sed, quicquid" possunt, pedestribus^ valent copiis), quo facilius finitimorum equitatum, si praedandi causa ad eos venisset,' impedirent," teneris aiboribus*" "^ incisis atque inilexis, ^crebris in latitudinem ramis* et rubis sentibusque interjectis effecerant, ut instar *' muri has sepes munimenta prajberent ; quo non modo"' intrari, sed ne perspTci quidem posset. His rebus cum iter agmmis nostri impediretur, non omittendum sibi consilium Nervii aestimaverunt. 18. ® Loci natura erat hsec, quem '^ locum nostri castris de- legerant. Collis, ab summo asqualiter decllvis,adflumen Sa- bim, quod supra nominavimus, vergebat. Ab eo flumine pari * 37, 1st. i 26, 5. '§ 116, Obs. 3. »> § 141, Obs. 7. 1^ § 106. R. VIII. » 37, 8,Note.2. & >•. c§ 112, R. II. ' 80, 3. t § 140, 2. J § 141, Obs. 2. 4th. »"§ 132, R. XLII. " § 140, 1. e § 44, II. ° § 144, R. LVI. V § 136, Obs. 5. (ad) t 109, 2. o § 140, 1, 4th. ^'§ 134, Obs. 5. K§106, Obs. 2. p 51. ^ 37, 6, Note. 3 h 63. 1 § 129, R. 102 DE BELLO GALLICO. acclivitate cbllis nascebatur, adversus huic* et contrarius, passus'' circiter ducentos linfima apertus, ab saperiore parte silvestris, ut non facile introrsus perspici posset.'' Intra eas silvas hostes in occulto'* sese continebant: in aperto loco, 2 secundum flumen, paucae stationes equitum videbantur. Flummis erat altitudo pedum circiter trium.* 19. Caesar, equitatu praemisso, subsequebatur omnibus co- piii!Pi^ sed ratio ordoque agmiais ^ aliter se habebat, ac ^ Bel- gae ad Nervios detulerant. Nam, quod ad hostes appropin- quabat, consuetudine suaCassar sex legiones*expeditas du- cebat: post eas totius exercitus impedimenta collocarat : inde duas legiones, quas proxime conscriptee erant, totum agmen claudebant, praesidioque'' impedimentis'' erant. Equitesnos- tri, cum funditoribus sagittariisque flumen transgressi, cum hostiura equitatu proelium commiserunt. Cum se illi ^iden- tidem in silvas ad suos reciperent,' ac rursus ex silvu in nos- trosvimpetum facerent,' neque"" nostri longiiis, quam ^quem' ad finem porrecta ac loca aperta pertinebant, cedentes inse- qui auderent:' interim legiones sex, quae primai*" venerant, opere dimenso, castra munlre coiperunt. Ubi prima impedi- menta nostri exercitus ab his, qui in silvis abditi latebant, visa sunt C' quod tempus inter eos committendi proelii conve- nerat), ita, ut intra silvas aciem ordinesque constituerant, atque ipsi sese confirmaverant, subito omnibus copiis ^ pro- volaverunt impetumque in nostras equites fecerunt. His facile pulsis ac proturbatis, incredibili celeritate ad flumen dccucurrerunt, ut pa^ne uno tempore et ad silvas, et in flu- mine, et jam sinmanibus nostris hostes viderentur.*" Ea- dcm autem celeritate ^dverso coUe ad nostra castra, atque eos," qui in opere occupati erant, contenderunt. * § 111, R. f § 132, Obs. 5, (cwm) " § 93, 1, (and not.) » § 132, R. XLII. s § 149, Obs. 6 i 37, 2d, 5, Note. 1. c § 140, 1, 1st; (ita.) h § 114, R. m 93, Obs. 10. «» § 90, 6. i § 140, Obs. 4, & « § 149, R. & Exp. «§132, Obs. 3. 74,3 LIB, II. CAP, XXI. 103 20. CsBsari "" omnia uno tempore erant agenda : ^ ^ vexillum proponendum,'' quod erat insigne, cum ad arma concurri oporteret : signum tuba dandum : ^ ab opere revocandi '' mill- tes : 2 qui paulo longiias *= aggeris petendi causa processerant, arcessendi : ^ acies instruenda,'' milites cohortandi,'' signum dandum : '' quarum ^ rerum magnam partem temporis brevi- tas, et 3successus et incursushostium impediebat. His difR- cultatibus^ duae res ^ erant subsidio/ scientia atque usus militum, quod, superioribus prceliis exercitati, quid fieri oporteret,^ non miniis commode ipsi siW preescribere, quam ab aliis d6ceri poterant ; et quod ab opere ^ singulisque * legionibus ^ singulos ' legatos Caesar discedere, nisi munltis castris, vetuerat. Hi, propter propinquitatem et celeritatem hostium, 6 nihil jam Csesaris imperium spectabant, sed '''per se, qusB^videbantur, administrabant. 21. Csesar, necessariis rebus imperatis, ad cohortandos milites, ^ quara ^ in partem fors obtulit, decurrit, et ad legio- nem decimam devenit. Milites non longiore oratione ' co- hortatus, quam uti su83 pristinge virtutis memoriam retine- rent,"" neu" i^perturbarentur "' animo, hostiumque impetum fortiter sustinerent ; "' quod non longius hostes aberant, quam quo telum adjici posset," proelii committendi signum dedit. Atque in alteram partem item cohortandi causa profectus, pugnantibus p occurrit. Temporis tanta fuit " exiguitas, hostiumque tam paratus ad dimicandum animus, ut non mo- do ad insignia accommodanda,'' sed etiam ad galeas induen- das'i scutisque tegumenta detrahenda tempus defuerit/ Quam quisque in partem ab opere casu devenit, quasque prima signa conspexit, ad hsec constitit, ne, in quserendo suos, pugnandi tempus dimitteret.^ * § 126, Obs 3. s § 140, 5. " § 93, 1, (and not,) ^ 108, 2. "^ 63. o § 140, 5. c§120, Obs. 5. i 26,5. p § 112, R. IV. & 19. •I 38. k 37, 2d, 5. Note. 1, ^. «"§ 140, 1, 3d. • § 140, 1, 2d. 104 DE BELLO GALLICO. 22. Instructo exerc.itu, magis ut loci natura, ^ dejectusque collis, et 2necessitas temporis, quam ut lei militaris ratio atque ordo postulabat, cum diversis locis '^ legiones, alise alia in parte,** hostibus resisterent, sepibusque'' densissimis, ut ante demonstravimus, interjectis ^ prospectus impediretur : '^ neque * certa subsidia coUocari, neque quid in quaque parte opus esset provideri, neque ab uno omnia imperia adminis- trari poterant. Itaque, * in tanta rerum iniquitate, fortunae quoque eventus varii sequebantur. 23. Legionis nonae, et decimae milites, ut ^ in sinistra parte acie constiterant, pilis emissis/ cursu ac lassitudme" ^exan- imatos, vulneribusque confectos, Atrebates C^nam his ea pars obvenerat), celeriter ex loco superiore in flumen compule- runt; et, transire conantes insectiti gladiis,*^ magnam partem eorum impeditam interfecerunt. Ipsi transire flumen^ non dubitaverunt ; et, in locum iniquum progressi, rursus regres- sos ac resistentes hostes, redintegrate prcslio,'' ^ in fugam dederunt. Item alia in parte ^diversas duae legiones, unde- cima et octava, profligatis Veromanduis, quibuscum erant congress!, ex loco superiore in ipsis* flummis ripis prcelia- bantur. i^At tum, totis fere a fronte, et ab sinistra parte, nudatis castris,*" cum in dextro cornu legio duodecima, et non magno ab ea intervallo septima constitisset,*^ omnes Nervii conferti"ssimo agmine,'^ duce Boduognato,*" qui sum- mam imperii tenebat, ad eum locum contenderunt : quorum pars aperio latere legiones circumvenire, pars ^^summum' castrorum locum petere, coepit. 24. Eodem tempore equites nostri, i^levisque armaturae™ pedites, qui cum iis una fuerant, ^^quos" primo hostium im- petu'' pulses dixeram, cijm se in castra reciperent,^ i^adver- » § 136,Obs. 5, (in.) f 104, 1. J 17, 2. «>§ 98,Obs. 11,&25. s § 136, R. LII. «§ 106, R. VII. « § 129, R. h 109, 2. n § 145, Obs. 2, & •> § 140, Obs. 4. i 32, 6. 91,4. " 124, 5. k 110, 1. LIB. II. CAP. XXV. W5 sis hostibus occurrebaiit, ac rursus aliani in partem fugam peiebant: et i calones, qui ab ^decumana poita, ac summo jugo collis, nostros* victores flumen transisse^ conspexerant, prasdandi causa egressi, cum respexissent et hostes in nps- tris castris ^versari'^ vidissent, > praecipltes '^ fugae sese man- dabant. Simul eorum, qui cum impedimentis veniebant, clamor fremitusque oriebatur, aliique aliam ^ in partem per- territi ferebantur.*^ Quibus ^ omnibus rebus permoti equites Treviri, quorum inter Gallos virtutis opinio est singularis, qui auxilii causa ab civitate missi ad Caesarem venerant, cum muitiludme "^ hostium castra*" nostra compleri,*" legio- nes '"^ premi "" et pasne circumventas teneri, calones,* equites, funditores, Numidas, sdiversos dissipatosque, in omnes par- tes fugere*" vidissent,' desperatis nostris rebus, domum con- tenderunt : Romanos " pulsos " superatosque, castris ^ impe- dimentisque eorum hostes potitos,'' civitati renunciaverunt. 25. Cassar, ab decimal legiOnis cohortatione ad dextrum corn u pro fectus, ubi suos*^ ^ui-geri,'^ signisque in unum lo- cum collatis duodecimse legionis confertos miiites'^ sibi"" ip- sos ' ad pugnam esse impedimento ; "' quartae cohortis omni- bus centurionibus occisis, signiferoque interfecto, signo amisso, reliquarum cohortium omnibus fere centurionibus aut vulneratis aut occisis, in his ^ primopilo, Public Sextio Baciilo," fortissimo viro," multis gravibusque vulneribus '®confecto, ut jam se sustinere non posset;" reliquos* esse tardiores, et nonnullos ab novissimis desertos ^ proelio ^ ex- (ledere ac tela vitare ; hostes ^ neque ^ a fronte ex inferiore loco ^^ subeuntes intermittere,*^ et ab utroque latere instare ; '^ et rem"" esse*^ in angusto vidit, neque ullum esse *" subsidium, quod submitti posset:^ scnto ab novissimis uni militi''dg- ^ § 145, R. LVIII. s 38. § 129, R >» § 97, R. »> 98, 2. ^§ 126. R. V. » § 140, 1, 1st. (ita.) « 96, 2. . i § 140, Obs. 4. p 101, 4. d § 98, Obs. 10 k § 121, R. XXVI «J § 136, R. LII «§ 98,Obs. 11,&25. 1 S3, 1. ' § 126, R. III.&5,1 f 116,3 «>§ 114, R • § 141, R. I 106 DE BELLO GALLICO. tracto (quod ipse eo sine scuto venerat), in primam aciera processit, centurionibusque nominatim appellatis,'' reliquos cohortatus milites, ^ signa inferre et manipiilos laxare'' jus- sit, quo facilius gladiis *" uti possent.^ 2 (jujug adventu spe illata militibus,^ ac redintegrate ammo, ciim ^pro se quisque/ in conspectu imperatoris, et jam in extremis suis rebus, ope- ram navare cuperent,^ paulum hostium impetus tardatus est. 26. Caesar ciim septimam legionem," quae juxta constite- rat, item urgeri ' ab hoste vidisset, tribunes *" militum mon- uit, ut paulatim sese ^legiones conjungerent, et conversa signa in hostes inferrent. Quo facto, cum alius *^ alii subsi- dium ferteat,^ neque timerent *ne' aversi ab hoste circumve- nirentur, audacii!ls r'esistere ac fortius pugnare coeperunt. Interim milites legionum duarum, quee in novissimo agmine prsesidio "" impedimentis fuerant, prcelio nunciato, cursu in- citato, in summo colle ab hostibus conspiciebantur. Et Ti- tus Labienus, castris "" hostium potitus, et ex loco superiore, quce res in nostris castris gererentur," conspicatus, decimam legionem subsidio "" nostris misit. Qui," cum ex equitum et calonum fuga, quo in loco res esset," quantoque in peri- ciilo et castra, et legiones, et imperator ^ versaretur,'' cogno- vissent,^ ''' nihil ad celeritatem sibi reliqui fecerunt. 27. Horum adventu tanta rerum commutatio facta est, ut nostri, etiam qui vulneribus confecti procubuissent,'' scutis ' innixi, proelium redintegrarent ; ' tum calones, perterritos hostes conspicati, etiam inermes armatis •" occurrerent; equi- tes vero, ut turpitudtnem fugse virtute delerent,' s omnibuS in locis pugnse se legionariis militibus prasferrent. At hos- tes, etiam in extrema spe salutis, tantam virtutem ^ prasstit- » 104, 1. 6 § 140, Obs. 4. ° 39, 2. »> 90, 4, (eos.) ^ § 145, R. LVIII. p § 102, Obs. 1. c § 120, R. XXVI. & i 96,2. 1 § 141, Obs. 3. 7, 5. k 63, 3. ' § 112, R. IV. d § 140, 1. 1 § 140, Obs. 6. * § 140, 1, 1st. «> § 126, R. III. '"§114, R. t§140, 1, 2d. ' § 98. Ex. 4 (illi.) ° § 140, 6. LIB. II. CAP. XXIX, 107 erunt, ut, cum primi eorum cecidissent, proxirni jacentibus insisterent, atque ex eorum corporibus pugnarent : his de- jectis, et coacervatis cadaveribus, ^ qui'" superessent,'' 2utl ex tumulo, tela in nostros conjicerent,'' et pila intercepta re- mitterent : *" ut non nequicquam tantag virtutis ^ homines ju- dicari deberet ^ ausos esse ^ transire latissimum flumen,^ as- cendere ahissimas ripas, subire iniquissimum locum :^ quae facilia ex difficillimis animi magnitudo 3 redegerat. 28. Hoc proelio facto,'' et ^ prope ad internecionem gente ac nomine Nerviorum redacto,^ majores natu, quos' una cum pueris mulieribusque in « aestuaria ac paludes collectos^ dixeramus, hac pugna nunciata,'' cum victoribus 6 nihil " im- peditum,' victis nihil'' tutum ' arbitrarentur, omnium, qui supererant, consensu legatos ad Cjesarem miserunt seque ei dediderunt; et, in commemoranda "" cintatis calamitate, ex sexcentis ad tres senatores, ex hominum millibus sexaginta vix ad quingentos, qui arma ferre possent," sese redactos esse'' dixerunt. "^ Quos Cassar, ut in miseros ac supplices usus° misericordia videretur,^ diligentissTm^ conservavit, suisque finibus atque oppTdis uti jussit, et finitfmis ^ impe- ravit, ut ab injuria et maleficio se suosque prohiberent.** ^9. Aduatuci, de quibus supra scripsimus, cum omnibus copiis auxilio ■" Nerviis venirent, hac pugna'' nunciata, ex itinere domum reverterunt; cunctis oppidis castellisque de- sertis sua omnia in unum oppidum, egregie natura munitum, contulerunt. Quod* cum ex omnibus in circuitu partibus Saltissimas rupes despectusque haberet, una ex parte leniter acclivis aditus, in latitudinem 9 non amplii!is ducentorum pe- dum, relinquebatur : quem* locum duplici altissimo muro munierant ; tum magni ponderis ^ saxa et prasacutas trabes "» 37, (w.) s§136, R. LII. ° § 141, Obs. 7. b§140,Obs.8. h 109,2. »§ 145, Obs. 3. «§140, 1,1st. i § 145, Obs. 2. p 63,3. d § 106, R. VII. ^ § 145,R.LVIII. (esse) i § 140, 1, 3d. «§ 140, l,2d. 1 § 103, R. ' § 114, R. f 98, 2, & 94, 1, 2d. «» 112,8. • 38,l,(oppUum.) 108 DE BELLO GALLICO. in muro collocarant. Ipsi erant ex Cimhris Teutonisque prog- nati ; qui, cAm iter in provinciam nostram atque Ttaliam fa- cerent, ^iis impedimentis,'^ quae secum agere ac portare non poterant, citra flumen Rhenum depositis custodiae'' ex suis ac prsesidio ^ sex millia hominum reliquerunt. Hi, post eo- rum obitum, multos annos** a finitimis exagitati, ^ciYm alias bellum inferrent, alias illatum defenderent, consensu eorum omnium pace facta, hunc sibi* domicilio'' locum delegg- runt. 30. Ac primo adventu*^ exercitiis nostri crebras ex oppido excursiones faciebant, parvulisque proeliis ^ cum nostris con- tendebant: postea, vallo ^ pedum" duodecim, in circuitu quindecim millium,^ crebrisque castellis*^ circummuniti, op- pido ^ sese continebant. Ubi, ^vineis actis,^ aggere exstructo, turrim'' procul constitui viderunt, primuni irridere' ex muro, atque increpitare ' vocibus,*^ ^ quo tanta machinatio ab" tanto spatio institueretur ' ? quibusnam manibus,*^ aut quibus viri- bus, prjfisertim homines tantiilas stalurae'^ (nam plerumque hominibus Gallis,'' ^prse magnitudme corporum suorum, bre- vitas nostra contemtui est), tanti oneris^ turrim '^ in muros sese collocare confiderent ? ' 31. Ubi verb ^ moveri, et appropinquare moenibus"* vide- runt, nova atque inusitata specie*^ commoti, legatos ad Cae- sarem de pace miserunt, qui, ^ ad hunc modum locuti : " Non se existimare" Romanes sine ope divma bellum gerere," qui ^tantae altitudinis* machinationes tanta celeritate promo- vere, '^et ex propinquitate pugnare, possent : se ° suaque omnia eorum potestati permittere," dixerunt. ^i"Unum petere" ac deprecari : si forte, pro sua dementia ac mansue- tudine, quam ipsi ab aliis audirent,^ statuisset, Aduatiicos »§114, R. f§136, Obs. 5. '§140,5. »>§ 131,R. XLI. s 109,2. 'n§112, R. IV. o§ 131, R. XL. ««§ 15, 3. » 96,2. d§129, R. i§144, Obs. 6. » 31. • § 106, R. VII. It § 132, Obs. 5. p § 141, Obs. 7. LIB. II. CAP. XXXIII. 109 esse conservandos, ne se armis despoliaret : * sibi omnes fere finitimos ^ esse inimicos,'^ ac suae virtuti '^ invidere ; a qui- bus se defendere, traditis armis,^ non possent.*^ i Sibi '^ pree- stare, si in eum casum deducerentur,* quamvis fortunam a Popiilo Komano pati, quam ab his *' per cruciatum interfici, inter qiios dominari consuessent.'"" 32. Ad haec Cagsar respondit : " Se magis consuetudine* sua, quam merito ' eomm, civitatem con'servaturum,'' si 2prius, quam murum aries attigisset/ se dedidissent: ' sed deditionis nullam esse conditionem,*' nisi armis traditis: se" id, quod ^in Nerviis fecisset,*" facturum,'' finitimisque impera- turum,'' ne quam dedititiis" Populi Romani injuriam infer- rent."* Re nunciata ad suos, " qua; imperarentur, facere '"* dixerunt. Armorum magna multitudine^ de muro in fossam, quae erat ante oppTdum, jacta, sic ut prope summam ^muri aggerisque altitudinem acervi armorum adaequarent ; et ta- men circiter parte ^ tertia, ut postea perspectum est, celati at- que in oppido retenta, portis^ patefactis, eo die pace^ sunt usi. 33. s Sub vesperum Caesar portas claudi "^ militesque ex oppido exire '^ jussit, ne quam noctu oppidani ab militibus in- juriam acciperenf Illi, anto inito, ut intellectum est, con- silio,^ quod, deditione^ facta, nostros praesidia deducturos," ai]t denique indiligentius servaturos,'' crediderant, partim cum his, quae retinuerant et celaverant, armis, partim scu- tis ex cortice factis aut viminibus intextis, quae subito (ut temporis exiguitas postulabat), pellibus* induxerant, ^ tertia vigilia,^ qua minime arduus ad nostras munitiones ascensus videbatur, omnibus copiis" repente ex oppido eruptionem fecerunt. Celeriter, ut ' ante Caesar imperarat, "^ignibus* *§ 140, 1, 3d. h § 126, Obs. 2. p § 121, R. XXVI b § 145, R. LVIII. » § 129, R. q 90, 4. c § 103, Obs. 2. k 100, 2. r § 140, 1, 2d, & i§ 112, R. IV. - ' 80, 1, &2. 121, 3. « 109, 2. «>§ 140, 6. • § 125, R. f § 141, Obs. 7r " § 123, R. t § 131, R. XL. « § 140, 2. 94, 3. 10 u § 136, Obs. 5, cum. 110 DE BELLO GALLICO. significatione facta, ex proximis castellis e6 concursum est,* pugnatumque "" ab hostibus ^ita acnter, ut** a viris fortibus, in extretna spe saltitis, inlquo loco, contra eos, qui ex vallo turribusque tela jacerent,'' pugnari debuit,'^ ciim in una vir- tute pronis spes salutis consisteret.*' Decisis 2 ad hominum millibus^ quatuor, reliqui in oppidum rejecti sunt. Postri- die ejus diei, refractis portis,*^ ciam jam defenderet® nemo, atque intromissis militibus nostris, ^sectionem ejus oppidi universam Cassar vendidit. Ab his, qui emerant, ^capitum numerus ad eum relatus est millium quinquaginta trium. 34. Eodem tempore ^ a Public Crasso, quern cum legione una miserat ad Venetos, Unellos, Osismios, Curiosolitas, Sesuvios, Aulercos, Rhedones, qua) sunt maritimse civitates * Oceanumque attingunt, ^ certior factus est, omnes eas civ- itates in ditionem potestatemque Populi Romani esse re- dactas.'' 35. His rebus '^ gestis, omni Gallia^ pacata, tanta hujus belli ad barbaros opinio perlata est, uti ab his nationibus, quae trans Rhenum incolerent,' mitterentur '' legati ad Caesa- rem, quas se' obsides daturas,"* imperata facturas, polliceren- tur : * quas " legatiOnes Caesar, quod in Italiam Illyricumque properabat, inita proxima asstate" ad se reverti jussit. Ipse in Carnutes, Andes, Turonesque, quas^ civitates propinquae his locis"* erant, ubi helium gesserat, legionibus ^ in hiberna deductis, in Italiam profectus est, oh easque res, ex Uteris Caesaris, '''dies'" quindecim supplicatio decreta est, quod* ante id tempus accidit nulli.^ ________ ^ ^ ^^^^ R. XL. § 146, Obs. 9. " § 140, Obs. 1. " 98, 6. P 37, 4, & Note. 1. «= § 141, Obs. 3. '§ 141, Obs. 3. q § 111, R. <« § 113, Obs. 1, & Jt § 140, 1, 1st. >• § 131, R. XLI. 88, 7. » § 145, R. LVIII. » 37, Note. 3, 9. « § 140, Obs. 4. •» 100, 2. t § m, R. IV. & 19. 109, 2. BOOK III. GENERAL ARGUMENT. I. War with the Nantuates, Veragri, and Seduni — Chap. 1-6. 11. War with the Veneti— Chap. 7-16. III. War with the Unelli— Chap. 17-19. IV. Expedition of Crassus into Aquitania — Chap. 20-27. V. Expedition of Caesar against the Morini and Menapii — Chap. 28-g9. 1. Cum in Italiam proficisceretur Csesar, Servium Galbam cum legiOne duodecima, et parte equitatus, in Nantuates, Veragros, Sedunosque misit, qui ab finibus Allobrogum, et lacu Lemanno, et flumine Rhodano, ad surnmas'' Alpes per- tinent. Causa mittendi fuit, quod iter'' per Alpes, ^ quo, magno cum periculo 2 magnisque cum portoriis, mercatores ire consuerant, patefieri'' volsbat. Huic*^ permisit, si opus esse arbitraretur, utl in eis locis legionem hiemandi causa coUocaret.* Galba, sec^mdis aliquot proeliis*^ factis, castel- lisque compluribus eorum expugnatis, missis ad eum undi- que legatis,*^ obsidibusque datis, et pace facta, constituit, co- hortes duas in Nantuatibus collocare, et ipse ^ cum reliquis ejus legionis cohortibus in vico Veragrorum, qui appellatur Octodurus,*' hiemare: qui* vicus, positus in valle^non mag- na adjecta planitie, altissimis montibus undique continetur. Cum3hic in duas partes flumine divideretur, alteram* par- tem ejus vici Gallis " concessit, alteram,' vacuam ab illis re- lictam, cohortibus ad hiemandum attribuit. ^Eum locum val- lo fossaque munlvit. 2. Cum dies hibernorum complures transissent, frumen- tumque eo comportari'' jussisset, subito per exploratoreg cer- tior factus est, ex ea parte vici, quam Gallis concesserat, omnes'' noctu discessisse,"" montesque, qui impenderent, a =^ 17, 2. * § 140, 1, 3d. - § 38, 2. b § 145. R. LVIII. ' 109, 2. k § 123, R. c 94, 3. « 32,3, (constituit.) 1 27, 10, Obs. -1 63. " § 103, R. •" 98, 2. '■ij-f^f*! t-,i»iPfM(M.-..»^ m *w«tw 112 DE BELLO GAlfKlCO. maxima multitudme Sedunorum et Veragrorum teneri.* Id aliquot de causis acciderat, ut subito Galli belli renovandi'* legionisque opprimendsB*' consilium caperent f primum, quod legionem, ^neque eam plenissimam, detractis cohortibus duabus, et compluribus ■* Sgingillatim, qui commeatus peten- di causd missi erant, absentibus, propter paucitatem despi- ciebant: turn etiam, quod, propter iniquitatem loci, cum ipsi ex montibus in vallem ^decurrerent,* et tela conjicerent,* 4 ne primum quidem posse impetum sustinere ^ existimabant. ®Accedebat, quod suos ab se liberos ^ abstractos*" obsidum nomine dolebant : et Romanos^ non solum itinerum causa, sed etiam perpetuse possessionis, culmina Alpium occupare conari, et ea loca finitimae provincise adjungere, ^sibi' per- suasum habebant. 8, His nuntiis acceptis, Galba, cum neque opus hiberno- rum, munitionesque plene essent perfectse, '''neque de fru- mento reliquoque commeatu satis esset provisum,'' quod, de- ditione facta, obsidibusque acceptis, ^ nihil de bello timen- dum existimaverat, consilio celeriter convocato, sententias exquirere ccepit. Quo' in consilio, ciim tantum repentini periculi praster opinionem accidisset, ac jam omnia fere su- periora loca multitudine"* armatdrum completa conspiceren- tur, ^neque subsidio ° veniri, neque commeatus supportari interclusis itineribusP possent, prope jam desperata salute, ^ nonnullsB bujusmodi sententiae dicebantur, ut, impedimentisP relictis, eruptione facta, iisdem itineribus," quibus '' eo per- venissent, ad salutem contenderent." lo Majori tamen parti ' placuit, hoc ^ reservato ad extremum " consilio, interim rei e^ventum experiri et* castra defendere. * 96, 2. 8 § 145, R. LVIII. » § 136, Obs. 5. cum. ^ 112,5. h 98,2. p 109,2. « § 140, 1, 4tli. i § 126, R. III. q § 129, R. ^ 19, (miimbus.) fc 65. r § 113^ r. • § 140, Obs. 3, & 1 38. "19, (casum.) § 45, II. 1. >"§ 126, R. V. t § 149, R. '97,7. °§ 140,1,1st. m\mm»9!m^vmmm» '■■ 'imJ^'' LIB. III. CAP. VI. 113 4. Brevi spatio interjecto, vix ut his rebus,*" quas constit- uissent,'' ^ collocandis *^ atque administrandis'^ tempus dare- tur,*^ hostes ex omnibus partibus, signo dato, decurrere,* lapides Sgaesaque in vallum conjicere:^ nostri primo ^inte- gris viribus fortiter repugnare,^ neque uUum ^frustra telum ex loco superiore mittere * : ut * quaeque pars castrorum nu- data defensoribus ^ premi videbatur, eo occurrere,* et auxil- ium ferre : ^ ^ sed hoc superari," qu64 diuturnitate pugnae hostes defessi proelio'' excedebant, alii integris viribus suc- cedebant : quarum rerum a nostris propter ^paucitatem fieri nihil poterat; ac ' non modo' defesso" ex pugna excedendi, sed ne saucio " quidem ejus loci, ubi constiterat, relinquen- di,' ac sui recipiendi,' facultas dabatur. 6. Cum jam amplius horis™ sex continenter pugnaretur, ac non solum vires, sed etiam tela, nostris" deficerent," at- que hostes acrius instarent, languidioribusquenostrisP vallum scindere, et fossas complere, coepissent," resque esset" jam 8 ad extremum perducta casum, Publius Sextius Baculus, primi pili centurio * quern*' Nervico proelio compluribus con- feetum vulneribus diximus, et item Caius Volusenus, tribQ* nus militum, vir et consilii"" magni et virtutis, ad Galbam accurrunt, atque unam esse spem salutis docent, si eruptione facta, extremum auxilium experirentur. Itaque, '^convocS- tis centurionibus, celeriter milites certiores facit, paulisper intermitterent ^ proslium, ac tantummodo tela missa excipe- rent,* seque ex labore reficerent; post, dato signo, ex castris erumperent,* atque omnem spem salutis in virtute ponerei^t.* 6. Quod jussi sunt, faciunt ; ac, subit6 ^^ omnibus portis eruptione facta, neque cognoscendi, quid fieret, neque sui ' »§ 114, R, (si6t.) g§126, R. V. "§112, R.V. •'§ 141, Obs. 8. '' § 136, R. LII. o § 140, Obs. 4. c 112,6. i § 134, Obs. 5. 1- 19, & 110. d § 140, 1, 1st, (ita.) k 19,& § 126,R.III. ^ 91, 4. * § 144, Obs. 6. J 112, 5. ' § 106, R. VII. f § 140, Obs. 1. «§ 120, R. * § 140, Obs. 5. ^/i^^'mmsm^^r^W^ 114 DE BELLO GALLICO. colligendi, hostibus * facultatem relinquunt. Ita commulatd forttin^,'' eos, qui in spem potiundorum " castrorum vene- rant, undique circumventos interficiunt, et, i ex hominum raillTbus amplius^ triginta, quern ^ numerum barbarOrum ad caslra venisse constabat,^ plus*^ tertia parte interfecta, reli- quos perterritos in fugam conjiciunt, ac ne in locis quidem superionbus consistere patiuntur. Sic, omnibus hostium copiis ^ 3 fusis, armiaque extitis, se in castra munitionesqiie suas recipiunt. Quo ^ proelio facto, quod S3epii\s fortunam tentare Galba nolebat, atque ^alio^ sese in biberna consilio venis^'' meminerat, aliis^ occurrisse'' rebus viderat, maxi- 1113 frumenti commeatusque inopia permotus, postero die* omnibus ejus vici jEdificiis'' incensis, in Provinciam reverti contendit ; ac, nuUo hoste prohibente, aut iter demorante, incolumem legionem in Nantuates, inde in Allobrogas, per-, duxit, ibique hiemavit. 8. His rebus ^ gestis, cum ^ omnibus de causis Caesar pa- catam Galliam existimaret, superatis Belgis,'' expulsis Ger- inanis, victis in Alpibus Sedtinis, atque ita, inita iiieme,'' in Illyricum profectus esset, quod eas quoque nationes'^ adire, et regiones cognoscere, volebat, subitum bellum in Gallia coortum est. Ejus belli hsec fuit causa. Publius Crassus adolescens cum legione septimaproximus ^mare' Oceanum in Andibus hiemarat. Is, quod in his locis inopia frumenti erat,''^prsBfectos tribunosque militum complures in finitimas civitates, frumenti commeatusque petendi'^ causa, dimisit : quo in numero erat Titus Terrasidius, missus in Esubios ; Marcus Trebius Gallus in Curiosolitas ; Quintus Velanius, cum Tito Silio, in Venetos. 8. Hujus est civitatis longe amplissima auctoritas omnis orse ■" maritimce regionum earum ; quod et naves habent Ve- »§123, R. . « 37, 2d, & Note. 1. ' § 131, R. XL. b 109, 2. ^ 38, 3. ^ § 136, R. LII. c 112,5. g§98, Obs. 12. ' § 136, Obs. 5,(arf.) «» § 120, Obs. 3. »• 98, 2. •»§ 107, R. X. Exp. LIB. in. CAP. tx. lis neti plurimas, quibus in Britanniam navigare consuerunt, et Jscientid^ atque usu nauticavum rerum reliquos'' antece- dunt, et, 2 in magno impetu maris atque aperto, paucts por- tubus interjectis, quos tenent sipsi,'^ omnes fere, qui ^eo raari uti consuerant, habent ^vectigales. Ab iis fit initium retinendi'* Silii atque Velanii, quod per eos suos se obsides, quos Crasso dedissent, recuperaturos ^ existimabant. Horuin auctoritate finitimi adducti (©utsunt Gallorum sublta '^ et repentina consilia), eadem de causa Trebium Terrasidium- que retinent, et, celeriter missis legatis,^ per suos principes inter se conjurant, nihil nisi communi consilio acturos,*" eun- demque ''omnis fortunse exitum esse latfiros;^ reliquasque civitates solicitant, \it in ea libertate, quam a majoribus ac- ceperant, permanere, quam'' Romanorum servitutem per- ferre, mallent.' Omniora^ maritima celeriter ad suam"" sen- tentiam perducta, communeni legationem ad Publium Cras- sum mittunt, '* si velit »suos recipere, obsides sibi remittat.'* 9. Quibus de rebus Caesar ab Crasso certior factus, quod ipse"-' aberat longius, ^ naves interim longas '^dificari' in flu- mine Ligeri, quod influit in Oceanum, ^^remiges ex Provin- ci'a institui,' nautas gubernatoresque comparari' jubet. His rebus ^ celeriter administratis, ipse,*" cum primiim per anni tempus potuit, ad exercitum contendit. Veneti, reliquEeque item civitates, cognito Cae^aris adventu,'' simul quod, quan- tum in se™ factnus admisissent," intelligebant (legatos, quod " nomen apud omnes nationes sanctum inviolatumque semper fuisset, retentos ab se et in vincula conjectos), ''pro magnitudme periciili bellum parare, et maxima ea, quae ad usum navium pertinent, providere instituunt ; '^hoc majore spe, quod multum natural loci confidebant. '3 Pe(iestria » § 128, R. s 109, 2. «"§ 28, Foot note, t !>§ 116, Obs. 4. i' § 149, Obs. 1. "§140,5. c 32, 3. i § 140, 1, 3d, & o 37, 2d, 4, & 1 112, 5. § 137, Obs. 1. Note. 1. « 100,2. k 30, 2. p§ 121, Obs. 2. f § 103, Obs. 2. ' 90, 1. 116 DK BELLO GALLtCU. esse itinera concisa* sestuariis, i navigationem *^ impeditam* propter inscientiamlocoriam paucitatemque portuumsciebant: ^neque** nostros exercitus** propter frumenti inopiam diutius apud se morari posse, confidebant : ac jam, ut omnia contra ^opinionem acciderent,"" tamen se '^ plurimum navibus pos- se : ^ Romanos "^ neque ullam facultatem habere ^ navium, nequeeorum locorum, ubi bellum gesturi essent,*" vada, por- tus, insulas novisse : ^ ac ^longe aliam esse' navigationem in concluso mari, atque*" in vastissimo atque apertissimo Oceano, perspiciebant. His initis consiliis, oppida muniunt, frumenta ex agris in oppida comportant, naves in Venetiam, ubi Ceesarem primum bellum gestiiruni '^ constftbat, quam ' plurimas possunt, cogunt. Socios sibi ad id bellum Osis- mios, Lexovios, Nannetes, Ambiliatos, Morinos, Diablintes, Menapios adsciscunt : auxilia ex Britannia, quss contra eas regiones posita est, arcessunt. 10. s Erant has difficultates belli gerendi, quas supra os- tendimus ; sed inulia"' Caesarem tamen ad id bellum incita- bant : ^injuriae" retentorum" cquitum Romanorum ; ^re- bellio facta post deditionem ; defectio" datis obsidibus ; tot civitatum conjuratio ;" in primis, ^ ne, hac parte neglecta, re- liquae nationes ^ idem"* sibi licere arbitrarentur. Itaque cum intelligeret, omnes fere Gallos "^ lOnovis rebus *' studere,' et, ad bellum mobi liter celeriterque excitari,^ omnes autem homines 11 natura libertati '' studere, et i^conditionera ser- vitutis odisse ; priusquam plures civitates conspirarent,'' par- tiendum*^ sibi* ac latius distribuendum exercitum putavit. 11. Itaque Titum Labienum legatum in Treviros, qui prox- imi Rheno flumini sunt, cum equitatu mittit. Huic mandat, Remos reliquosque Belgas adeat, atque in officio contineat ; « 98, 2. s§ 84,3. " § 97, R. S^ 93, \, (and— not.) h § 149, Obs. 6. <• § 146, Obs. 2. *: c § 140, 3. i 96, Exc. I. 9. p § 11 3, Obs. 4. /acere d § 145, R. LVIII. k 100, 2. q§112, R. V. « 96, 2. J § 134, Obs. 6, 3d. r § 140, 4. f § 140, 5, &§79. 8. tn 19, (negotia.) ^ § 147, R. & 113. 5 .!M mmif9^ t>.ir^<^^nm. LIB. III. CAP. XIII. 117 Germanosque, qui ^auxilio'' a Belgis arcessTti "^ dicebantur, si per vim navibiis flu men transire conentur, prohibeat.'' Pub- lium Crassum cum cobortibus legionariis duodecim, et mag- no numero equitatus, in Aquitaniam proficisci jubet, ne ,ex his nationibus auxilia in Galliam mittantur/ ac tantse nati- ones conjungantur.'* Quintum Titurium Sablnum legatum cum legionibus tribus in Unellos, Curiosolitas, Lexoviosque mittit, 2 qui* earn raanum distinendam *^ curet. Decimum Brutum adolescentem classi, Gallicisque navibus, quas ex Pictonibus et Santonis reliquisque pacatis regionibus con ve- nire jusserat, praeficit, et, cum primum possit,- in Venetos proficisci jubet. Ipse eo pedestribus copiis contendit. 12. Erant ejusmodi fere 3 situs oppidorum, ut, posita ^in extremis lingiilis promontoriisque, neque pedibus ' aditum haberent,'' « cum ex alto se sestus incitavisset,^ quod bis acci- dit semper horarum viginti quatuor spatio, neque navibus,' quod, rursus ^minuente aestu, "^^ naves in vadis afflictarentur.'' Ita ^utraque re' oppidorum oppugnatio impediebatur ; ac, si quando raagnitudine' operis forte superati, extruso mari ^aggere ' ac molibus, atque his ferme oppidi mcembus ™ adas- quatis, suis fortunis ° desperSre ccEperant, magno numero navium ^^appulso, cujus rei summam facultatem habebant, sua deportabant omnia, seque in proxima oppida recipiebant. Ibi se rursus iisdem opportunitatibus ' loci defendebant. Haec eo faciliiis magnam partem" aestatis faciebant, quod nostraB naves tempestatibus' detinebantur; summaque erat vasto atque aperto mari,"^^magnis aestibus,' raris ac prope nullis portubus,' difficultas navigandi. 13. Namque ipsorum naves ad hunc modum "^^ [nctse ar- mataeque erant. Carinae^^liquanto planiores, quam ^ nos- »§ 114, R. &Obs. 4. ' 103,4. ">§126, R. IIL ' *• 92, 2. s § 140, Obs. 4. " § 136, Obs. 5. *e§ 140, 1,3d. »>§ 140, 1, 1st. o§131,R. XLI. § 141, Obs. 2, 4th, J' § 139, 2, & 76, 2. rlnte ; and 40. i § 129, R. PI!l|fJ.J'fJl.l«,WWI*..l|pPi»,!JI'i!);j.fl|^JiipiXf^^ 118 OE BELLO GALLICO. trarum navium, quo faciliiis vada ac decessum cestus^excip- ere possent : '^ prorae admodurn erectae, atque item puppes, ad magnitudinem fluctuum tempestatumque accommodatse : naves totse factas ex robore,'' 2 ad quamvis vim et contume- liam perferendam: " transtra ^ pedalibus in latitudinem tra- bibus '' confixa clavis ferreis, ^ digiti poliicis crassitudine : * anchorae, pro funibus, ferreis catenis revinctse : ^ pelles pro velis, alutasque tenuiter confectae, sive *" propter lini inopiam atque ejus usus inscientiam, sive eo/ quod est magis verisi- mile, quod tantas tempestates^ Oceani tantosque impetus ventorum sustineri,'' ac tanta onera^ navium ^regi*" velis non satis commode, arbitrabantur. '^Cum his navibus nos- trae classi* ejusmodi congressus erat, ut una celeritate " et pulsu remorum prsestaret,8reliqua, pro loci natura, pro vi tempestatum, iliis ' essent aptiora et accomnlodatiora: ^ne- que enim his "' nostras rostro " nocere poterant ; tanta in eis erat firmitudo : neque propter altitu-dinem facile telum adji- ciebatur; et eadem de causa minus commode lOcopulis ° continebantur. Accedebat, ut, ciim ^^saevlre ventus coepis- set et se vento dedissent, et° tempestatem ferrent faciliiis, et " in vadis consisterent p tutius, et, ab aestu derelictae, nihil'' saxa et cautes timerent : quarum rerum omnium nostris na- vibus "" '2 casus erant extimescendi. 14. Compluribus expugnatis oppidis, Caesar, ubi intellexit, frustra tantum laborem^ sumi, neque hostium fugam ^ cap- tis oppidis reprimi, i3 neque his noceri posse,* statuit expec- tandum classem. Quae ubi convenit, ac primum ab hostibus visa est, circiter ducentae et viginti naves eoram ^^paratis- simae, atque omni genere " armorum ornatissimag, profec- tae ex portu, nostris' adversas constiterunt : neque satis a § 140, 1. f § 145, R. LVIII. " § 129, R. b § 128. Obs. 2. h 94^ 3. o 124, 1. c 112,7. i§112, R. II. P§ 140, 1,4th. d § 106,R.VII. &6,1. ^ § 128, R. n § 122, Obs. 6. « 124, 3. I § lll.R. '§ 126, Obs. 3. f § 129, R. '"§112, R.V. • § 113, R. &Obs. 1. pii.u)..jiiiiiiiliiiiipi^k«ii,. m«^M Mw^.jijfv^.' 'wsmifmmm''w LIB. III. CAP. XV. ^ 119 ^Bruto,* qui classi^ prseerat, vel tribunis* militum centuri- onjbusqne, quibus '^ singulae naves erant attributae, constabat, quid agerent,*^ aut 2 quara ratidneni pugnae, insisterent.* Rostro " enim noceri non posse ^ cognoverant ; turribus autem excitatis, tamen has altitudo puppium ex barbaris navibus superabat; ^ ut neque ex inferiore loco satis commode tela adjici possent,^ et missa ab Gallis ^gravius acciderent. Una erat magno usui"" res praeparata anostris, ^falces' prajacutaB, insertae affixaeque longuriis,*^ nonabsimili'' forma' ^muraliuia falcium."" His* cum funes, qui antennas ad malos destina- bant,'^comprehensi adductlque erant, navigio remis' incitato praerumpebantur. Quibus" abscissis, antennas necessario concidebant, ut, ciim omnis Galllcis navibus ° spes in velis armamentisque consisteret, his ereptis, omnis usus navium uno tempore eriperetur.*^ Reliquum erat certamen positum in virlute, qua nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo ma- gis, quod in conspectu Caesaris atque omnis exercitus res gerebatur, ut nullum paulo fortius factum ® latere posset :» omnes enim colles ac loca superiora, unde erat propinquus despectus in mare, ab exercitu tenebantur. 15. Dejectis, ut diximus, antennis, ^ciimP singiilas'' binae ac tern ae naves circumsteterant, milites summa vi " i^tran- scendere in hostium naves contendebant. Quod "■ postquam barbari fieri animadverterunt, expugnatis compluribus navi- bus, ciim ei rei*^ nullum reperiretur auxilium, fuga^ salutem petere contenderunt : ac, jam conversis in eam partem navi- bus, 11 quo ventus ferebat, tanta subito malacia ac tranquil- litas, extitit, ut se ex loco movere non possent. Quae quid- em res ad negotium conficiendum raaxime fuit opporttina : .nam singiilas*' nostri consectati expugnaverunt, ut perpaucag »§113, R. 8§140, 1, 2d. «»§ 111, Obs. 2. ''§112, R.I. »>§ 114, R. &Obs. 4. » 38,5. c § 126, R. III. i § 97, R. o § 110, Obs. 1, R. <3§ 140, 5. k 16, 2. p§ 140, Obs. 3. • § 129, R. 1 § 106, R. VII. or 1 26. § 128, R. ' § 145, R. & 38, 4. 41 ,,jfiM'vm4iiim.»i^.fmm^'^m-m-^'^ -^ i.^fjfiipiii^pipvnipppillll 120 DE BELLO GALLICO. ex omni numero, noctis interventu, ad terrain pervenerint, ci^m * ab hora fere quarta usque ad solis occasum pugnaretur. 16. Quo'' proelio bellum Venetoram totiusque orae mariti- maB confectum est. Nam, cum omnis juventus, omnes etiam * g-ravioris SBtatis,'' in quibus aliquid consilii'^ aut dignitatis fuit, eo convenerant; turn, navium quod ^ ubique fuerat, unum in locum cotigerant : quibus^ amissis, reliqui, neque quo se reciperent^ neque quemadmodum oppida defenderent,* habebant. Itaque se suaque omnia Cassari dediderunt. 2 In quoseo gravius Csesar vindicandum'' statuit, quo diligentius inreliquum tempus a barbaris jus legatorum conservaretur.' Itaque, omni senatu*" necato, reliquos ^sub corona vendidit. 17. Dum hssc in Venetis gerunlur, Quintus Titurius Sa- binus cum iis copiis, quas a Caesare acceperat, in fines Unel- 15rum pervenit. His praserat Viridovix, ac summam imperii tenebat earum omnium civitatum, quae defecerant, ex quibus exercTtum magnasque copias coegerat. ^Atque his paucis diebus" Aulerci Eburo vices, Lexoviique, senatu*^ suo inter* fecto, quod auctores belli esse nolebant, portas clauserunt seque cum Viridovice conjunxerunt ; magnaque praeterea multitudo undique ex Gallia *perditorum hominum latronum- que convenerant, quos spes prasdandi, studiumque bellandi, ab agricultura et quotidiano labore revocabat. Sabinus ido- neo' omnibus rebus loco*" castris sese tenebat, ciim Virido- vix contra eum duorum millium spatio consedisset, quotidie- que productis copiis*" pugnandi potestatem faceret ;'* ut jam non solum hostibus" in contemtionem Sabinus veniret," sed etiam nostrorum militum vocibus ^nonmhil carperetur : tan- tamque opinionem timoris praebuit, ut jam ad vallum cas- trorum hostes accedere auderent.P Id ea de causa faciebat. » § 140, Obs. 3. f 109, 2. • 16. b 38, 9, &§129, R. g§140, 5 ">§ 136, Obs. 5, (w.) c§106, R. VII. ^ 113,5. " § 110, Obs. 1, R. 1 § 106, R. VIII. i § 140, 1. o § 140, 1, 2d. • § 106, Obs. 10. k § 131, R. XLI. p § 140, 1, 1st. jpippnippipp pum I mmmmw^wWI^: - Mmm^ n i .vmf.m-Pim*^ w i LIB. III. CAP. XIX. 121 qu6d cum tanta multitudme hostium, prajsertim ^eo'^ absente, qui summam imperii teneret,^ nisi aequo loco, aut opportu- nitate alTqua data, legato*" dimicandum non existimabat. 18. 2 Hac confirmata opinione timoris, idoneum quendam hominem et callidum delegit, Galium, ex his, quos auxilii causa secum habebat. Huic ^ magnis praemiis pollicitationi- busque persuadet, uti ad hostes transeat ;^ et, quid fieri velit,*" edocet. Qui,^ ubi pro perfiiga ad eos venit, timorem Ko- manorum ^proponit: "quibus angustiis'' ipse Cassar a Ve- netis prematur,'"' docet: ^neque longius abesse, quin prox- ima nocte Sabinus clam ex castris exercitum educat,' et ad CaBsarem auxilii ferendi causa proficiscatur.'" Quod"" ubi audltum est, conclamant omnes, occasionem negptii bene gerendi amittendam non esse,' ^ad castra iri oportere. Multae res ad hoc consilium Gallos hortabantur : superi5- rum dierum Sabini cunctatio,"" ^ perfiigaB confirmatio, inopia cibariorum, cui rei" parum diligenter ab iis erat provisum, spes Venetici belli, et quod fere libenter homines id, quod volunt, credunt. His rebus ^ adducti, non prius Viridovicem reliquosque duces ex concilio dimittunt, quam ab his sit" concessum, arma uti capiant '' et ad castra contendant. Qua re concessa, laeti, ut explorata victoria, sarmentis virgultis- que collectis, "^ quibus '' fossas Romanorum compleant,** ad castra pergunt. 19. Locus erat castrorum editus, et paulatim ab imo ac- clivis circiter passus "■ mille. Hue magno cursu contende- runt, ut 8 quam minimum spatii * ad se colligendos armandos- que Romanis daretur, ^ exanimatique pervenerunt. Sabinus, sues hortatus, cupientibus signum dat. Impeditis hostibus propter ea, quas ferebant, onera, subito duabus portis erup- » 110. 6 39, 5. °§ 113, R. .»'§ 141, Obs. 8. «» § 129, R. § 140, 4. c§ 147, R. & 113. ' § 140, 3. p§ 140, 1,4th. <>§ 123, R. &63. ^ 38. q § 141, Obs. 2. 4th. • § 140, 1, 3d. 1 108, 4. ' § 132, R. XLII. ' § 140, 5. m§97,R. n • § 106, R. VIII. 1^ ft».^Wflif.»!J^ypi|!!im.JlJJJ;^'LPIiLi|. IWIIII . Jlll||iPPIWWi?pilflily|ipt|pilJJPv-,W' 122 DE BELLO GALLICO. tionem fieri jubet. Factum est opportunitate loci, hostium inscientia ae defatigatione, virtQte militum, superiorum pug- narum exercitatione, ut ne unum quidem nostrorum impe- tum ferrent,^ ac statim terga verterent. Quos'' impeditos ^integris viribus*" milites nostri consectiti, magnum nume- rum eorum occiderunt ; reliquos equTtes consectati, paucos qui ex fuga evaserant, reliquerunt. Sic, uno tempore, et de navali pugna 2 Sabmus, et de Sabini victoria Caesar cer tior factus ; civitatesque omnes se statim Titurio dediderunt Nam, ut'' ad bella suscipienda^ Gallorum aiacer ac prom tus est animus, sic mollis ac Sminime resistens ad calamita tes perferendas ^ mens eorum est. 20. Eodem fere tempore, Publius Crassus, cum in Aqui taniam pervenisset, qu£e pars,** ut ante dictum est, et regio num latitudine,' et multitudine' hominum, *ex tertia parte GallioB est jestimanda, cum intelligeret in his locis sibi ^ bel lum gerendum, ubi paucis ante annis Lucius Valerius Prae conlnus, legatus, exercitu pulso, interfectus esset,' atque un de Lucius Manilius, proconsul, impedimentis amissis profu gisset,' &non mediocrem sibi diligentiam"* adhibendam" in telligebat. Itaque re frumentaria provisa, auxiliis equitatu que comparato," multis praeterea viris fortibus Tolosa,P Car casone, et Narbone, quae sunt civitates Galiiae Provincise finitimse his regionibus, nominatim evocatis, in Sotiatum fines exercUum introduxit. Cujus adventu cognito, Sotiates magnis copiis coactis, equitatuque, ^quo plurimum valebant in itinere agmen nostrum adorti, primum equestre proelium commiserunt : deinde, equitatu suo pulso, atque insequenti bus nostris, subito pedestres copias, quas in convalle in insidiis collocaverant, ostenderunt. Hi, nostros disjectoa adorti, prcelium renovarunt. '^ § 140, 1, 4th. f 124, 20. 1 § 141, Obs. 8. b 38. s 112, 7. «>§ 145, R. c § 129, R h 37. 2d, 4, Note. 1. ° 108, 4. ^ 105. J § 128, R. § 98, Obs. 4. • 124,1. k § 147, R. LXI. p § 136, R. LIL p«^p^|ppipiiijjiiiiWjiinilillUippi4|,^V^ iwii, ii.nim.|j|iiiiiti|i|jii4., LIB III. CAP. XXIII. 123 21. Pugnatum est diu atque acriter, ciim Sotiates, superi- oribus victoriis * freti, in sua ^ virtute totius Aquitanise salti- tem positam putarent ; " nostri autem, quid sine imperatore, et sine reliquis legionibus, adolescentiilo duce/ efRcere pqs- sent, perspici cuperent.'' Tandem, confecti vulneribus, hos- tes terga vertere.^ Quorum ^ magno numero interfecto, Crassus ex itinere oppidum Sotiatum oppugnare coepit. Qui- bus 8 fortiter resistentibus, vineas turresque egit. Illi, alias eruptione tentata, alias cuniciilis ad aggerem'vineasque ac- tis (icujus rei** sunt longe peritissimi Aquitani, propterea quod multis locis apud eos ^asrarise secturae sunt), ubi dili- gentia nostrorum ^ nihil' his rebus profici posse "" intellexe- xunt, legatos ad Crassum mittunt, seque in deditionem ut re- cipiat petunt. Qua '^ re impetrata, arma tradere jussi, faciunt. 22. Atque, in ea re omnium nostrorum intentis anlmis, alia ex parte oppidi Adcantuannus, qui summam imperii ten- 6bat, cum sexcentis devotis, quos illi soldurios appellant (* quorum haec est conditio, uti omnibus in vita commodis ' una cum his fruantur,"" quorum se amicitiae ° dediderint ; " si -^-^luid iis per vim accidat, aut eundem casum una ferant,"' aut 6sibi° mortem consciscant : "" neque adhuc hominum memoria ,repertus est quisquam, qui, eo interfecto, cujus se amicitiae** ;^devovisset, mortem recusaret),P cum iis Adcantuannus, eruptionem facere conatus, clamore ab ea parte munitionis sublato, cum ad arma miltres concurrissent,*' vehementerque ibi pugnatum esset,'^ repulsus in oppidum, tamen uti eadem deditionis conditione ' uteretur,'^ ab Crasso impetravit. 23. Armis obsidibusque acceptis, Crassus in fines Voca- tium et Tarusatium profectus est. Tum vero ^barbiri com- moti, quod oppidum,' ^et natura' loci et manu* munltum, *§ 119, R. s 38, & 109. °§ 141, Obs. 8. ' " 30,2. M107, R. IX. o§123, R. c § 140, Obs. 4. i § 128, Exc. p § 141, Obs. 3. •* lit), 1. "^ § 145, Obs. 3, (se.) q § 140, 1, 3d. « § 144, Obs. 6. ' § 121. R. XXVI. r § 145, r. ' 38. ">§ 140, 1, 1st. «§129, R. 124 DE BELLO GALLICO. paucis diebus," quibus'' eo ventum erat,** expugnatum*' cog- noverant, legatos quoquoversus dimittere, conjurare, obsideS inter se dare, copias parare cosperunt. Mittuntur etiam ad eas civitates legati, quEe sunt i citerioris Hispaniee,^ finitimae Aquitaniae:* inde auxilia ducesque arcessuntur. Quorum^ adventu magna cum auctoritate, et magna cum hommum multitudme, bellum gerere conantur. Duces vero ii deligun- tur, qui una cum Quinto Sertorio omnes annos^ fuerant, summamque scientiam rei militaris habere existimabantur. Hi consuetudine Popiili Romani ^loca capere, castra mu- nire, commeatibus nostros intercludere instituunt. Quod ^ ubi Crassus animadvertit, suas copias propter exiguitatem non 3 facile didtici,'' hostem et vagari ' et vias obsidere ' et castris satis prassidii relinquere,' ob eam causam minus com- mode frumentum commeatumque sibi^ supportari; ^ * in dies hostium numerum augeri; non cunctandum existimavit, quin pugna decertaret.' ^Hac re ad consilium delata, ubi om- nes 6idem sentire' intellexit, posterum diem pugnse constituit, 24. Prima luce, productis omnibus copiis, ''' duplici acie instittita, ^auxiliis in mediam aciem conjectis, quid hostes consilii*" caperent" expectabat. Illi, etsi propter multitudi- nem, et veterem belli gloriam, paucitatemque nostrorum, se tuto dimicattiros ° existimabant, tamen tutius ^ esse arbitra- bantnr, obsessis viis, comineatu intercluso, sine ullo vulnere victoria potiri : et, si propter inopiam rei frumentarisB Roma- ni sese recipere coepissent,'^ impeditos in agmine et sub sar- cinis, inferiores animo,*^ adoriri cogitabant. Hoc consilio probato ab ducibus, productis Romanorum copiis, sese cas- tris * tenebant. Hac re perspecta Crassus, ^ cum sua cunc- tatione atque opinione timoris hostes nostros milites alacri- a § 131, R. XLI.0bs.3.g § 131, R. XLI. " § 140, 5. b 67, 5, Note. ^ 94,3. lOO, 1. c 98, 2. i 96, 2. P § 98, Obs. 6. d § 108, R. XII. k § 126, R. III. 1 § 140, 2. e§lll, R. »§140, 3. r§i28,R. f 38. »§ 106, R. VIII. » § 136. Obs. 5, (in.) LIB IIL CAP. XXVI. 125 ores ad pugnandum'' effecissent ; ** atque omnium voces audirentur," expectari*-' diiUius non oportere, quin "^ ad castra iretur;*^ cohortatus suos, omnibus cupientibus, ad hostium castra contendit. 25, Ibi cilim alii'' fossas complerent,'' alii^ multis telis con- jectis, defensores vallo*^ munitionibusque depellerent, auxili- aresque, quibus^ ad pugnam non multum Crassus confidS- bat, lapidibus^ telisque subministrandis,* et ad aggeremces- pitibus comportandis, speciem atque opini5nem pugnantium"* praeberent ;'' cum item ab hostibus ^ constanter ac non timide pugnaretur,'' telaque ex loco superiore missa non frustra ac- ciderent;'' equites, circumitis hostium castris, Crasso renun- ciaverunt, non eadem esse diligentia ab ^decumana porta castra' munita, facilemque aditum habere. 26. Crassus, equitum praefectos cohortatus, ut magnis praemiis*' pollicitationibusque suos excitarent, quid fieri velit ostendit. lUi, ut erat imperatum, eductis quatuor cohorti- bus, quas, praesidio "" castris "" relictas, 3 inrrita ab labore erant, et *longiore" itinere'' circumductis, ne ex hostium castris conspici possent," omnium ociilis mentibusque ad pugnam intentis, celeriter ad eas, quas diximus, munitiones pervenerunt, atque, his proriitis, prius in hostium castris constiterunt, quam ^ plane ab iis videri,*" aut, quid rei ^ ger- eretur,** cognosci "■ posset. Turn vero, clamore ab ea parte audito, nostri redintegratis viribus,'' quod * plerumque in spe victoriae accidere consuevit, acrius impugnare coeperunt. Hostes undique circumventi, desperatis omnibus rebus,* se per munitiones dejicere et fuga^ salutem petere ^intende- runt. Quos" equitatus apertissimis campis'' consectatus, * § 147, Obs. 4. h § 129, R, p § 106, R. VIII. »» § 140, Obs. 4. 5 § 147. R. LXII. i § 140, 5. <= 67, Note. k 19^ (milUum.) ^ 87. d § 140, 3. ' § 145, R. LVIII. » 37, 9, Note. 3. « § 98, Obs. 12. ' «§114, R. t 109,2. ' § 136, R. LII. n § 120, Obs. 5. « 38. 8§112, R. V. oJMO. 1, 2d. V § 136, Obs. 5, (in.) •^mmmmm^m'' 126 i3E BELLO GALLICO. ex millium quinquaginta numero, quas * ex Aquitania Can« tabrisque convenisae " constabat, vix quarta parte relictd ^multa'^ nocte*^ se in castra recepit. 27. Hac audita pugna,^ magna pars Aquitaniae sese Cras« so ^ dedidit, obsidesque ultro misit : quo * in numero fuerunt Tarbelli, Bigerriones, Preciani, Vocates, Tarusates, Elusa- tes, Garites, Ausci, Garumni, Sibuzates, Cocosates. P^ucse ultimse natidnes, anni tempore !i confisae, quod hiems sube- rat, hoc facere neglexerunt. 28. Eodem fere tempore*^ Caesar, etsi prope exacta jam aestas erat, tamen, quod, omni Gallia* pacata, Morini Mena- pilque ^supererant, qui'' in armis essent,^ neque' ad eum unquam legatos de pace misissent,'' arbitratus, id bellum ce- leriter confici posse, eo exercitum adduxit: 3 qui longe alid ratione, ac reliqui"' Galli, bellum agere insti'tuSrunt. Nam quod intelligebant, maximas nationes," quae prcelio conten- dissent," pulsas ^ superatasque esse,'' ^ continentesque silvas ac paludes habebant, eo se suaque omnia contulerunt. Ad quarum^ initium silvarum ci^m Cassar pervenisset,P castra- que munire instituisset,'' neque' hostis interim visus esset,P dispersis in opere nostris,' subito ex omnibus partibus silvas evolavgrunt et in nostros "^ impetum fecerunt. Nostri ^ ce- leriter arma ceperunt, eosque in silvas repulerunt, et, com- piuribus^ interfectis, ^longius'" impeditioribus locis secuti, paucos ex suis deperdiderunt. 29. Reliquis deincepsdiebus^ Caesar silvas caedere insti- tuit, et, ne, quis ^inermibus iraprudentibusque militibus* ab latere impetus fieri"* posset," omnem earn '''materiam, quae > § 145, R. & Obs. 2. h § 121, Obs. 2. p § 140, Obs. 4. b 98, 2. i 109,2. q 19,2. c 17,1. ^ § 141, R. V, (soli.) ' 22, 1. d § 131, R. XL. » § 93, 1. • § 131. R. XLI. • 109, 2. » § 87, 6. t § 126, R. III. t § 123, R. » § 145, R. « § 140, 1, 2d s 38. § 141, Obs. 7. lPPii^PIP.If mi!4 Ji,f Hipipp^i J.4 lil^piPPUpilMlUi LIB. III. CAP. XXIX. 127 erat csesa, iconversam ad hostem collocabat, et pro vallo ad utnimque latus exstruebat. Incredibili celeritate * magno spatio'' paucis diebus*" ^confecto, ci!im jam pecus atque *ex» trema'* impedimenta ab nostris tenerentur,* ipsi' densiores »^ silvas peterent ; ejusmodi sunt tempestates consecutae, iiti opus necessario intermitteretur,^ et, continuatione * imbrium diutius 4 sub pellibus milites contineri ^ non possent.^ Ita- que vastatis omnibus eorum agris,'' vicis aedificiisque in- censis, Cassar exercitum reduxit, et in Aulercis, Lexoviis- que, reliquis item civitatibus, * quae proxime bellum fecerant, ** in hibernis collocavit. » § 129, R. <» 17, 2. 8 § 140, 1, Isf. ^ 109, 2. « § 140, Obs. 4. h 87, 6. c § 131, R. XLI. ' 32, 3. BOOK IV. GENERAL ARGUMENT. I. War with the Usipetes and Tenchtheri — Chap. 1-15. II. Caesar's bridge over the Rhine, and his crossing into Germany — Chap. 16- 19. III. Csesar passes into Britain. — A battle — surrender of the Britains, and subsequent revolt. — Chap. 20-36. IV. War vv^ith the Morini and Menapii — Chap. 37-38. 1. 1 Ea, qusB secuta est, hieme,'' qui fuit annus 2Cneio Pom- peio,'' Marco Crasso consulibus, Usipetes Germani, et item Tenchtheri, magna cum muhitudine hominum, flumen Rhe- num transierunt, non longe a mari, *quo Rhenus influit. Causa transeundi fuit, quod, ab Suevis complures annos*= exagitati, hello premebantur et agricuhura'* prohibebantur. Suevorum gens est longe maxima et bellicosissima Germa- norum^ omnium. Hi centum pagos habere dicuntur, ex quibus quotannis singula * millia armatorum bellandi causa ex fmibus educunt. Reliqui, ^qui domi manserint,^ se at- que illos alunt. Hi rursus invicem anno post in armis sunt ; illi domi remanent. Sic neque agricultura, ^nec ratio atque usus belli, intermittitur. Sed privati ac separati .agri apud eos nihil est; neque longius anno ^ remanere uno in loco in- colendi causa licet. Neque multum frumento,' sed ^maxi- mam partem *" lacte atque pecore' vivunt, multiimque sunt in venationibus ; quae res et cibi genere,' et quotidiana exerci- tatione, et libertate vitae (quod, a pueris "J^nullo officio' aut disciplina assuefacti, nihil omnino contra voluntatem faci- ant),"* et vires alit, et immani corporum magnitudine " hom- ines efficit. Atque in eam ° se consuetudinem adduxerunt, =^ § 131, R. XL. g § 141, R. III. ««§ 140, Obs. 2. b§ 110, Obs. 1, &2. h§i20, R. n § 106, R. VII. & « § 131, R. XLI. i § 121, Obs. 2. 6, 1. •J § 136, Obs. 5, (a6.) t § 136, Obs. 5, (Se- o § 31, Obs. 2, & •§ 106, Obs.3,(^gns) cundum.) 28,1. ' 26, 1. 1 § 129, R. ,PJ1WIPJJ!!«»P IJIIPI^, . I ll||fi.lJBW!iipi||i LIB. IV. CAP. III. 129 ut locis frigidissimis, neque vestitus,* piaster pelles, habeant '' quicquam (quarum propter exiguitatem magna est corporis pars aperta),et laventur'' in fluminibus. 2. Mercatoribus*= est ad eos aditus magis eo, ^ut, quae bel- le ceperint,*^ quibus vendant,* habeant,^ quam quo ullam rem ad se importari desiderent : '^ quinetiam sjumentis,^ qui- bus ** maxim^ Gallia delectatur, quaeque impenso parant pre- tio,' Germani importatis non utuntur: sed quae sunt apud eos nata, parva atque deformia, haec ^ quotidiana exercita- tione, summi ut sint '^ laboris/ efficiunt. Equestribus proR- liis saBpe ex equis desiliunt, ac pedibus "" proeliantur ; equos- que eodem remanere vestigio"* assuefaciunt ; ad quos se celeriter, clim usus est, lecipiunt : neque eorum moribus turpius quicquam aut inertius habetur, quam ephippiis ^ uti. ^Itaque ad quemvis numerum ephippiatorum equitum, quamvis pauci, adire audent. Vinum ad se omnino impor- tari non sinunt, quod ed re ad laborem ferendum remollescere homines, atque effeminari, arbitrantur. 3. 5 Publice maximam putant esse laudem, quam latissime a suis finibus vacare agros:" hac re Ssignificari, magnum numerum " civitatium suam vim sustinere non posse. Ita- que, una ex parte, a Suevis, circiter millia passuum sexcen- ta agri '''vacare dicuntur. ^Ad alteram partem succedunt Uhii (cflK)rum fuit civitas ampla atque florens, ^ ut est captus Germanorum), et paalo quam sunt ejusdem generis ceteri humaniores; propterea quod Ehenum attingunt, multumque ad eos mercatdres ventitant, et ipsi propter propinquitatem Gallicis sunt moribus assuefacti. Hos cum Suevi, multis saepe bellis experti, propter ^^ amplitudinem gravitatemque civitatis, finibus'* expellere non potuissent, tamen vectigales sibi fecerunt,ac multo^ humiliores infirmioresqueredegerunt. »§ 106, R. Vm. f § 140, 1. 1 § 106, R. VII. »»§ 140, 1,1st. K§ 121, R. XXVI. »»§ 136,Obs. 5,(m.) c§ll2, R. II. »> § 121, Obs. 2. n§i45^R. d § 141, Obs. 3. i § 133, R. o § 136, R. LII. • § 141,R.I. & Obs.l. k § 140, 1, 3d. P § 132, R. XLIII. 130 DE BELLO GALLICO. 4. ^ In eadem causa fuerunt Usipetes et Tenchtheri, quo* supra dixTmus, qui compltires annos'' Suevorum vim sustin- uerunt ; ad extremum ^ tamen, agris '^ expulsi, et muitis Ger- maniae locis ^ triennium *" vagati, ad Rhenum pervenerunt : 2quas^ regiones Menapii incolebant, et ad utramque ripam fluminis agros, aedificia, vicosque habebant ; sed tantsB mul- titudinis aditu ^ perterriti, ex his sedificiis, quae trans flumen habuerant, demigraverant, et, cis Ehenum dispositis praesi- diis,* Germanos transire prohibebant. Illi, omnia experti, cum neque vi ^ contendere propter inopiam navium, neque 3 clam transire propter custodias Menapiorum, possent,*" re- verti se in suas sedes regionesque simulaverunt ; et, ^tridui viam progressi, rursus reverterunt, atque, omni hoc itinere una nocte equitatu ' confecto, inscios inopinantesque Mena- pios oppresserunt, qui, de Germanorum discessu per explo- ratores certiores facti, sine metu trans Rhenum in suos vicos remigraverant. His^ interfectis, navibusque eorum occu- patis,^ prinsquam ea pars Menapiorum, quae citra Rhenum quieta in suis sedibus erat, certior fieret,'' flumen transie- runt, atque, omnibus eorum aedificiis ^ occupatis, ^reliquam partem'' hiemis se eorum copiis aluerunt. 5. His de rebus Cassar certior factus, et ^infirmitatem Gallorum veritus,' quod sunt in consiliis capiendis mobiles, et novis plerumque rebus™ student, '''nihil his" committen- dum existiraavit. ^Est autem hoc Gallicae consuetudmis," uti et viatores, etiam invitos, consistere cogant,^ et, quod quisque eorum de quaque re audierif aut cognoverit, quas- rantjP et mercatores in oppidis vulgus circumsistat,^ quibus- que ex regionibus veniant,'' quasque ibi res cognoverint, pronunciare cogant.P His rumoribus atque auditionibus per- =^§ 131, R.XLI. e 109,2. , "§ 112, R. V. b 19, (iempus.) ^ § 140, Obs. 4. »> § 126, R. III. c§136, R. LII. i § 136, Obs. 5,(a6.) «> § 108, R. d § 136, Obs. 5, (in.) ^ § 140, 4. p § 145, Obs. 6. « 37, 2d, 4, Note 1. i 106,1. q § 140, 5. ' § 129, R. LIB IV. CAP. VII. 131 moti, de ^summis saepe rebus consilia ineunt, quorum'' eos 3e vestigio poenitere necesse est, 3 cum incertis rumoribus'' serviant,'' et plerique ad voluntatem eorum ficta respondeant.*' 6. Qua consuetudine cognita, Caesar, ^ne "^ graviori hello'' occurreret, maturius quam consuerat ad exercitum proficis- citur. E6 cum venisset, ea, quae fore suspicatus erat, ^ facta *^ cognovit ; missas ^ legationes a nonnullis civitatibus ad Ger- manos, invitatosque ^ eos, uti ab Rheno discederent ; * om- niaque quae postulassent,'' ab se fore parata. Qua ' spe ad- ducti Germani latius jam vagabantur, et in fines Eburonum et Condrusorum, qui sunt Trevirorum clientes, pervenerant. Principibus Galliae evocatis, Csesar ea quas cognoverat 6 dis- simulanda*" sibi' existimavit, eorumque animispermulsis et confirmatis, equitatuque imperato, bellum cum Germanis gerere constituit. 7. Re "" frumentaria comparata, equitibusque delectis, iter in ea loca facere ccspit, quibus " in locis esse Germanos au- diebat. A quibus ciim paucorum dierum iter" abesset, le- gati ab his venerunt, quorum haec fuit oratio : " Germanos •* neque priores ** Popiilo Romano bellum inferre, neque tamen recusare,"^ si lacessantur, quin armis contendant ;* qu63 Ger- manorum consuetudo haec sit^ a majoribus tradita, quicum- que bellum inferant,** "^ resistere, neque deprecari : haec ta- men dicere, venisse ^ invitos,^ ejectos domo." Si ^suam gra- tiam Romani velint, posse eis utiles esse amicos : vel sibi agros attribuant, vel patiantur 9 eos tenere quos armis pos- sederint."" Sese unis Suevis lo concedere, quibus ne Dii qui- dem immortales pares esse possint : relTquum quidem i^in terris esse nemmem, quem non superare possint." * § 113, Ex. II. h § 141^ obs. 8. P § 145, R. LVIII. "§ 112, R. V. i 38. q§ 98, Obs. 10. <= § 140, Obs. 3. k § 108, 4. -^ 94, 3. d § 140, 1, 2d. 1 § 126, Obs. 3. * § 140, 3. « § 112, R. IV n, 109, 2. ' § 140, 6. ' 98,2. a 37, 6, Note. 1. «• § 136, R. LII. « § 140, 1. 3d. o 132, R. XLII. ^ § 141, Obs. 3. 132 hE BELLO GALLICO. 8. 1 Ad haec Caesar, quas visum est, respondit ; sed 3 exi- tus fuit orationis : " Sibi "■ nullam cum his amicitiam esse posse, si in Gallia reman6rent : neque 3 verum esse, qui** suos fines tueri non potuerint,'' alienos occupare : ^ neque ullos in Gallia vacare agros qui dari, tantae praesertim multi- tudini,'* sine injuria possint.^ Sed licere, si velint, in Ubi- orum finibus considere, quorum sint ^ legati apud se, et de Suevorum injuriis querantur,*^ et a se auxiliurn petant : hoc se ab iis impetraturum."^ 9. Legati haec se ad suos relaturos » dixerunt, et, re delib- erata, post diem tertium ad Caesarem reversuros : interea ne propiiis se ^ castra moveret,' petierunt. Ne id quidem ^ Cas- sar ab se impetrari posse dixit: cognoverat enim, magnam partem equitatiis ab iis aliquot diebus ' ante praedandi fru- mentandlque causa ad Ambivaretos trans Mosam missam. Hos*" expectari equites, atque ejus rei causa morarfi'" inter- poni, arbitrabatur. 10. Mosa profluit ex monte Vosego, qui est in finibus Lin- gonum, *et, parte quddam ex Rheno recepta, quae appella- tur Vahalis," insulam efficit Batavorum, neque longius ab eo miljibus ° passuum octoginta in Oceanum transit. Ehe- nus autem oritur ex Lepontiis, qui Alpes incolunt, et longo spatio p per fines Nantuatium, HelvetiOrum, Sequanorum, Mediomatric5rum,Tribocorum, Trevirorum citatus*" fertur;"" et, ubi Oceano' appropinquat, ^in plures diffiuit partes, mul- tis ingentibusque insulis efiectis, quarum pars magna a feris barbarisque nationibus incolitur * (ex quibus sunt, qui piscl- bus " atque ovis avium vivere existimantur), ^multisque cap itibus in Oceanum influit. a § 112, R. 11. h§ I36,0bs.5,(ad.) p§ 132, R. XLIiT b 37, (COS.) i § 140, 1, 3d. i § 98, Obs. 10. c§141,0bs. 3. k 121, Note. 2. '■ 116,4. d § 126, R. III. ' § 131. R. XLI. ^ § 112,'R. IV. e§ 141,R.I.&0bs. 1. »"§145,.R. t § io2, R. II. f§ 141. Obs. 7. n§103,R. «§121, Obs. 2. « § 100, 2. « § 120, R. XXIV. LIB. IV. CAP. XII. 133 11. Csesar ciim ab hoste non amplii!is passuum duodecim millibus abesset, ut erat constitutum, ad eum legati rever- tuntur: qui,* in itinere congressi, magnopere, ne longiiis progrederetur,'' orabant. Cum id non impetrassent,'' pet5- bant, uti ad eos equites, qui agmen antecessissent, praemit- teret,'' eosque pugna*^ prohiberet ; sibique uti potesiatem faceret, in Ubios legates mittendi: quorum ^ si Principes ac Senatus i sibi jurejurando*^ fidem fecissent, ea conditione,^ quae a Caesare ferretur, se usuros ostendebant: ad has res conficiendas sibi tridui spatium daret.'' Haec omnia Csesar 2 eodem illo pertinere'' arbitrabatur, ut, tridui mora interpo- sita, equites eorum, qui abessent,' reverferentur :" tatnen sese non longii^s millibus passuum qualuor aquationis causa processurum eo die dixit: hue post ero die' quam frequentis- simi convenirent," ut de eorum postulatis cognosceret.'' In- terim ad praefectos, qui cum omni equitatu antecesserant, mittit, qui"' nunciarent, ne hostes proelio lacesserent,'' et, si ipsi lacesserentur, 3 gustinerent, quoad ipse cum exercitu propiilis accessisset." 12. At hostes, ubi primiim nostros equites conspexerunt, quorum erat quinque milliurn numerus, cum ipsi non am- plius" octingentos equites haberent, quod ii, qui frumentandi causa ierant trans Mosam, nondum redierant, nihil timenli- bus nostris,P quod legati eorum paulo ante a Cassare disces- serant, atque is dies induciis*" erat ab eis petltus, impetu facto, celeriter nostros perturbaverunt. Rursus resistentibus n()stris,P consuetudine sua ^ ad pedes desiluerunt, subfossis- que equis, compluribusque nostris dejectis, reliquos in fugam conjecerunt, atque ita perterritos egerunt, utnon prius fuga"" desistcrent,* quam in conspectu agminis nostri venissent. — ___ 8§ 121, R. XXVI. n § 140, 4. ' »> § 140, 1, 3d. h 96, 2. " § 120, Obs. 3 «§140,Obs. 4. '§ 141, Obs. 3. p 109,1. •1 § 136, Obs. 5,(a6.) k § 140, i^ 2d. q § 1 14, R. & Obs. 4. * 39. i§131,R. XL. '§ 136, Obs. 5,(«x.) ' § 129, R. «»§ 141, Obs. 2, 4th. * § 140, 1, 1st. 12 -**J^'iPtfWVS«WJ"l,c^l«ftP_ilJ^lilt»,JI 134 DE BELLO GALLICO. In eo proelio ex equitibus ^ nostris interficiuntur quatuor et septuaginta, in his vir fortissimus, Piso, Aquitanus, ^ am- plissimo genere ^ natus, cujus avus in civitale sua regnum obtinuerat, amicus*" ab Senatu nostro appellatus. Hie cum fratri ^ ^^Qtercluso ab hostibus auxilium ferret,^ ilium ex per- iciilo ^ eripuit": ipse, equo vulnerato dejectiJs, quoad potuit, fortissime restitit. Ciim circumventus, multis vulneribus acceptis, cecidisset,^ atque id frater, qui jam proelio^ exces- serat, procul animadvertisset, incitato equo ^ se hostibus ^ ob- tiilit atque interfectus est. 13. Hoc facto proelio, Csesar neque jam sibi"" legatos ' au- diendos,"" neque conditiones accipiendas'' arbitrabatur ab his, qui per dolum atque insidias, petlt^ pace, ultro bellum intu- lissent : ' expectare " verb, dum hostium copise augerentur," cquitatusqae reverteretur, ^summae dementise" esse ^ judi- cabat ; et, cognita Gallorum infirmitate, quantum jam apud eos hostes uno proelio auctoritatis '^ essent consecuti, sentie- bat: quibus"" ad consilia capienda nihil' spatii dandum exis- timabat. His constitutis rebus, et consilio cum legatis et qusestore communicato, ^ ne quem diem pugnas praslermit- teret, opportunissima res accidit, quod postridie ejus diei* mane, eadem et perfidia et simulatione usi Germani, fre- quentes, ^ omnibus principibus majoribusque natu adhibitis, ad eum in castra venerunt ; simul, ut dicebatur, '''sui pur- gandi causa, quod ^ contra atque esset dictum, et ipsi petis- sent, proelium pridie commisissent ; simul ut, si quid pos- sent, de induciis fallendo impetrarent. ^Quos'sibi Caesar oblatos gavisus, illico retineri jussit ; ipse omnes copias cas- tris eduxit, equitatumque, quod recenti proelio perterritum esse existimabat, agmen subsequi jussit. >§ 107, Obs. 8. g § 136. R. Lll. «> § 140, 4. M119, R. &6, 5. M 126, Obs. 3. « § 108, R. <= § 103, R. i § 145, R. (esse.) v 94, 3. d § 123, R. k 108, 4. q § 106, R. VIII. «§140, Obs. 4. i§ 141, Obs. 8. r 39,&§126, R.III. f § 123, Obs. 1. «"§ 144, R. LVI. " § 135, XLVI. LIB. IV. CAP. XVI. 135 14. Acie triplici instituta, et celeriter octo milHum* itin- ere confecto, prius ad hostium castra pervenit, quam, quid ageretur, ^. Germani sentlre possent.*" Qui/ omnibus rebus subito perterriti, et celeritate adventus nostri, et discessu su- orum, neque consiiii habendi ^ neque arma capiendi ' spatio dato, 1 perturbantur, copiasne adversus hostem educere, an castra defendere, an fuga salutem petere, prsestaret . " Quo- rum^ timor cum fremitu et concursu ^significaretur, milites nostri, ^pristini diei perfidia incitati, in castra irruperunt. Quorum '' qui' celeriter arma capere potuerunt, paulisper nostris restiterunt, atque- inter carros impedimentaque proe- lium commiserunt: at reliqua multitudo puerorum mulie- rumque (nam cum omnibus suis domo excesserant Rlienum- que transierant), passim fugere ccBpit ; ad quos^ consectan- dos C£esar equitatum misit. 15. Germani, post tergum '^clamore audito, cum suos "^ interfici viderent, armis abjectis, signisque militaribus re- lictis, se ex castris ejecerunt : et, cum ^ad confluentem Mo- sob et Rheni pervenissent, ^reliqua fugji desperaia, magno numero interfecto, reliqui se in flunien prascipitaverunt, at- que ibi timore,' lassitudine,' vi fluminis oppressi, perierunt. Nostri ad unum"* omnes incolumes, perpaucis vulneratis, '''ex tanti belli timore, cum hostium numerus capitum quad- ringentorum et triginta millium fuisset, se in castra recepe- runt. Caesar his," quos in castris retinuerat, ^discedendi potestatem fecit : illi supplicia cruciatusque Gallorum ver- iti," quorum agros vexaverant, remanere se apud eum velle dixerunt. His " Caesar libertatem concessit. 16. GermanTco bello confecto, niultis de causis Cajsar statuit, sibi Khenum esse transeundum : quarum •' ilia fuit justissima, quod, cum videret, Germanos tarn facile impelli^ * § 106, R. YII. f il2, 1. I § 129, R. '' § 140, 5. 3 39. n> 19, ihommem,) «§H0, 4. h 39,8c§107,R.X. - § 123, R. ^ 39, 5. i 37, (i?,) loti, 1. «• 112,5. t i'j, 2,^v§ U:>,R. V 38,&c§ 107,R.X 136 DK BELLO GALLICO. ut in Galliam vemrent," ^suis quoque rebus'' eos timere vol- uit, cum intelligerent, ^et posse et audere Popiili Romani exercitum Rhenum transire. ^ Accessit etiara, quod ilia pars equitatus Usipetum et Tenchtherdrum, quam supra com- memoravi, prsedandi'^ frumentandique causa Mosam trans- isse, neque proelio ^ interfuisse, post fugam suorum se trans Rhenum in fines Sigambrorum receperat seque cum iis con- junxerat. Ad quos^ ciim Caesar nuncios misisset, qui'^pos- tularent, eos, qui sibi * Galliaeque bellum intulissent, sibi ^^ dederent,*" responderunt: *' Populi Romani imperium Rhe- num' fimre : si, se invito Germanos in Galliam transire non CEquum existimaret, ^cur sui*" quicquam' esse imperii' aut potestatis trans Rhenum postularet ? " "' Ubii autem, qui uni ex Transrhenanis ad Csesarem legatos miserant, amicitiam fecerant, obsides dederant, magnopere orabant, " ut sibi^ auxilium ferret,'' quod graviter ab Suevis premerentur ; " vel, si id facere ^ occupationibus reipublicae prohiberetur, exer- citum modo Rhenum transportaret : '' id' sibi"* ad auxilium spemque reliqui temporis satis futurum : tantum esse nomen atque opinionem ejus exercitus, Ariovisto pulso, et hoc no- vissimo proelio facto, etiam ad ultimas Germanorum natio- nes, uti opinione" et amicitia Populi Romani tuti^ esse pos- sint."* Navium m^gnam copiam ad transportandum exerci- tum pollicebantur. 17. Caesar his de causis, quas commemoravi, Rhenum transire decreverat; sed navibus transire, neque satis tutum esse** arbitrabatur, ^ neque suas"" neque Populi Romani dig- nitatis "" esse statuebat. Itaque, etsi summa difficultas faci- endi pontis '^ proponebatur, propter latitudinem, rapiditatem, altitudinemque fluminis, tamen id' sibi* contendendum, aut ^ § 140, 1, 1st. e § 123, R. » § 141, Obs. 7. b § 112, R. XVII. h § 140,1,3d, & Obs. 5. o § 129, R. c 112, 1. i § 145, R. P § 103, Obs. 6. d§112, R. I. k§108, R. XII. q 51,5. • 39, 9. 1 § 106, R. VIII. ' 29, 1. f § 141, Obs. 2, 4th. '"§140,6. » 113, &§ 147. PLAN OF THE BIliDGE MADE OVEll THE RHINE BY GJiSAR, IN TEN DAYS. ^^^^^^"sr^^^i] A. Tignabina sesquipedalia : Two piles each a foot and a half thick, joined together at the distance of two feet. H. One of the piles detached. K. Form of tiie two piles braced together. B. Two opposite piles similarly joined together, and at the distance of forty feet down the river from the other. C. Trabs bipedalis: Large beam two feet square, extending from the upper to the lower piles. I. The same beam detached. D. Fihulcb biruB : Two braces fastening each pair of piles together, as seen at !<., one on each side, (titrimque) — the one below, supporting the beam, (frabs,)the other above it. M. Form of the brace detached. E E. Maleries: Timbers laid from beam to beam, (.directa,) lengthwise of the bridge. N. Longurii : Spars laid across the timbers O. Cra/es; Hurdles laid over the spars. F. Subliccb: Stakes sunk in the river as but tresses, and fastened iconjunctcn,) to each lower pair of piles. G. Alien subliccB, : Other stakes driven in above the bridge, and separate from it, as a fence against trunks of trees, &c. sent down the river. ip5»5iBpi|P?pP5pw^Pr^- ^Wm-*?^- 9'"W!!W«*!'"«!?W LIB. IV. CAP. xvin. 139 aliter non transducendum exercitum, existimabat. ^ Rationem pontis hanc instituit. ^Tigna bina* sesquipedalia, paulum ab imo praeacuta, dimensa ad altitiidinem fluminis, interval- lo '' pedum duorum inter se jungebat ^ Hsec ciim " machina- tionibus*^ immissa in flumen defixerat, fistucisque*^ adge- rat, *non sublicas modo"* directa^ ad perpendiculum, sed prona ^ ac fastigata, ut secundum naturam fluminis procum- berent ; ^ 5 iis « item contraria bina,"" ad eundem modum junc- ta, intervallo'' pedum quadragen^m, ab inferiore parte, con- tra vim atque impetura fluminis con versa statuebat. ^fjaec utraque insuper bipedalibus trabibus*" immissis quantum* eorum tignorum junctura distabat, binis utrimque fibiilis'' ab extrema parte, distinebantur : ^quibus^ disclusis atque in contrariam partem revinctis, tanta erat operis firmittido, atque ^ea"* rerum natura, ut, ^quo" major vis aquae se inci- tavisset,° hoc" arctiiis illigata tenerentur.^ ^^Haec directa ma- terie" injecta contexebantur, et lUonguriis'' cratibusque con- sternebantur : 12 ac nihilo secius sublicae et ad inferiorem par- tem fluminis oblique agebantur, quae,"" ^^pro pariete subjectas, et cum omni opere conjunctae, vim fluminis exciperent : *■ i* et alisB item supra pontem mediocri spatio,^ut, siarborum trunci, sive naves i^dejiciendi operis essent* a barbaris missse,his de- fensoribus"* earum rerum vis minueretur,'neu ponti" nocerent. 18. Diebus"" decem, i^quibus materia coepta erat compor- tari, omni opere effecto, exercitus transducitur. Caesar, ^"^ ad utramque partem pontis firmo praBsidio ^ relicto, in fines Si- gambrorum contendit. Interim a compluribus civitatibus ad eum legati veniunt,* quibus " pacem atque amicitiam pe- * 26, 3. i 46, (tantum.) &" a § 126, R. V. " § 132, R. XLII. k 110. r § 141^ obs. 2, 4th. c § 140, Obs. 3. > § 38, & 109, 2. " 19, {suhUca.) d § 129, R. « 124, 17, &28. t 81, 2, & 140, 2. « § 98, Obs. 10. " § 132, Obs. 6, & ^ § 112, R. V. ' § 140, 1, 2d, 22, 4, Obs. ^ § 131, r. xLI. «§111, R. «§141, Obs. 8. ^§44,1.3. * 109, 2. p § 140, 1, 1st. ^ § 123, R. 140 DE BELLO GALLICO. tentibus liberaliter respondit, obsidesque ad se adduce jubet, At Sigambri, ex eo tempore quo" pons institui ceeptus est, fuga comparata, i hortantibus iis *" quos ex Tenchtheris atque Usipetibus apud se habebant, linibus'^ suis accesserant, sua- que omnia exportaverant, seque ^in solitudinem ac silvas abdiderant. 19. Caesar, paucos dies ^ in earum finibus moratus, omni- bus vicis sedificiisque incensis,*^ frumentisque succisis,*^ se in fines Ubiorum recepit ; atque iis auxilium suum pollicitus. si ab Suevis premerentur,''' haec ab iis cognovit: Suevos, pos- teaquam per exploratores pontem fieri comperissent,** more* suo concilio habito, nuncios in omnes partes dimisisse, uti do oppidis demigrarent,'' liberos, uxores, suaque omnia jn silvas deponerent,'' atque omnes qui arma ferre possent' unum in locum convenirent : "^ ^bunc esse delectum medium"" fere re- gionum earum quas Suevi obtinerent: " hic Romanorum ad- ventum expectare atque ibi decertare constituisse." Quod '' ubi Caesar comperit, omnibus his rebus confectis, quarum re- rum causa transducere exercitum constituerat, ut Germanis metum injiceret,"" ut Sigatnbros ^ulcisceretur,'' ut Ubios ob- sidione liberaret,'' diebus*" omnino decem et octo trans Rhe- num consumtis, ^ satis et ad iaudem et ad utilitatem profec- tum" arbitratus, se in Galliam recepit, pontemque rescidit. 20. Exigua parte aestatis reliqua, Cagsar, etsi in his locis, quod omnis Gallia ad septentriones vergit, ^maturee sunt hiemes, tamen in Britanniam proficisci contendit, quod, om- nibus fere Gallicis bellis,'' hosttbus nostris "■ ^ inde subminis- trata auxilia intelligebat : et, si tempus anni ad bellum ge- rendum deficeret," tamen magno sibi* usui fore arbitrabatur, si modo insulam adisset, genus hominum perspe xisset, loca. » 90, 4. s § 140, 2. n § 140, 6. »^§ 131, R. XL. h § 140,4. » 98, 2. e 109, 1. i § 129, R. P 38, 4. 1 § 136, R. Lll. k § 140, 1, 2d. 1 § 136, Obs. 5, (in.) • § 131, R. XLI. 1 § 141, Obs. 3. ^ § 126, R. III. f 104,1. n>§ 97^ R.Exp. ^ § 114; R. LIB. IV. CAP. XXI. 141 portus, aditus cognovisset : quae omnia fere Gallis erant in- cognita. Neque enim ^ temere praster mercatores illo adit quisquam, 2 neque iis ipsis* quicquam, praeter oram inariti- mam atque eas regiones quae sunt contra Gallias, notum e$t. Itaque, evocatis ad se undique mercatoribus, neque quanta esset" insiilae magnitudo, neque quaB*^ aut quantas*" nationes incolerent," neque Squem'' usum belli haberent,^ aut qui- bus^ institutis utcrentur, neque qui essent ad majorum na- vium multitudinem idonei*^ portus, reperire poterat. 21. Ad haec cognoscenda, .priusquam periculum faceret, idoneum esse arbitratus" Caium Volusenum, cum navi longa praemittit. Hurc '' mandat, uti, exploratis omnibus rebus, ad se quamprimi!im revertatur:^ ipse cum omnibus copiis in Mo- rinos proficiscitur, quod inde erat brevissimus in Britanniam transjectus. Hue naves undique ex finitimis regionibus et, quam** superiore sestate ad Veneticum bellum fecerat, clas- sem jubet convenire,' Interim, consilio ejus cognito et per mercatores perlato ad Britannos, a compluribus ejus insulae civitatibus ad eum legati veniunt, qui polliceantur " obsides dare, atque imperio ' Popiili Romani obtemperare. Quibus™ auditis, liberaliter pollicitus, hortatusque ut •*in ea sententia permanerent,^ eos domum " remittit, et cum his una Com- mium, quem ipse,Atrebatibus superatis, regem ibi constitu- erat, cujus et virtutem et consilium probabat, et quem sibi fidelem arbitrabatur, cujusque auctoritas in iis regionibus magni ° habebatur, mittit. Huic imperat, quas possit adeat"* civitates, ^horteturque^ ut Popiili Romani ^fidem sequantur;* seque celeriter eo venturum nunciet.^ Volusenus, perspectis regionibus, '^ quantum ei facultatis dari potuit, ^qui navi egre- di ac se barbaris committere non auderet,"* quinto die ad Cse- sarem revertitur; quseque ibi perspexisset renunciat. ' § 126, R. XXXIII. ' 63, & § 123, R. • § 112, R. V. »> § 140, 5. s § 140, 1, 3d. »» 38, & 109, 2. « 48,&§34,Obs. 1. h 43. "§130,4. d § 103, Obs. 2. 5 90, 4. ° § 126, R. II. • 106, 1. k § 141, Obs. 2, 4th. p § 141, R. III. 142 DE BELLO GALLICO. 22. Dum in his locis Cassar navium parandaruni'^causa moratur, ex magna parte Morinorum ad eum legati vefterunt, qui '^ se 1 de superioris temporis consilio excusarent,'' qu6d homines barbari, et nostrae consuetudinis *^ imperiti, bellum Populo Romano fecissent/ seqne ea, quae imperasset,^ fac- turos poUicerentur.'' Hoc sibi'' satis opportune Csesar acci- disse arbitratus, quod neque post tergum hostem relinquere volebat, neque belli gerendi,* propter anni tempus, facultatem habebat, neque 2has tantularum rerum occupationes^ sibi*" Britannise' anteponendas judicabat, magnum his'' obsidum numerum imperat. Quibus adductis, eos in fidem recepit. 3 Navibus circiter octoginta onerariis coactis contractisque, quot' satis esse ad duas transportandas legiones existimabat, quicquid praeterea navium "" longarum habebat, quaestori, le- gatis, praefectisque distribuit. Hue accedebant octodecim onerariae naves, quaB ex eo loco ab " millibus passuum octo vento tenebantur, quo minus in eundem portum pervenire possent." Has equitibus distribuit; reliquum exercitum Quinto Titurio Sabino et Lucio Aurunculeio Cottae, lega-tis, in Menapios atque in eos pagos Morinorum, ab quibus ad eum legati non venerant, deducendum p dedit. Publium Sulpitium Rufum, legatum, cum eo praesidio quod satis esse arbitrabatur, portum tenere jussit. 23. His constitutis rebus, nactus idoneam ad navigandum'' tempestatem, ^ tertia fere vigilia ^solvit, equitesque in ulter- iorem portum progredi,'' 6 et naves conscendere,"^ et se sequi ' jussit: a quibus* cCim id paulo tardiiis esset administratum, ipse ■'bora diei circiter quarta cum primis navibus Britanni- am attigit, atque ibi in omnibus collibus ^expositas hostiuin » 112, 5. h § 126, Obs. 3. n § 132, Obs. 5. b § 141, Obs. 2, 4. i § 126, R. III. § 140, 1. c § 107, R. IX. k§ 123, R. &5, 1. P 107, 1. d § 141, Obs. 7. » 46, 2. q 112,3. •§141, Obs. 3. «§ 106, R. VIII. & r 90, 1. t § 112, R. IV. Obs. 10. • 38. 8 § 145, R. LIB IV. CAP. XXV. ]43 copias armatas conspexit. Cujus loci haec erat nattira : i adeo montibus angustis mare continebatur, uti ex locis superiori- bus in littus telum adjici* posset. Hunc ^ad egrediendum nequaquam idoneum arbitratus locum, dum reliquae naves eo convenirent,'' 3 ad horam nonam in anchoris expectavit. Interim legatis^ tribunisque militum convocatis, et quae ex Voluseno cognosset,'^ et quae fieri vellet,*^ ostendit, * monuit- que (ut rei militaris ratio, maxime ut maritimae res postula- rent,^ ut quae celerem atque instabilem motum haberent), ad nutum et ad tempus omnes res ab iis administrarentur.^ His " dimissis, et ventum et aestum uno tempore nactus se- cundum, dato signo,"" et sublatis anchoris,'' circiter millia passuum septem ab eo loco progressus, aperto ac piano littore^ naves constituit. 24. At barbari, consilio " Romandrum cogniio, praemisso ^ equitatu, ^et essedariis, quo plerumque genere ' in prosliis uti consuerunt, reliquis copiis subsecuti, nostros navibus" egredi fiprohibebant. Erat ob has causas summa difficultas, quod naves, propter magnitudinem, nisi in alto, constitui "" non pot- erant; ''militibus' autem, ignotis locis,*' impeditis manibus,* magno et gravi armorum onere oppressis, simul et de navibus desiliendum,' et in fluctibus consistendum,' et cum hostibus erat pugnandumi^ cum illi aut ex arido, aut paululum in aquam progressi, ^ omnibus membris"" expediti, notissimis locis,^ audacter tela conjicerent," et equos ^insuefactos inci- tarent." Quibus rebus nostri perterriti, atque hujus omnino generis" pugnaB imperiti, non eadem alacritate' ac studio, quo' in pedestribus uti prgeliis consueverant, utebantur. 25. Quod ubi Caesar animum advertit, naves longas, ^Oquarum et species erat barbaris ^ inusitatior, et motus ad usum expeditior, paulum removeri ab onerariis navTbus, et a 87, 1. f § 140, 1, 3d. » § 147, & 113,2. " § 140, 4. K§ 136, Obs. 5, (in.) ">§ 128, R. «= 109, 2. h § 98,Obs.4.&109.2. n § 140, Obs. 4. d § 140, 5. i § 121, R. XXVI. § 108, R. IX •^ § 141, Obs. 7. k § 136, R. LII. P§111, R. 144 DE BELLO GALLICO. ^remis incitari,* et ad latus apertum hostium constitui,' at- que inde fundis, sagittis, 2 tormentis, hostes propelli "" ac sub- mo^'eri jussit : 3 quae res magno usui ^ nostris fuit. Nam, et navium figtira, et remorum motu, et inusitato genere tormen- torum permoti, barbari constiterunt, ^ ac paulum modo pe- dem retulerunt. Atque, nostris militibus*^ cunctantibus, maxime propter altitudinem maris, Squi'* decima? legionis aquilam ferebat, contestatus^ Deos, ut ^e^^res legioni '^ feli- citer eveniret : " Desilite," inquit, " commilitones, nisi vultis aquilam hostibus prodere : ego certe meum reipublicas atque imperatori officium prsestitero." Hoc cum "^ magna voce dixisset, ^ex navi se projecit, atque in hostes aquilam ferre coepit. Tum nostri, cohortati inter se,« ne ^ tantum dedecus admitteretur, universi ex navi desiluerunt : hos item ex prox- imis navibus ci\m conspexissent, subsecuti hoslibus ' appro- pinquarunl. 26. Pugnatum est ab utrisque acriter ; nostri tamen, quod neque ordines servare,'' neque firmiter insistere," ne- que signa subsequi'' poterant, atque alius alia' ex navi, qui- buscumque "' signis occurrerat, se aggregabat, magno opore perturbabantur. Hostes vero, notis omnibus vadis, ubi ex lit- tore aliquos ^ singulares ex navi egredientes conspexerant, incitatis equis impedltos adoriebantur : plures paucos " cir- cumsistebant : alii ab latere aperto in universos tela conji- ciebant. ^oQuod" ci!im animum advertisset Csesar, i^sca- phas longarum navium, item ^^speculatoria navigia militibus compleri* jussit, et, quos p laborantes conspexerat, iis sub- sidia submittebat. Nostri, simul^ in arido constiterunt, suis omnibus consecutis, in hostes impetum fecerunt, atque eos in fugam dederunt, neque longii!is prosequi ^ potuerunt, quod ^ 90, 4. « § 28, Obs. 5. «' 37, 7, Note. 2, & »'§114, R. » § 140, 1, 3d, &121. §99, Obs. 7. 9 109, 1. « § 112, R. IV. » § 136, R. LII. * 37,3. " 87,7. o§38.7. • 105,2. » § 98, Obs. 11. & p 43. ?§112, R. XVII. 25,1. q 124,18,(Sup.oc.) LIB. IV. CAP. XXVIII. 145 eqmtes ^ cursum tenere atque insiilam capere non potuerant* Hoc ununi ad pristinam fortunam Caesari defuit. 27. Hostes proelio superati, simul'' atque se ex fugd rece- perunt, statim ad Cassarem legates de pace miserunt : ob- sides daturos, quseque imperasset'' sese facturos, polliclti sunt. Una cum his legatis Commius Atrebas venit, quern *= 2 supra demonstraveram a Caesare inBritanniam prsemissum.* Hunc illi e navi egressum, cum ad eos 3 oratoris modo im- peratoris mandata perferret, comprehenderant, atque in vin- ciila conjecerant : turn, proBlio facto, remiserunt et in peten- da^ pace ejus rei ^culpam in multitudinem contulerunt, et propter imprudentiam ut ignosceretur, petiverunt. Caesar questus, quod, cum ultro-^in continentem legatis missis pa- cem ab se petissent/ bellum sine causa intulissent,* ignos- cere 6 imprudentisB " dixit, obsidesque imperavit: quorum illi partem statim dederunt, partem, ex longinquioribus locis ■^ arcessitam,'^ paucis diebus ' sese daturos dixerunt. Interea suos remigrare in agros jusserunt, principesque undique convenire, et se civitatesque suas Caesari commendare coe- perunt. 28. His rebus pace confirmata, « post diem quartum, quam est in Britanniam ventum,'' naves octodecim, de quibus® su- pra demonstratum est, quae equites sustulerant, ex superiore portu leni vento solverunt. loQuas' cum appropinquarent Britanniae, et ex castris viderentur, tanta tempestas subit6 coorta est, ut nulla earum *" cursum tenere posset," sed aliae eodem, unde erant profectae, r6ferrentur ; aliae ad inferiorem partem insiilse, '' quce est propius solis occasum,** magno sui cum periciilo dejicerentur : 12 quae p tamen, anchoris jactis ciim fluctibus complerentur,^ ^3 necessari6 adversa nocte in altum provectae, continentem petierunt. » 124, 18. ' § 140, Obs. 4. • 39, 6, or 1. ^ 80, 1. g § 141, Obs. 7. ""§ 107, R. X. c§ 145,R. &91,4. h § 112, R. V. n§ 140, 1,1st. "1 98,2. i§131,R. XLI. «'§ 136,Obs.5, (ai.) « § 147, R. LXII. k 67, 5, Note. p § 38. 13 146 DE BELLO GALLICO. 29. Eadem nocte accidit, ut essef' luna plena, ^qui^ dies maritimos sestus maximos in Ocea.no efficere consuevit ; 2nostrisque *" id erat incognitum. Ita uno tempore et longas naves, quibus*^ Caesar exercitum transportandum curaverat, quasque in aridum ^ subduxerat, sGstus complebat ; et onera- rias, 3quae ad anchoras erant deligatae, tempestas ^afflictabat; neque ulla nostris*" facultas aut administrandi, aut auxiliandi, dabatur. Compluribus navibas^ fractis, reliquse cum essent, funibus,^ anchoris, reliquisque armanientis amissis, ad navi- gandum in utiles, magna, id quGd"" necesse erat accidere, totius exercitiis perturbatio facta est : neque enim naves erant alise, quibus reportari possent;' et omnia deerant, quae ad reficiendas eas usui"" sunt, et, ^ qu^d omnibus*' constabat hiemari in Gallic oportere, frumentum ^ his in locis in hie- mem provisum non erat. 30. Quibus™ rebus^ cognitis, principes Britannias, qui post proelium factum ad ea, quae jusserat Caesar, facienda con- venerant, inter se collocuti, cum equites" et naves et fru- mentum Romanis°deesseintelligerent, et paucitatem militum ex castrorum exiguitate cognoscerent, quae hoc erant etiam angustiora, quod sine impedimentis Caesar legiones trans- portaverat, optimum factu ** esse duxerunt, rebellione ^ facta, frumento"* commeatiique nostros prohibere, et "^rem in hiemem producere, quod, iis superatis, aut reditu'' interclusis, nemi- nem postea belli inferendi causa in Britanniam transiturum confidebant. Ttaque, rursus conjuratione ^ facta, paulatim ex castris discedere, ac suos clam ex agris deducere coeperunt. 31. 'At Caesar, etsi nondum eorum consilia cognoverat, tamen et ^ex eventu navium suarum, ^et ex eo, quod obsides dare intermiserant, fore "" id," quod accidit, suspicabatur. * § 140, 1, 4th. f § 126, R. III. "■ 38, 3. " § 99, Exc. 1, & « 109, 2. " § 145, R. 37, 4. " 37, 9, Note. 3. ° § 112, R. I. e§ 111, R. ' § 141, Obs. 1. r 114,2. d§129, R. k§ii4, Obs. 4. q § 136,Obs. 5, (a6.) j • 19, ilocum.) i§113, R. &19. ^ 100,12. LIB. IV. CAP. XXXIII. J147 Itaque i ad omnes casus subsidia comparabat : nam et fru- rnentum ex agris quotidie in castra conferebat,* et, quae ''gra- vissime afflictae erant naves, earum'^ materia atque aere ad reliquas refieiendas utebatur, et, quae ad eas res erant usui,*^ ex continenti comportari jubebat. Itaque, cum id summo studio a militibus administraretur, duodecim navibus amissis, 2reliquis^ ut navigari commode posset, effecit. 32. 3Dum ea geruntur, legione ex consuetudine una fru- mentum ^ missa, quae appellabatur septima, neque ulla ad id teinpus belli suspiciOne interposita, cilim pars hominum in agris reman eret, pars etiam in castra ventitaret, ii, qui pro porlis castrorum ^ in statione erant, Caesari renunciarunt, pulverem ^ majorem, ^quam consuetudo ferret,"" in ea parte videri, quam' in partem l^gio iter fecisset. Caesar id, quod erat, suspicatus, aliquid^ novi a barbaris initum " consilii, co- hortes, quae ^in stationibus erant, secum in earn partem pro- ficisci,' duas ex reliquis '''in stationem succedere,' reliquas armari' et confestim sese subsequi ' jussit. Cum paul6 longiils a castris processisset, suos^ ab hostibus premi,"" atque' aegre sustinere, ^et, conferta legione, ex omnibus partibus tela*^ conjici,'" animum advertit. Nam ^quod, omni ex reliquis partibus demesso frumento, pars una erat reliqua, suspicati hostes, hue nostros esse ventures, noctu in silvis delituerant: tum disperses, deposTtis armis, in metendo " occupatos, subi- to adorti, paucis interfectis, reliquos ^oincertis ordinibus perturbaverant: simul equitatu* atque essedis* circumde- derant. 83. 11 Genus hoc est ex essedis pugn^ : primo per omnes partes perequitant, et tela conjiciunt, atque 12 ipso" terrore^ equorum, et strepitu rotarum, ordines plerumque perturbant; » § 44, II. 2. - § 129, R, ^ 98, 2. b 37, 6, Note. 1. &, f § 148, R. LXIII. 1 90, 4. 43. g § 145, R. m 96, 6. e 19, (navium.) ^ § 141, Obs. 7. « § 147, Obs. 5. «>§ 114, Obs. 4. i 37,6, Note. 1. " 32, 5. 148 DE BELLO GALLICO. et cum se inter equitum turmas linsinuaverint," ex essedis desiliunt, et pedibus proeliantur. sAurigae interim paulatim ex proBlio excedunt, ^ atque ita curru ^ se collocant, ut, si illi a multitudme hostium premantur,*" expeditum ad suos recep- tum habeant.*^ ^Ita mobilitatem equitum, stabilitatem pedi- tum, in proeliis praestant: ^ac tantum usu quotidiano et ex- ercitatione efficiunt, uti, in declivi ac praecipiti loco, ^ inci- tatos equos sustinere, ''et brevi^ moderari ac flectere, et per temonem percuriere, et in jugo insistere, et inde se in cur- Tus citissime recipere consuerint.^ 34. Quibus ^ rebus,^ perturbatis nostris novitate pugnaB, tempore*' opportunissimo Caesar auxilium tulit: namque ejus adventu* hostes constiterunt, nostri se ex timore receperunt. Quo '^ facto, ad lacessendum et ad committendum proelium alienum esse tempus arbitratus,' suo se loco ^ continuit, et, brevi tempore intermisso, in castra legiOnes reduxit. Dum hsBC geruntur, nostris omnibus occupatis, qui erant in agris, reliqui discesserunt. Secutae sunt ^ continuos complures dies'" tempestates, quae" et nostros in castris continerent," et hostem a pugnd prohiberent." Interim barbari nuncios in omnes partes dimiserunt, paucitatemque nostrorum mili- tum ^suis praedicaverunt, et, i^quanta praedae faciendas," atque in perpetuum sui liberandi," facultas daretur,P si Romanos castris'' expulissent, demoristraverunt. His rebus celeriter magna multitudme peditatus equitatGsque coacta, ad castra Tenerunt. 35,, Caesar, etsi idem,' quod superioribus diebus'' accide- rat, fore videbat, ut, si essent hostes puisi, celeritate peri- ciilum effugerent ; ^ tamen nactus equites circiter triginta, * § 140, Obs. 3. 8 § 136, Obs. 5 (in.) " § 141, Obs. 3. *•§ 136,Obs.5, (cMm.)M 131,R. XL. o 312,5. •= § 140, 2. i § 129, R. P § 140, 5. «» § 140, 1, 1st. k 38, 5. q § 136, R. LII. • 19, (tempore.) » 106, 1. r § 145, r. & 19. ' 38. -§131,R. XLI. »§ 145, Obs. 6. LIB. IV. CAP. XXXVII. 149 quosComniius Atrebas.de quo lante dictum est,'' secumtrans- portaverat, legiones in acie pro castris constituit. Commis- so proelio, diutius nostrorum militum impetum hostes ferre non pbtuerunt, ac terga verterunt. Quos ** tanto spatio*^ se- cuti, quantum'^ cursu^ et viribus efficere potuerunt, complu- res ex iis occiderunt ; deinde, ^omnibus'' longe lateque afflictis incensisque, se in castra receperunt. 36. Eodem die legati, ab hostibus missi ad Caesarem de pace, venerunt. His^ Caesar numerum obsidum, quem an- tea imperaverat, duplicavit, eosque in continentem adduci'' jussit, quod, pvopiiiqua ^ die * sequinoctii, infirmis navibus,* ^hierni ^ navigationem subjiciendam' non existimabat. Ipse, idoneam lempestatem nactus, paulo post mediam noctem naves solvit, quae omnes incoluines ad continentem pervene- Tunt ; sed ex his oneraiise duae ^ eosdem, quos reliquae,'" por- tus capere non potuerunt, et paulo infra delatas sunt. 37. 6Quibus^ ex navibus cum essent expositi milites cir- citer trecenti, atque in castra contenderent, Morini, quos Caesar, in Britanniam proficiscens, pacatos reliquerat, spe * praedas adducti, prime ''non ita magno suorum numero cir- cumsteterunt, ac, ^si sese interfici nollent," arma ponere jusserunt. Cum illi, ^ orbe facto, sese defenderent, celeriter ad clamorem hominum circiter millia sex con venerunt. Qua'' re nunciata, Caesar omnem ex castris equitatum suis" auxilio" misit. Interim nostri milites impetum hostium sus- tinuerunt, atque ampliiis horis^ quatuor fortissimo pugna- verunt, et, paiicis vulneribus acceptis, complures ex iis occi- derunt. Postea vero quam equitatus noster in conspectura venit, hostes abjectis armis lo terga verterunt, magnusque e5rum numerus est occisus. . « 67, Note, (a ?io6is.) s§ 123, R. «§ 101, Obs. 4, (ce- ^§38. h 90,4. perunt.) c § 132, R. XLII. i § 110, 1 n § 140, 2. ^ 44, 3. k § 126, R. III. o § 114, R. « § 129, R. » 108, 4. p § 120, B. ^ 19, (negotiis.) 150 »E BELLO GALLICO, 38. Caesar postero die Titum Labienum legatum, cum iis legionibus, quas ex Britannia reduxerat, in Morinos, qui re- bellionem fecerant, misit. Qui,'* cwm propter siccilates pa- llidum, quo se reciperent,'' non haberent*" (quo perfugio** superiore anno fuerant usi), omnes fere in potestatem Labi- eni venerunt. At Quintus Titurius et Lucius Cotta, legati, qui in Menapiorum fines legiones duxerant, omnibus eorum agris vastatis, frumentis succisis, sedificiis incensis, quod Menapii se omnes ^ in densissimas silvas abdiderant, se ad Caesarem receperunt. Caesar in Belgis omnium legionum hiberna constituit. Eo duae omnino civitates ex Britannia obsides miserunt ; reliquae neglexerunt. His rebus gestis, ex literis Caesaris dierum * viginti supplieatio a Senatu de- creta est. * 39, 5. <= § 140, Obs. 4. • § io6, R. VII. »> § 140, 5. § 121, R. XXVI. BOOK V. GENERAL ARGUMENT. I. Csesar^s second expedition into Britain — Chap 1-23. II. War with Ambiorix — Chap. 24-54 III. Insurrection among the Tre- viri repressed — Chap. 55-58. 1. 1 Lucio DoMiTio, Appio Claudio, consulibus, discedens ab hibernis Caesar in Italiam, ut quotannis facere consuerat, legatis imperat, quos legiombus prsefecerat, uti, Squampluri- mas'' possent, hieme ** naves asdificandaa'' veteresque refici- endas"" curarent. Earum modum formamque demonstrat. 8 Ad celeritatem onerandi subd uctionesque paulo facit humil- iores, quam quibus ** in 4 nostromari uti consuevimus ; atque id eo^ magis, quod propter crebras commutationes sestuum minus magnos ibi fluctus fieri cognoverat ; ad onera et ad multitudinem jumentorum transportandam paulo latiOres, quam quibus^ in reliquis utimur maribus. Has omnes ^actuarias imperat fieri, quam ad rem multum humilitas ^adjiivat. Ea, qua sunt usui 'ad armandas naves, ex His- pania apportari jubet. Ipse, conventibus Gallise citerioris peractis, in Illyricum proficiscilur, quod a Pirustis finitimara partem Provinciae incursiombus vastari audiebat. E6 ci^m venisset, civjtatibus ' milites imperat, certumque in locum convenire jubet. Qua^ re nunciata, Pirustae legates ad eum mittunt, qui '' doceant, nihil earum rerum publico factum consilio, seseque paratos esse demonstrant, ^ omnibus rati- onibus* de injuriis satisfacere. Accepta oratione eorum, CaBsar obsides imperat, eosque ad certam diem adduci ju- bet: nisi ita fecerint, sese bello civitatem persecuturum de- • § 134, Obs. 6, 3d. ^ 37. s 38, 5. «> § 131, R. XLI. e § 132, Obs. 6. »• § 141, Obs. 2, 4tb. c 108, 4. ' § 123, R. & 5. 1. ! § 129, R. lo2 DE BELLO GALLICO. iDonstrat. His ad diem adductis, ut imperaverat, arbitros inter civitates dat, i qui litem asstiment^ poenamque constituant.* 2. His confectis rebus Sconventibusque peractis, in cite- riorem Galliam revertitur, atque inde ad exercitum proficis- citur. E6 cum venisset, circuitis omnibus hibernis, singu- lari militum studio, in summa omnium rerum inopia, circi- ter sexcentas ejus generis, cujus'' supra demonstravimus, naves et longas viginti octo invenit 3 instructas, ^neque mul- t.'m abesse ab eo, quin paucis diebus deduci possent.*' Col- laudatis militibus*^ atque iis*^ qui negotioprsefuerant, quid fie- ri velit, ostendit, atque omnes ad portum Itium convenire ju- bet, quo ex porta commodissTmum in Britanniam ^transmis- sum'' esse cognoverat, circiter millium passu u m '^ triginta a continenti. Huic rei quod satis esse visum est militum,*^ reliquit: ipse cum legiombus ^expedltis quatuor et equiti- bus octingentis in fines Trevirorum proficiscltur, quod hi neque ad concilia veniebant, neque imperio "^ parebant, Ger- manosque transrhenanos solicitare dicebantur. 3. Hsec civitas longrj plurimiim totius Galliae equitatu valet, magnasque habet copias peditum, Khenumque, ut su- pra demonstravimus, tangit. In ea civitSte duo' de princT- patu inter se contendebant, Indutiomarus et Cingetorix: ex quibus "^ alter, simul atque "^ de Cassaris legionumque adventu cognitum est, ad eum venit : se suosque omnes in officio fu- turos, neque ab amicitia Populi Romani defecturos confir- mavit; quagque in Treviris gererentur,' ostendit. At Indu- tiomarus equitatum peditatumque cogere,"* iisque,"* qui per setatem in armis esse non poterant, in ^silvam Arduennam abditis, qusB ingenti magnitudine per medios fines Treviro- rum a flumine Fheno ad initium Eemorum pertmet, bellum parare"' instituit. Sed postea quam nonnuUi principes ex »§ 141, Obs. 2, 4th. «§145, R. i 19,1. b § 99, Exc. 2. f § 106, R. VII. k 124, 18. •^ § 140, 3. g § lOe.R.VIII.Obs.lO.' § 140, 5. «> 109,2. h 112, R.V. '"§ 144, R. LVII. LIB. V. CAP. V. 1»53 ea civitate, et familiaritate Cingetorigis adducti et adventu nostri exercitus perterriti, ad Cajsarem venerunt, et de suis privatim rebus ab eopetere cceperunt, ^quoniam civitati con- sulere non possent : '"^ Indutiomarus, veritus '' ne'' ab omni- bus desereretur, legates ad Caesarem mittit j"* sese idcirco ab suis discedere atque ad eum venire noluisse, quo facilius civitatem in officio contineret, ne omnis nobilitatis discessu plebs propter imprudentiam ^laberetur. Itaque esse civita- tem in sua potestate, seque, si Caesar permitteret, ad eum in castra venturum, et suas civitatisque fortunas ejus fidei 3 perniissurum. 4. CsBsar, etsi intelligebat, qua de causd ea dicerentur,® quaeque eum res ab instituto consilio deterreret,*" tamen, ne aestatem in Treviris consumere cogeretur/ omnibus ad Bri- tannicum bellum rebus comparatis, Indutiomarum adsecum ducentis obsidibus venire^ jussit. His adductis, in iis fiiio propinquisque ejus omnibus, quos nominatim evocaverat, consolatus ^ Indutiomarum hortatusque est, uti in officio per- maneret : nihilo tamen secius, principibus Trevirorum ad se convocatis, hos singillatim Cingetorigi conciliavit : quod cum' merito ejus ab se fieri intelligebat, turn' magni'' in- teresse arbitrabatur, ejus auctoritatem inter suos quamplu- rimiim valere, cujus tarn egregiam in se voluntatem perspex- isset.' Id factum graviter tulit Indutiomarus, ^suam gra- tiam inter suos minui; et, qui"" jam ante inimico in nos animo fuisset, ^multo gravius hoc dolore exarsit. 5. His rebus constittitis, Caesar ad portum Itium cum le- gionibus pervenit. Ibi cognoscit, quadraginta naves, quae in Meldis factae erant, terapestate rejectas. ^cursum tenere non potuisse, atque eodem, unde erant profectaj, levertisse: reliquas paratas ad uavigandum atque omnibus rebus in- » § 140, Obs. 2. •^ § 140, 5. i 124,8. b 106,1. f § 140, 1,2a. k § 113, Exc. I. «§ 140, Obs. 6, 8c 121. ? 90, 4. 1 § 141, Obs. 7. •« 94,4,&§ 115, R. '■^ n.>, 1. »"§ 141, R. III. 154 DE BELLO GALLICO, structas invenit. Eodem totius Gallise equitatus convenit, numero'' millium quatuor, principesque omnibus ex civitatT- bus : ex quibus perpaucos, quorum in se fidem perspexeral, relinquere in Gallia, reliquos obsidum loco" secnm ducere, decreverat; quod, cum ipse abesset, motum Galliae verebatur. 6. Erat una cum ceteris Dumnorix ^duus, de quo ab no- bis lantea dictum est. Hunc secum habere in primis con- stituerat, quod eum ^cupidum rerum " novarum, cupidum imperii, magni animi,*^ magnas inter Gallos auctoritatis,*" cog- noverat. Accedebat hue, quod jam in concilio ^duorum Dumnorix dixerat, sibi'' a Cassare regnum civitatis deferri: quod ^ dictum jEdui graviter ferebant, neque recusandi aut deprecandi causd legatos ad Caesarem mittere audebant. 3 Id factum ex suis hospitibus Caesar cognoverat. Ille om- nibus primo precibus *petere contendit, ut in Gallia relin- queretur; partim, quod insuetus navigandi" mare timeret/ partim, quod religionibus sese diceret impediri. Postea- quam id obstinate sibi** negari vidit, omni spe impetrandi ademta, principes Galliae solicitare, sevocare singiilos hor- tarique coepit, uti in continenti remanerent;^ metu territare ^non sine causa fieri, ut Gallia, omni nobilitate " spoliaretur; id esse consilium Ceesaris, ut, quos in conspectu Galliae in- terficere vereretur, hos onines in Britanniam transductos necaret-/ ^fijem reliquis interponere, jusjurandum poscere, ut, 7 quod' esse ex usu Galliae intellexissent, communi con- silio administrarent. Haec a corapluribus ad Caesarem de- ferebantur. 7. Qua*" re cognita, Caesar, Squod tantum civitati jEduvT dignitatis "" tribuerat, coercendum ' atque deterrendum,' qui- buscumque rebus posset, Dumnorigem statuebat; quod ^ lon- gius ejus amenliam progredi videbat, lo prospiciendum,"" » § 136, Obs. 5, ( 37,2. " § 107, R. IX. f § 141, Obs. 7. k § 106, R. VIII c§106,R. VII. g§140, 1, 3d. ' 108,4. «» § 126, R. III. h§i26, R. V. «" 113,5. LIB. V. CAP. VIII. 155 'ne quid* sibi'' ac rei publicas nocere posset. Itaque dies'" circiter viginti quinque in eo loco commoratus, quod 2 Corus Veritas uavigationem impediebat, qui magnam partem'-' om- nis temporis in his locis flare consuevit, dabat operam, ut. in officio Dumnorigem contineret,*^ nihilo tamen secius omnia ejus consilia 3 cognosceret : "^ tandem, idoneam nactus tem- pestatem, milites equitesque conscendere naves jubet. At, ^omnium impeditis animis, Dumnorix cum equitibus ^du- orum a castris, insciente Caesare, domum^ discedere coepit. Qua re nunciata, Caesar, intermissa profectione atque omni- bus rebus postpositis, magnam partem equrtatus ad eum in- sequendum mittit, retrahique ^ imperat : si vim faciat neque^ pareat, interfici'^ jubet: nihil ^hunc" se absente pro sano facturum arbitratus, qui praesentis imperium neglexisset.' fillle enim revocatus resistere ac se manu defendere suo- rumque fidem implorare ccepit, Scepe clamitans, " liberum se liberasque civitatis " esse." Illi, ut erat imperatum, circum- sistunt atque hominem interficiunt ; at jEdui equites ad Cae- sarem omnes revertuntur. 8. His rebus gestis, Labieno in continente cum tribus le- gionibus et equitum millibus duobus relicto, ut portus tuere- tur'^ et rem frumentariam provideret,'^ quaeque in Gallia gererentur' cognosceret,** ''' consiliumque pro tempore et pro re caperet,*^ ipse cum quinque legiombus et ^pari numero equitum quem in continenti relinquebat, solis occasu"" na- ves solvit, et, leni Africo provectus, media circiter nocte "" vento intermisso, cursum non tenuit, et, ^longiiis delatus asstu, orta luce, sub sinistra Britanniam relictam conspexit. Turn mrsus, aestus commutationem ^Osecutus, remis contendit, ut eam partem insulae caperet,^ qua optimum esse egressum superiore aestate cognoverat. Qui in re admodum fuit *§116, Obs. 3. •'§130,4. i§]41, R. III. i'§ll2, R. V. ' 90,4. k § 108, R. XII. c§131,R. XLI. B § 93, 1, (and no*.) '§140,5. § 112, R. XVII. ' LIB. V. CAP. XI. 157 10. Postridie ejus diei* mane ^tripartito milites equitesque in expeditionem misit, ut eos, qui fugerant, persequerentur. His aliquantum itineris'' progressis, cum jam extremi'' essent in prospectu, equites a Quinto Atrio ad Caesarem venerunt, qui*^ nunciarent, ^superiore nocte, maxima coorta tempestate, prope omnes naves ^afflictas* atque in littore ejectas esse ;* qu6d neque anchorse funesque "* subsisterent/ neque nautae gubernatoresque vim pati tempestatis possent : ^ itaque ^ex eo concursu navium magnum esse ^incommodum acceptum.* 11. His rebus cognitis, Caesar legiones equitatumque re- vocari atque itinere desistere jubet: ipse ad naves reverti- tur: eadem fere, quae ex nuntiis literisque cognoverat, "^co- ram perspicit, sic ut, amissis circiter quadraginta navibus, reliqusB tamen refici posse magno negotio viderentur.^ Ita- que ex legionibus fabros delegit, et ex continenti alios ar- cessiri jubet ; Labieno*" scribit, ut, quam plurimas posset, iis legionibus' quae sint " apud eum, naves instituat. Ipse, etsi 8res erat multae operae' ac laboris, tamen commodissimum esse statuit, omnes naves ^ subduci "" et cum castris una mu- nitione conjungi. In his rebus circiter dies decem consti- mit, ne nocturnis " quidem temporibus ad laborem militum intermissis. Subductis navibus castrisque egregie munitis, ^. easdem copias, quas ante, praesidio navibus reliquit: ipse eodem, unde redierat, proficiscitur. E6 cum venisset, ma- jores jam undique in eum locum copiae Britannorum conve- nerant, lo summa imperii bellique administrandi commtini consilio permissa Cassivellauno," cujus fines a maritimis civitatibus flumen dividit, quod appellatur Tamesis, a mari circiter millia passuum octoginta. Huic^ ii superiore tem- pore cum reliquis civitatibus continentia bella intercesse- • § 135, R. XL VI. t § 141^ obs. 7. i § 106, R. VII. »>§ 106, R. VIII. s § 140, 1, 1st. "» 94,3. « Sup. fugientium. ^ § 123, R. » 121, Note. 2. d § 141, Obs. 2, 4th. i § 136, Obs. 5, (ex.) <> § 126, R. III. • 9S, 2. k § 141, Obs. 8. p § 112, R, IV. 14 158 / DE BELLO GALLICO. rant: sed nostro adventu permoti Britanni hunc toti bello*^ imperioque praefecerant. 12. Britanniae pars interior ab iis incolitur, ^quos'' natos in insula ipsa,memoria proditum dicunt : maritima pars ab iis, qui praedae ac belli inferendi causa ex Belgis transie- rant ; qui omnes fere iis nominibus civitatum appellantur, quibus*" orti ex civitatibus eo pervenerunt, et ^bello illato ibi remanserunt atque agros colere cosperunt. Hominum est infinita multitudo, ^creberrimaque aedificia, ^ fere Galli- cis"^ consimilia: pecorum magnus numerus. Utuntur aut aere,^ aut ^taleis ferreis, ad certum pondus examinatis, pro nummo. Nascitur ibi ^ plumbum album in mediterraneis regionibus, in maritimis ferrum ; sed ejus exigua est '''copia: aere ^ utuntur importato. ^Materia cujusque generis, ut in Gallia, est, praeter fagum atque abietem. Leporem et gal- linam et anserem gustare, fas non putant ; haec tamen alunt ^animi voluptatisque causa. ^^Loca sunt temperatiora, quam in Gallia, i^remissioribus frigoribus.^ 13. Insiila nattira '^triquetra, cujus unum latus est contra Galliam. Hujus lateris alter angiilus, qui est ^^adCantium, quo fere omnes ex Gallia naves appelluntur, ad orientem solem ; inferior ad meridiem spectat. Hoc latus tenet cir- citer millia passuum quingenta. Alterum vergit i-* ad Hispa- niam atque occidentem solem, qua ex parte est Hibernia, i*dimidio ^ minor, ut aestimatur, quam Britannia ; ' ^^ ged pari spatio ^ transmissus, atque ' ex Gallia, est in Britanniam. In hoc medio cursu est insiila, quae appellatur i^Mona ; com- plures praeterea minores objectae insulae existimantur ; de quibus*" insiilis nonnulli scripserunt, ^^(iies"* continues tri- ginta sub bruma, esse noctem,'' Nos nihil de eo perconta- tionibus reperiebamus, is nisi certis ex aqua mensuris brevio- » § 123, R. « § 121, R. XXVI. i § 120, Obs. 2, 2d. b § 145, R. & 91, 4. ' 110. k § 132, R. XLII. c 37, 6, Note. 1. s 19, (latus.) i § 149, Obs. 6. «i§lll. R. &19. h § 132, R. XLIII. «•§ 131,R. XLI LIB. V. CAP. XV. 159 res esse, quam in continente, noctes videbamus. Hujus est longitudo lateris, ut fert illorum opinio, i septingentorum millium.* Tertium est 2 contra septentriones, cui parti" nulla est objecta terra; sed ejus angulus lateris maxTme ad Germaniam spectat : huic*= millia'^ passuum 3 octingenta in longitudinem esse existimatur.^ Ita omnis insiila est in circuitu vicies centum millium passuum. 14. Ex his omnibus longe sunt ^humanissimi, qui Can- tium incolunt, quae regio est maritima omnis; neque multum a Gallica differunt consuetudine. Interiores plerlque fru- menta non serunt, sed lacte*^ et carne vivunt, pellibusque^ sunt vestiti. Omnes vero ^se Britanni vitro inficiunt, quod coeruleum efficit colorem, atque hoc horridiore sunt in pug- na aspectu:" ^ capilloque' sunt promisso atque omni parte corporis rasa, praeter caput et labrum superius. Uxores habent ^deni duodenique inter se communes, et maxim^ fratres cum fratribus parentesque cum liberis ; sed, si qui sunt ex his nati, eorum habentur liberi, ^ quo ^ primum vir- go quaeque deducta est. 15. Equites hostium essedariique acriter proelio cum equi- tatu nostro in itinere conflixerunt, 9 tamen ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint, atque eos in silvas collesque compulerint : sed compluribus interfectis, cupidiiis'insecuti, nonnullos ex suis amiserunt. At illi, intermisso spatio, im- prudentibus nostris atque occupatis in munitione castrorum, subito se ex silvis ejecerunt, impetuque in eos facto, qui erant in statione pro castris collocati, acriter pugnaverunt : duabusque i^submissis cohortibus a Caesare, atque his pri- mis legionum " duarum, ctim has, perexiguo intermisso loci spatio inter se, ^^ constitissent, novo genere pugnse perterritis nostris, per medios audacissime perruperunt, seque inde in- »§ 132, Obs. 3. e 51. i § 136, Obs.5,(cw»i) " § 126, R. III. f § 121, Obs. 2. k § 136, Obs. 5, (a.) c § 112, R. II. g § 126, R. V. I 22, 3. «» § 145, R. !> § 106, R. VII. »»§ 107, R. X. 160 DE BELLO GALLICO. coliimes receperunt. Eo die Quintus Laberius Durus, tri- bunus militum, interficitur. Illi, pluribus immissis cohorti- bus, repelluntur. 16. Tcto hoc in genere pugnee, ^ cum sub oculis omnium ac pro castris dimicaretur, sintellectum est,'' nostros^ prop- ter gravitatem armaturae, quod neque insequi ^ cedentes pos- sent, neque ab signis discedere auderent, miniis aptos esse ad hujus generis hostem ; equites'' autem magno cum peri- ciilo dimicare,*" propterea quod illi etiam consulto plerumque ^cederent,'^ et, cum paulum ab legionibus nostros removis- sent, ex essedis desilirent ^et pedibus^ dispari proBlio con- tenderent. Equestris autem proslii ratio et cedentibus ^ et insequentibus par atque idem periculum inferebat. Acce- debat hue, ut, nunquam ^conferti, sed rari magnisque inter- vallis ^ proeliarentur,*' stationesque dispositas haberent,'' at- que "^ alios alii deinceps exciperent, integrlque et recentes defatigatis succederent.*" 17. Postero die procul a castris hostes in collibus constit- erunt, rarique se ostendere et ^lenius, quam pridie, nostros equites prcElio lacessere coeperunt. Sed meridie, cilim Ceb- sar pabulandi causa tres legiones atque omnem equitatum cum Caio Trebonio legato misisset, repente ex omnibus par- tibus ad pabulatores advolaverunt, sic, ^uti ab signis legio- nibusque non absisterent: Nostri, acriter in eos impetu facto, repulerunt, neque finem sequendi fecerunt, quoad sub- sidio'conf isi equites, cum post se legiones viderent, praecip- ites hostes egerunt : magnoque eorum numero interfecto, neque sui coUigendi, neque consistendi, aut ex essedis de- siliendi facultatem dederunt. Ex h^c fuga protmus, quas undique convenerant, auxilia discesserunt : lo^eque post id tempus unquam summis nobiscum copiis hostes contende- runt. * 51, 2. d § 140, 6. s § 132, R. XLII. b § 145, R. « § 129, R. ^ § 140, 1, 4th. c 96, 2. f 19, & § 123, R. « § 112, R. V. i|JJI4iiPi,!H4»iMi««IW|W ■*"!lfiif^M^msr !W'ff«''M!»»-^W'^-^5W^"^ LIB. V. CAP. XX. 161 IS. Caesar, cognito consilio eornm, ad flumen Tamesin in fines Cassivellauni exercitum duxit ; quod* flumen uno omnlno loco'' pedibus, atque hoc*" aegre, transiri potest. E6 cum venisset, animadvertit, ad alteram fluminis ripam mag- nas esse copias hostium instructas: ripa autera erat i acutis sudibus'* praefixis munita; ejusdem generis sub aqua defixse sudes flumine^ tegebantur. His rebus cognitis a captlvis perfugisque, Cagsar, praemisso equitatu, confestim legiones subsequi jussit. Sed ea* celeritate atque eo^ impetu mili- tes ierunt, ^cum capite solo ex aqua exstarent/ ut hostes im- petum legionum atque equitum sustinere non possent,^ ripas- que dimitterent ac se fugse mandarent. . 19. Cassivellaunus, ^ut supra demonstravimus, omni de- posita spe contentionis, ^dimissis amplioribus copiis, milli- bus circiter quatuor essedariorum relictis, itinera nostra ser- vabat, paululumque ^ex via excedebat, locisque'' impeditis ac silvestrlbus se§e occultabat, atque iis regiombus,'' quibus ^ nos iter facturos cognoverat, pecora atque homines ex agris in silvas compellebat : et, ciim equitatus noster, liberii\s "^ prasdandi vastandique causa, se in agros effunderet, omni- bus viis * notis semitisque essedarios ex silvis emittebat, et magno cum periculo nostrorum equitum cum iis confligebat, atque hoc metu latiiis'' vagari prohibebat. ^Relinquebatur, ut neque longius ab agmine legionum discSdi'' Ccesar pate- retur, et tantum ' in agris vastandis incendiisque faciendis 'hostibus" noceretur,'' quantum laboie'^ atque itinere legi- onarii milites efRcere poterant. 20. Interim Trinobantes, prope firmissima earum regio- num civitas, ex qua Mandubratius adolescens, Csesaris fidem secutus, ad eum in continentem Galliam venerat (cujus pa- ter Imanuentius in ea civitate regnum obtinuerat, interfec- » 37, 6, Note. 1. « 28, 1. i 109, 2. b § 136, Obs. 5, (in.) f§140, Obs. 3. ^ § 85, 3. « 19, loco, Sup. (in.) s § 140, 1, 1st. > § 116, Obs. 3. "» 129, R. h 22, 3. "> 66, 7. lUSmnUliJIiHi-l.T- ' -iWWItWIieillpww*- i5!^,V^«?9!|W»*p>J. )lH^L|»^JI)(JWPIif .-PWIPIMPI 162 DE BELLO GALLtCO. tusque erat a Cassivellauno, ipse fuga mortem vitaverat), legates ad Csesarem mittunt, pollicenturque, sese ei deditu- ros atque imperata facturos: petunt, ut Mandubratium ab injuria Cassivellauni defendat,^ ^ atque in civitatem mittat, qui prassit ^ imperiumque obtineat.'' His'' Caesar imperat obsides quadraginta frumentumque exercitui,*^ Mandubra- tiumque ad eos mittit. Illi imperata celeriter fecerunt, ob- sides 2 ad numerum frumentaque miserunt. 21. Trinobantibus defensis atque ab omni militum injuria 3 probibitis, Cenimagni, Segontiaci, Ancalites, Bibroci, Cassi, Jegationibus missis sese Caesari dedunt. Ab his cognoscit, non long^ ex eo loco oppidum Cassivellauni abesse, silvis* paludibusque munitum, quo*^ satis magnus hominum pecoris- que numerus convenerit. (4 Oppidum autem Britanni vo- cant, cum silvas impeditas vallo atque fossa munierunt,^ quo incursionis hostium vitandae causa convenire consuerunt.) Ed proficiscitur cum legionibus: locum reperit egregie na- ttira ^ atque opere munitum ; tamen hunc duabus ex parti- bus oppugnare contendit. Hostes, paulisper morati, militum nostrorum impetum non tulerunt, seseque alia ex parte op- pidi ejecerunt. Magnus ibi numerus pecoris repertus, mul- tique in fuga sunt comprehensi atque interfecti. 22. Dum h£Ec in his locis geruntur, Cassivellaunns ad Cantium, quod'' esse ^ad mare supra demonstravimus, qui- bus ' regionibus " quatuor reges praeerant, Cingetorix, Car- vilius, Taximagulus, Segonax, nuncios mittit, atque his im- perat, utJ, coactis omnibus copiis, castra navalia de improvi- so ^ 6 adoriantur atque oppugnent. li ci\m ad castra venis- sent, nostri, eruptione facta, multis eorum"" interfectis, capto etiam nobili duce Lugotorige, suos incolumes reduxerunt. Cassivellaunus, hoc proelio nunciato, tot detrimentis accep- a § 140, 1, 3d. « § 129, R. i 37, 1, (regiones.) b § 141, Obs. 2, 4th. f § 136, Obs.5, (in.) k § 112, R. I. c § 123, R. & 5, 1. K § 140, Obs. 3. i § 90, 6. d § 110, R. XV. »> § 145, R. &91. »§ 107, R. X. LIB. V. CAP. XXIV. 163 tis, vastatis finibus, maxime etiam permotus defectione civ* itatium, legates per Atrebatem Cornmium de dediiione ad Caesarem mittit. Caesar, cum statuissef hiemem in conti- nenti propter repentinos Gallias ^ motus agere, neque multum eestatis superesset, atque id facile extrahi posse intelligeret, obsides imperat, et, quid in annos singiilos vectigalis " Pop- ulo Eomano Britannia penderet,'' constituit; interdicit atque imperat Cassivellauno, ne Mandubratio, neu Trinobantibus bell urn faciat.*^ 23. Obsidibus acceptis, exercTtum reducit ad mare, naves invenit ^refectas. His deductis, quod et^ Scaptivorum mag- num numerum habebat, et nonnullae tempestate deperierant naves, duobus ^ commealibus exercitum reportare instituit. Ac sic accidit, uti ex tanto navium numero, tot ^navigatio- nibus, neque hoc, neqne superiore anno,*^ uUa omnino navis, quae milites portaret,^ 6 desideraretur: ^ at ex lis, quae inanes ex continenti ad eum remitterentur,' et '''prioris commeatus expositis militibus, et quas postea Labienus faciendas cura- verat numero sexaginta, ^perpaucce locum caperent;'' reli- quae fere omnes rejicerentur."" Quas' cum aliquamdiu Cae- sar frustra expectasset,* ne anni tempore a navigatione ex- cluderetur, quod aequinoctium suberat, ^necessario angus- tii!is milites coUocavir, ac, summa tranquillitate consecQta, secunda inita ciim solvisset vigilia, prima luce terram atti-. git, omnesque incoliimes naves perduxit. 24. 10 Subductis navibus, concilioque Gallorum Samaro- brivae™ peracto, quod eo anno '^frumentum in Gallia propter siccitates angustius provenerat, coactus est a liter, ac superi- oribus annis,^ exercitum in hibernis collocare, legionesque 12 in plures civitates distribuere: ex quibus unam in Morinos ducendam Caio Fabio legato dedit; alteram in Nervios » § 140, Obs. 4. « 124, 1. i § 141, Obs. 3. " § 106, R. VIII. f § 131, R, XL. ^ Sup. accUit ut. «§140, 5. e§ 141,R.I.&0bs.l. i 38. 1 § 140, 1, 3d. h § 140, 1, 4th. «" § 130, R. XXXVI. 164 DE BELLO GALLICO. Quintio Ciceroni ; tertiam in Essuos Lucio Roscio ; quartam in Remis cum Tito Labieno in confinio Trevirorum hiemare jussit ; tres in Belgio collocavit : his Marcum Crassum, quasstorem, et Lucium Munatium Plancum et Caium Trebo- nium, legates,^ prsefecit. Unam legionem, quam proxime trans Padum conscripserat, et cohortes quinque in Eburones, quorum pars maxima est inter Mosam ac Rhenum, qui sub imperio Ambiorigis et Cativolci erant, misit. His'' militibus Quintum Titurium Sabinum et Lucium Aurunculeium Cot- tam, legatos,"" praeesse jussit. Ad hunc modum distribtitis legionibus, facillime inopiae*" frumentariae sese ^mederi posse cxistimavit : atque harum '^ tamen omnium hiberna (praeter earn, quam Lucio Roscio in pacatissimam et quietissimam partem ducendam dederat), 2 millibus passuum centum con- tinebantur. Ipse interea, quoad legiones collocasset® mu- nitaque hiberna cognovisset, in Gallia morari constituit. 25. Erat in Carnutlbus ^summoloco*^ natus Tasgetius, cujus majores in sua civitate regnum obtinuerant. Huic Caesar, pro ejus virttite atque in se benevolentia, quod in om- nibus bellis singulari ejus opera fuerat usus, majorum locum restituerat. ^Tertium jam hunc annum ^ regnantem inimi- ci palam, multis etiam ex civitate auctor^bus. interfecerunt. Defertur ea res ad Cassarem. lUe veritus, ^quod ad plures pertinebat, ne'' civitas eorum impulsu deficeret, Lucium Plancum cum legione ex Belgio celeriter in Carnutes pro- ficisci jubet, ibique hiemare ; quorumque opera cognoverit Tasgietium interfectum, hos comprehensos ad se mittere. Interim ab omnibus legatis quaestoribusque, quibus legiones transdiderat, certior factus est, ^in hiberna perventum' lo- cumque hibernis esse munitum. 26. Diebus circiter quindecim, quibus in hiberna ventum est,* initium repentini tumultus ac defectionis ortum est ab » § 97, Obs. 2. d 19, (legionum.) «§ 131, R. XLI. »> § 112, R. I. « § 140, 4. h § 140,Obs.6&121,6. c § 112, R. V. ' § 119, R. ' 67, 5, Note. LIB. V. CAP. XXVII. 165 Ambiorige et Cativolco : ^ qui* cum ad fines regni sui Sabi- no'' Cottasque prassto fuissent, frumentumque in hiberna com- portavissent, Indutiomari Treviri nunciis impulsi, suos con- citaverunt, subitoque oppressis lignatoribus, magna manu castra oppngnatum '^ venerunt. CCim celeriter nostri arma cepissent vallumque ascendissent, atque, und ex parte His- panis equitibus emissis, equestri proelio ^ supei'iores fuissent, 2 desperata re, hostes suds ab appugnatione reduxerunt. Turn ^suo more conclamaverunt, uti aliqui ex nostris^ ad collo- quium prodirent; habere se, quae ^de re communi dicere vellent,*^ quibus rebus controversias ^minui posse sperarent.*" 27. Mittitur ad eos colloquendi causa Caius Arpineius, eques Romanus, familiaris Quintii Titurii et Quintus Ju- nius ex Hispanid quidam, qui jam ante *missu Caesaris ad Ambiorigem ventitare consueverat : apud qiios Ambiorix ^ad hunc modum locutus est: "^''Sese pro Caesaris in se benefi- ciis Splurimum ei confiteri debere, quod ejus opera stipen- dio^ liberatus esset,^ quod Aduatucis finitimis suis pendere consuesset : ^ quodque ei et filius et fratris filius ab Caesare remissi essent, quos Aduatuci, obsidum numero missos, apud se in servitute et catenis tenuissent : '^ neque id, quod fecerit ^ de oppugnatione castrorum, aut judicio'' aut volun- tate sua fecisse,' sed coactu'' civitatis; ^^suaque esse ejus- modi imperia, ut non minus haberet'' juris in se multitudo, quam ipse in multitudinem. Civitati ' porro banc fuisse belli causam, quod repentmae Gallorum conjurationi resistere non potuerit : id se facile ^^ ex humilitate suaprobare posse, quod non adeo sit ^ imperitus rerum, ut suis copiis ^ Popiilum Ro- manum se superare posse conf idat : sed ^2 esse Galliae com- mune consilium ; omnibus hibernis Caesaris oppugnandis hunc esse dictum diem, ne qua legio alterae legioni"' subsidio * 39, 6. e § 107, Obs. 8. i § 145. Obs. 3. " § 135, R. XL VII. f § 141, Obs. 7. k § 140, 1, 1st. «§ 148, 1. g § 126, R. V. 1 § 112, R. II. <»§128,R. h§129, R. ">§ 114.R. 166 DE BELLO GALLICO. venire posset : *" non facile G alios Gallis'' negare potuisse, praesertim ci!im de recuperanda commtini libertate consilium initum videretur. ' Quibus'' quoniam pro pietate fiatisfece- rit, habere se nunc rationem officii pro beneficiis Caesaris ; monere, orare Titurium'^ 2 pro hospitio, ut suae ac militum saiuti consulat : magnam manum Germanorum conductam Rhenum transisse ; ^ banc ^ affore biduo. ^ Ipsorum esse consilium, velintne^ prius, quam finitimi sentiant,^ eductos ex hibernis milites aut ad Ciceronem aut ad Labienum de- ducere, quorum alter' millia passuum circiter quinquaginta, alter' paulo amplius ab his absit. Illud se polliceri et jure- jurando confirmare, tutum iter per fines sues daturum ; '^quod'' ciim faciat, et' civitati sese consulere, quod hiber- nis levetur, et' Caesari pro ejus meritis gratiam referre." Hac oratione habita, discedit Ambiorix. 28. Arpineius et Junius, quae audierint, ad legatos defe» runt. lUi, repentlna re perturbati, etsi ab hoste ea diceban- tur, non tamen negligenda existimabant : maximeque hdc re permovebantur, quod, civitatem ignobilem atque humilem Eburonum sua sponte Popiilo Romano bellum facere au- sam,^ vix erat credendum.™ Itaque ad consilium rem de- ferunt magnaque inter eos ^existit controversia. Lucius Aurunculeius compluresque tribuni militum et primorum ordinum centuriones nihil temere agendum,"" neque ex hi- bernis injussu Caesaris discedendum,""' existimabant: "quan- tasvis magnas etiam copias ^ Germanorum ^ sustineri posse munitis hibernis," docebant : '^ " rem esse testimonio," quod primum hostium impetum, multis ultro vulneribus illatis,. fortissime sustinuerint : " re frumentaria non premi : interea et ex proximis hibernis et a Caesare conventura subsidia »§ 140, l,2d. « 98,2. ^ 38, 4. b§ 112, R.V. f § 145, R,& 19. > 124, 1. c 39,& § 112,R.III. g § 140, 5. « 108. d § 124, R. & h § 140, 4. n§ 114, R.&0bs.4. § 116, Exp. i 27, 10, Obs. " § 140, 6. mm LIB. V. CAP. XXX. 167 postremo, "quid esse i levius aut turpius, quam, ^auctore hoste,* de summis rebus capere coosilium?" 29. Contra ea Titurius, ." sero facttiros," 3 clamitabat, "cum majores hostium manus, adjunctis Germanis, conve- nissent: aUt cum aliquid calamitatis in proximis hibernis esset acceptum, brevem consulendi esse occasionem : ^ Cae- sarem'' arbitrari profectum*" in Italiam : neque aliter Carnu- tes interficiendi Tasgetii consilium fuisse capturos, neque Eburones, si ille adesset, tanta cum contentione nostri ad castra venturos esse: ^non hostem auctorem, sed rem spec- tare ; subesse Rhenum; magno esse Germanis dolOri Ario- visti mortem^ et superiores nostras victorias:'' ^ardgre Gal- liam," tot contumeliis acceptis sub Populi Romani imperium redactam, superiore gloria rei militaris extincta." Postre- mo, " quis hoc sibi'^ persuaderet,^ '''sine certa re Ambiori- gem adejusmodi consilium descendisse *" ? Suam senten- tiam in utramque partem esse tutam : ^si nil sit durius, nuUo periculo ad proximam legionem perventuros ; si Gallia omnis cum Germanis consentiat, & unam esse in celeritate positam salutem. Cottse quidem atque eorum, qui dissen- tirent, consilium quem haberet*" exitum? In quo si non ^OprsEJsens periciilum, at certe longinqua obsidione*^ fames esset pertimescenda." 80. '1 Hac in utramque partem disputatione habita, cum a Cotta i2pnniisque ordinibus acriter resisteretur,^ i3"Vincite," inquit, "si ita vultis," Sabinus, i^et id clariore voce/ ut magna pars militum exaudlret : "neque is sum," inquit, "qui'' grav- issime ex vobis mortis periculo terrear : is hi sapient, et si gravius quid acciderit, abs te rationem reposcent : qui,' si per te liceat, perendino die cum proximis hibernis conjuncti, communem cum reliquis belli casum sustineant, i^nec re- jecti et relegati longe ab ceteris aut ferro aut fame intereant. « 110, 1. <» § 123, R. 8 67. b § 145, R. « § 140, 6. h § 141, Obs. 2, 2d, & 40. c 98, 2. ' § 129, R. i § 141, R. III. & Exp. 168 i>:e bello gallico. 31. 1 Consurgitur "" ex consilio ; comprehend unt Sutrum- que et orant, " ne sua dissensione et pertinacia rem in sum- mum periculum deducant :^ facilem esse rem, seu maneant,*^ seu proficiscantur,'^ si modo unum omnes sentiant ac probent; contra in dissensione nullam se saltitem perspicere." ^ Res disputatione ad mediam noctem perducitur. Tandem * dat Cotta permotus manus ; superat sententia Sabini. ^ Pro- nunciatur/ prima luce ituros : consumitur vigiliis reliqua pars noctis, ciim sua quisque miles circumspiceret,^ quid se- cum portare posset,^ quid ex instrument© hibernorum relin- quere cogeretur.*" "^ Omnia excogitantur, quare nee sine per- iculo maneatur et languore militum et ^ vigiliis periculum augeatur. Prima luce sic ex castris proficiscuntur, ^ut qui- bus '" esset persuasum,^ non ab hoste, sed ab homine amicis- simo Ambiorige consilium datum,'' longissimo agmine' max- imisque impedimentis. 32. At hostes, posteaquam ex nocturno fremitu vigiliisque de profectione eorum senserunt, collocatis insidiis bipartite in silvis opportuno atque occulto loco, a " millibus passuum circiter duobus, Eomanorum adventum expectabant : et, cum 10 se major pars agminis in magnam convallem demi- sisset, ex utraque parte ejus vallis subito se ostenderunt, novissimosque premere et primos prohibere ascensu atque iniquissimo nostris ' loco prcelium committere coeperunt. 33. Tum demum Titurius, ^^ut qui*^ nihil ante providisset, trepidare,"" concursare, cohortesque disponere ; ishga^ tamen ipsa timide atque ut" eum omnia deficere viderentur: quod" plerumque iis^ accidere consuevit, qui ^3 in ipso negotio con- silium capere coguntur. At Cotta, qui^ cogitasset, hsec posse in itinere accidere, atque ob eam causam profectionis a 67, 5. Note. f § 126, R. III. i § 111, R. »>§ 140, 1,3d. e§141, Obs. 4. «>§ 144, Obs. 6. c § 140, 6. i> 98,2. » § 140, 1, 2d, (ita.) d 51, 2. > § 129, R. » 37, 9, Note. 3. • § 140, 5. k § 132, Obs. 5. p § 112, R. IV. •^BH^PWIWPP LIB. V. CAP. XXXV. 169 1 auctornonfuisset, nulla in re communi saluti'' deerat, et in appellandis cohortandisque militibus, imperatoris ; et in pugna, militis officia prasstabat. Cumque propter longitu- dinem agminis 2 minus facile per se omnia obire, et, quid quoqueloco'' faciendum esset,** providere possent, ^jusserunt pronuntiare, ut impedimenta relinquereni atque^in orbem consisterent. Quod** consilium etsi in ejusmodi casu repre- hendendum non est, tamen ^incommode accidit : nam et nostris militibus* spem minuit, et hostes ad pugnam alacri- ores effecit, quod non sine summo timore et desperatiOne id factum videbatur. Prseterea accidit, quod^ fieri necesse erat, ut ^vulgo milites ab signis discederent,'' "^quae quisque eorum'* carissima haberet ' ab impedimentis petere atque abripere properaret,^ clamore ac fletu omnia complerentur.'' 34. At sbarbaris'' consilium non defuit : nam duces eorum tota acie pronuntiare jusserunt, " ne quis ab loco discederet ^illOrum" esse praedam, atque illis reservari, qua^cumque Romani reliquissent : proinde omnia in victoria posita exis- timarent." i^Erant et virtute et numero pugnando ' pares nostri, tamen etsi ab duce et a fortuna deserebantur, tamen omnem spem saltitis in virtute ponebant, et, quoties quaeque cohors prof.urreret, ab ea parte magnus hostium numerus- cadebat. Qua*^ re animadversa, Ambiorix pronuntiari jubet, ut procul tela conjiciant, neu propius accedant, et, quam in partem Romani impetum fecerint, ^ cedant (levitate armo- rum et quotidiana exercitatione ^^nij^il j^g noceri posse"'): rursus se ad signa recipientes insequantur. 35. Quo ^ praecepto ab iis diligentissime observato, cum quaepiam cohors ex orbe excesserat atque impetum fecerat, hostes velocissime refugiebant. Interim earn partem nudari necesse erat et ab latere aperto tela recipi. Rursus, cum »§112, R. I. e§123, R. i § 141, Obs. 8. b § 140, 5. f 37, 9, Note. 3. ^ § 108, R. XII. •^ § 136, Obs. 5, (in.) « § 107, R. X. > § 128, R, «> 38. h § 140, 1, 4th. " 66, & 68, 2. 15 170 DE BELLO GALLICO. in eum locum, unde erant progress!, reverti cosperant, ct ab lis, qui cesserant, et ab iis, qui proximi*^ steterant, circuin- "veniebantur; sin aatem Uocum teneie vellent, nee virtuti'' locus relinquebatur, neque ab tanta multitudine conjecta tela conferti vitare poterant. Tamen tot incommodis conflictati, multis vulneribus acceptis, resistebant et, magna parte di€ii consumta, cum a prima luce 2 ad horam octavam pugnare- tur, nihil, quod ipsis*" esset indignum, committebant. Turn Tito Balventio,'^ qui superiore anno primum pilum duxerat, viro forti et magnse auctoritatis, ^utrumque femur tragula transjicitur. Quintus Lucanius, ejusdem ordinis,'' fortissi- mo pugnans, dum circumvent© filio*^ ^subvenit, interficitur: Lucius (Jotta, legatus, omnes cohortes ordinesque adhortans, *in adversum os funda vulneratur. 36. His rebus permotus Quintus Tituriusf, cum procul Ambiorigem suos cohortantem conspexisset, interpretem suum, Cneium Pompeium, ad eum mittit, rogatum,*'' ut sibi' militibusque parcat. Ille appellatus respondit : "si veiit secum colloqui, licere ; sperare, a multitudine impetrari posse, quod'' ad militum salutem pertineat ; ' 6 ipsi . " vero nihil nocitum iri, inque eam rem se ' suam fidem interpo- nere." Ille cum Cotta saucio communicat, " si videatur, pugna ut excedant et cum Ambiorige una colloquantur : sperare, ab eo de sua ac militum salute impetrare posse." Cotta se ad armatum hostem iturum negat ' atque in eo constitit. 37. Sabinus, quos ^ in prsesentia tribunes militum circum se habebat et primorum ordinum centuriones, se sequi ju- bet, et, cum propius Ambiorigem"" accessisset, jussus arma abjicere, imperatum facit, suisque, ut idem faciant, imperat. Interim, dum de conditionibus inter se agunt, longiorque » § 98, Obs. 10. *= § 106, R. VII. > § 140, 6. " § 126, R. III. f § 112, Obs. 5, 2d. ^ 6«*?7. <= § 119, R. 6 § 148, 1. 1 § 145, R. d § 110, Obs. I. h 37, 2. «n§ 136, Obs. 5, (ad.) :.*•#./ LIB. V. CAP. XXXIX. 171 consulto ab Ambiorige instituitur sermo, paulatim circum- vcntus interficitur. Turn vero suo more ^ victoriam concla- mant atque ululatum tollunt, impeiuque in nostros facto, ordines perturbant. Ibi Lucius Cotta pugnans interficitur cum rnaxima parte militum, reliqui se in castra recipiunt, unde er^nt egressi : ex quibus Lucius Petrosidius aquilifer, cum magna multitudme hostium premeretur, aquilam intra vallum projecit, ipse pro castris fortissime pugnans occidi- tur. 2ini aegr3 ad noctem oppugnationem sustinent : noctu 3 ad unum ■' omnes, desperata salute, se ipsi '' interficiunt. Pauci ex proelio elapsi, incertis itineribus"" per silvas ad Ti- tum Labienum legatum in hiberna perveniunt atque eura de rebus gestis certiOrem faciunt. 38. Hac victoria '^ ^sublatus Ambiorix, statim cum equi- tatu in Aduatucos, qui erant ejus regno '^ finitimi, proficisci- tur; neque noctem neque diem intermittit, peditatumque se subsequi jubet. P.e demonstrata, Aduatucisque concitatis, postero die in Nervios pervenit, hortaturque, " ne sui^in^ perpetuum liberandi atque ulciscendi ^ Romanos, pro iis, quas acceperint,'" injuriis, occasionem dimittant: interfectos esse' legates duo magnamque partem exercitus interisse" ' demonstrat ; ^ " nihil esse negotii, subito oppressam legio- nem, quae cum Cicerone hiemet,'' interf ici ; <» se ad eamrem profitetur adjutorem." ' Facile hac oratione Nerviis per- suadet. 39. Itaque, confestim dimissis nunciis ad Ceutrones, Gru- dios, Levacos, Pleumoxios, Geidunos, qui omnes sub eorum imperio sunt, quam maximas manus possunt, cogunt, et de improviso ad Ciceronis hiberna ad volant, nondum ad eum fama de Titurii morte perlaia. '^Huic quoque accidit,quod "" fuit necesse, ut nonnulli militcs, qui lignationis munitionis- a 19, (homineai.) « 1 12, 5. i 9% 2, & 94, 1, 2. b 33, 1. '■ § 00, 6. k § 140, 6. c § 129, R. g 112,1. > § 97, R. •»§ 111, R. ' § Ul, Obs. 7. «" 37, 9, Notes. • 172 DE BELLO GALLICO. que causa in silvas discessissent,'' repentino equitum adveri- tu interciperentur.'' His circumventis, magna manu Ebu- rones, Nervii, Aduatuci atque horum omnium socii et cli- entes, legionem oppugnare incipiunt : nostri celeriter ad arma concurrunt, vallum conscendunt. ^ JEgre is dies sus- tentatur, quod omnem spem hostes in celeritate ponebanf, atque, banc adepti "^ victoriam, in perpetuum se fore victo- res*^ confidebant. 40. Mittuntur ad Cassarem confestim ab Cicerone literse, magnis ^propositis prsemiis, si pertulissent. Obsessis omni- bus viis, missi ® intercipiuntur. Noctu ex ea materia, quam munitionis causa comportaverant, 3 turres admodum centum et viginti excitantur incredibili celeritate : qusd^ deesse ope- ri^ videbantur, perficiuntur. Hostes posterodie, multo ma- joribus copiis coactis, castra oppugnant, fossam complent. Ab nostris eadem ratione,*" qua pridie, resistitur : * hoc idem deinceps reliquis fit diebus. Nulla pars nocturni temporis ad laborem intermittitur : non segris,'' non vulneratis, facul- tas quietis datur: quaecumque' ad proximi diei oppugnatio- nem opus sunt, noctu comparantur : multae ^prseustae sudes, magnus muralium pilorum numerus instituitur; * turres contabulantur, pinnae loricseque ex cratibus attexuntur. Ipse Cicero, ^cum tenuissima valetudine™ esset, ne noctur- num "quidem sibi tempus ad quietem relinquebat, ut° ultro militum concursu ac vocibus '^sibi ^ parcere cogeretur. 41, Tunc duces principesque Nerviorum, qui 8 aliquem sermonis aditum causamque amicitiee cum Cicerone habe- bant, colloqui sese velle dicunt. ^ Facta potestate, eadem, quas Ambiorix cum Titurio egerat, commemorant, "omnem esse in armis Galliam, Germanos Rhenum transisse, Caesar- «§14!,R. I. f 37,2. ' 37, 8, Note. 2. b § 140, 1, 4th. e § 112, R. I. «"§ 106, R. VII. c 105,1. h § 129, R. n 121, Note. 2. «» § 103, R. » 67, 1. § 140, 1, 1st, (ita.) " 19, (homines.) ^ § 126, R. III. & 19. p § 112, R. V. LIB. V. CAP. XLIII. 173 IS reliquorumque hiberna oppugnari." Addurit 5tiam de Sabini morte. i Ambiongem ostentant fidei faciendce causa : " errare ^ eos " dicunt, " si quicqiiam ab his prEesidii sperent,'" qui suis rebus "^ diffidant;*^ sese tamen ^hoc esse in Cicero- nein Populumque Romanum animp/ ut nihil nisi hiberna recusent"" atque banc inveterascefe consuetydinem nolint:*" ^licere iilis^ incohimibus per se ex hibernis discedere, et, quascumque in paries velint, sine metu proficisci." Cicero ad haec unum modo respondit. " Non esse consuetudinem Popiili Romani, ullam accipere ab hoste armato conditia- neni: si ab armis discedere velint,'' se*^ ^adjutore utantur,^ legatosque ad Csesarem mittant -J sperare, <^pro ejus justitia, quae petierint,*^ impetraturos." 42. Ab hac spe repulsi Nervii, vallo'' pedum undecim et fossa pedum quindecim hiberna cingunt. Haec et superid- runi annorum consuetuduie'' a nostris cognoverant, et, quos- dam de exercitu nacti captlvos, ab his docebantur: "^sed, nulla ferramentorum copia,' quEe sunt ad hunc usum idonea, gladiis'' cespitem circumcidere, manibus ^ ^sagulisque ^ter- ram exhaurire cogebantur. Qua" quidem ex re hommum multitadocognosci potuit : nam minus horis tribus i^millium decern in circuitu munitionem perfecerunt : reliquisque die- bus turres ad altitudinem valli, ^^ falces testudinesque, quas ildem captivi docuerant, parare ac facere cceperunt. 43. Septimo oppugnationis die, maximo coorto vento, ^2ferventes fusili ex argilla' glandes fundis et '^fervefacta jacida in casas, quse more'' Gallico stramentis erant tectae, jacere cceperunt. Hae celeriter ignem comprehenderunt et venti magnitudme'' in omnem castrorum locum ^'^distulerunt. Hostes, maximo clamore" insecuti, quasi parta jam atque explorata victoria, turres testudinesque ^^agere et scalis val- * § 140, 2. e 66, 2. ' i 110, 1. M112, R. V. f § 121, R. XXVI. k 38. «= § 141, Obs. 3. s § 139, 2. 1 § 128, Obs. 2. " § 106, R. VII. h § 129, R. » § 140. 1. 1st. 17A DE BELLO GALLICO. lum as(!fendere cceperunt. At tanta militum virtus atqiie ea* prsesentia ammi fuit, ut, cum undique flamma torrerentur," maximaque telorum multitudine premerentur,^ suaque om- nia impedimenta atque omnes fortunas conflagrare intelli- gerent'' non modo ^demigrandi causa de vallo decederet*" nemo, sed paene ne respiceret*" quidem quisquam; ac turn omnes ^acerrime fortissimeque pugnarent. Hie dies nos- tris'^ longe gravissimus fuit; sed tamen hunc habuit even- tum, ut eo die maximus hostium numerus vulneraretur'' at- que interficeretur, ut*^ se sub ipso vallo constipaverant ^ re- cessumque primis*^ ultimi non dabant. Paulum quidem in- tennissa flamma, et quodam loco ^ ^ turri ^ adacta et contin- gente vallum, tertiag cohortis centuriones ex eo,quo^ stabant,' loco recesserunt suosque omnes removerunt ; nutu *" vocibus- que hostes, "si introlre vellent,'" vocare coeperunt, ^ quorum progredi ausus est nemo. Turn ex omni parte lapidibus ^ conjectis ^deturbati, turrisque succensa est. 44. Erant in ea legione fortissimi viri centuriones, '' qui jam primis ordinibus ' appropinquarent, Tito Pulfio et Lucius Varenus. Hi perpetuas controversias inter se habebant, quinam anteferretur,"" omnibusque annis de loco summis simultatlbus "^ contendebant. Ex iis Pulfio, ciim acerrime ad inunitiOnes pugnaretur, *' Quid dubitas," inquit, " Va- rene ? aut quern locum probandas virtutis tuse « spectas ? hie, hie dies de nostris controversiis judicabit." Usee cum dix- isset,^ procedit extra rnunitiones, ^quaque pars hostium con- fertissTma visa est, in earn irrumpit. Ne Varenus quidem tum vallo sese continet, sed omnium veritus existimationem subsequi'tur. Turn, mediocri spatio'' relicto, Pulfio pilum in hostes mittit atque unum ex multitudine ^o procurrentem transjicit, quo ** percusso et exanimato, ^^hunc scutis prote- '^ 28,1. «§140,Obs. 1. i § 44, II. 2. " § 140, Obs. 4. ' § 123, R. & 19. k § 129, R. «§140, 1,1st. 8 § 136, Obs. 5, (in.) i § 112, R. IV. d§lll, R. h 109,2. n'§ 140,6. LIB. V. CAP. XLVI. 175 gunt hostes, ' in ilium tela universi conjiciunt neque dant regrediendi facujtatem. Transfigitur scutum PulfiSni* et veriitum in balteo defigitur. Avertit hie casus vagmam et gladium educere conanti'' dextram moratur manum; impe- ditum*^ hostes circumsistunt. ^ Succurrit inimicus illi** Va- renus et laboranti^ subvenit. Ad ^hunc se confestim a Pul- fione omnis multitude convertit, ^iHum veruto transfixum arbitrantur. Occursat ocius gladio cominusque rem gerit Varenus atque, uno interfecto, reliquos paulum propellit : dum cupidius instat, ^in locum dejectusinferiorem concidit. Huic rursus circumvento fert subsidium Pulfio atque ambo in colli mes, compluribus interfectis, summa cum laude sese intra munitiones recipiunt. Sic fortuna ^in contentione et certamine utrumque versa vit, ut alter alteri '^ inimicns aux- ilio' salutique esset, neque dijudicari posset, uter utri*f vir- tute'' anteferendus videretur. 45. ^ Quanto ' erat in dies gravior atque asperior oppug- natio, et maxime quod, magna parte militum confecta vul- neribus, res ad paucitatem defensorum pervenerat, tanto ' crebriores literas nuntilque ad Caesarem mittebantur : quo- rum pars deprehensa in conspectu nostrorum militum cum cruciatu necabatur. Erat ^unus intus Nervius, nomine Vertico,5loco natus honesto, qui a prima obsidione ad Cice- ronem perfugerat, suamque eifidem pr^stiterat. Hie lOservo'' spe libertatis magnisque persuadet prasmiis, ut literas ad Caesarem deferat. Has ille in jaculo illigatas efFert, et, Gallus inter Gallos sine ulla suspicione versatus, ad Caesar* em pervenit. Ab eo ' de i^periciilis Ciceronis legionisque cognoscitur. 46. Caesar, acceptis Uteris ishora circiter undecima diSi, statim nuncium in Bellovacos ad Marcum Crassum quaes- '^ § 110, Obs. 1, «§112, R. V. i § 132,R. XLIII. Obs. ^ 19, (ei,) & >, f § 114, R. 6, & 44, 8, & 47. c 19, (eum.) % § 126, R. III. " 63, &§ 123, R. o§lll,R. *§128, R. I 67,1. 176 DE BELLO GALLICO. torem mittit; cuius hiberna aberant ab eo millia passuum v< ginti quinque. Jubet media nocte legioaem proficisci,'' ce leriterque ad se venire. Exiit cum nuncio Crassus, Alte- rum ^ ad Caium Fabium legatum mittit, ut in Atrebatium fines legionem adducat,*^ ^ qua sibi*^ iter faciendum sciebat. Scribit Labieno, 2 si reipublicse commodo facere posset, cum legione ad fines Nerviorum veniat : *" reliquam partem exer- citus, quod paulo aberat longius, non putat expectandam ;* equites circiter quadringentos ex proximis hibernis cogii. 47. Hora circiter tenia ab antecursoribus de Crassi ad- ventu certior factus, eo die millia '^ passuum viginti progre- ditur. Crassum SamarobriVce^ prasficit, legionemque ei*' attribuit, quod ibi impedimenta exercitus, obsides civitatum, ^literas publicas, frumentumque omne, quod eo ^tolerandai hiemis causa devexerat, relinquebat. Fabius, ut imperatum erat, non ita inultum moratus, in itinere cum legione oc- currit. Labienus, interitu Sabmi et csede cohortium cog- nita, ciam omnes ad eum Trevirorum copifE venissent,"" veri- tus, ne,' si ex hibernis fugae similem profectionem fecisset, hostium impetum sustinere non posset, praesertim quos ^ re- centi victoria efferri sciret, literas Caesari remittit, quanto cum periculo legionem ex hibernis educturus esset:' ^rem gestam in Eburonibus perscribit : docet, omnes peditatds equitatusque copias Trevirorum tria millia *" passuum longe ab suis castris consedisse. 48. Caesar, consilio ejus probato, etsi, ^opinione™ trium legionum dejectus, ad duas redierat, tamen unum communis salutis auxilium in celeritate ponebat. Venit magnis itin- eribus in Nerviorum fines. Ibi ex captivis cognoscit, quae apud Ciceronem gerantur,' quantoque in periculo res sit.' Turn cuidam^ ex equitibus Gallis magnis prsemiis persuadet, » 90, 4. « 108, 4. i § 140, Obs. 6. *» 19, (nuncium.) f § 132, R k§ 145, R. &9I, 4. » § 140, 5.^ c§ 140, 1, 3d. g § 123, R. « 113,5. h § 140, Obs. 3. »"§ 136, R.LII. LIB. V. CAP. XLIX. 177 uti ad Ciceronem epistolam deferat. Hanc Graecis conscrip- tam Uteris mittit, ne, intercepta epistola, nostra ab hostibus consilia cognoscantur.^ i Si adire non possit, monet, ut tra- giilarn cum epistola, 2 ad amentum deligata, intra munitio- iies castrorum abjiciat.'' In Uteris scribit, se cum legionibus profectum celeriter affore : hortatur, ut pristinam virtutem retineat. Gallus, periculum veritus, ut erat praeceptum, tra- gulam mittit. Hajc ^ casu ad turrim adhaesit, neque " ab nostris biduo animadversa; tertio die a quodam milite con- spicitur; demta ad Ciceronem defertur. Ille ^perlectam in conventu militum recitat, maximaque omnes lagtitia afficit. Tum fumi incendiorum procul videbantur, qusB res omnem dubitationem advent6s legionum ^expiilit. 49. Galli, re cognit^ per exploratores, obsidionem relin- quunt, ad Csesarem omnibus copiis contendunt ; eas erant armatorum circiter millia ^ sexaginta. Cicero, data facul- tate, Galium ab eodem Verticone, quem supra demonstrav- imus, repetit ; qui literas ad Caesarem referat;® hunc*^ ad- monet, iter caute diligenterque faciat : ^ perscribit in Uteris, hostes ab se discessisse, oranemque ad eum multitudinem convertisse. Quibus*" Uteris circiter media nocte Caesar al- latis suos facit certiores, eosque ad dimicandum animo^con- firmat: postero die luce prima movet castra, et circiter mil- lia ' passuum quatuor progressus, trans vallem magnam et rivum multitudinem hostium conspicatur. Erat magni peri- culi'' res, cum tantis copiis iniquo loco' dimicare. Tum, quoniam liberatum obsidione "" Ciceronem sciebat, eoque omnino remittendum de celeritate existimabat, consedit, et, quam aequissimo potest loco/ castra communit. Atque heec, etsi erant exigua perse, vix hominum'' millium septem, prae- sertim nullis cum impedimentis, ^tamen angustiis viarum » § 140, I, 2d. «= § 141, Obs. 2 4th. ' § 132. R. XLII. ^ § 140, 1, 3d. ' § 124, R. k § 106, R. VII. c § 93, 1. « § 140, l,3d,&0bs. 5. 1 § 136, Obs. 5, (in.) i § 136, R. XLVIII. "38. »"§ 126, R. V. 178 DE BELLO GALLICO. quam maxime potest, contrahit, eo consilio, ut in sumraam contemtionem hostibus'' veniat. Interim, speculatoribus in omnes partes dimissis, explorat, quo commodissimo '' itinera vallem transire possit. 50. Eo die, parviilis equestribus prcEliis ad aquam factis, utrjque sese suo loco continent; i Galli, quod ampliores co- pias, quag nondum convenerant, expectabant ; Csesar, si forte timoris simulatione hostes 2 in suum locum elicere pos- set, ut citra vallem pro castris proelio contenderet;"" si id efficere non posset, ut, exploratis itineribus, rnindre cum periculo vallem rivumque transiret.*" Prima luce hostium equitatus ad castra accedit, prceliumque cum nostris equili- bus committit. Caesar consulto equites cedere,** seque in castra recipere*^ jubet; simul ex omnibus partibus castra altiore vallo muniri,*^ ^portasque obstrui, atque in his ad- ministrandis rebus quam maxime concursari et cum simula- tione timoris agi jubet. 51. Quibus omnibus rebus hostes invitati copias trans- ducunt, aciemque iniquo loco constituunt ; nostris vero ^etiam de vallo deductis, propiiJS accedunt, et tela intra mu- nitionem ex omnibus partibus conjiciunt; praeconibusque " circummissis pronuntiari jubent, " seu quis Gallus seu Ro- manus velit ante horam tertiam %d se transire, sine periculo licere ; post id tempus non fore potestatem:" ^ac sic nos- tros contemserunt, ut obstructis in speciem portis singiilis ordinibus cespitum, quod '''ea non posse introrumpere vide- bantur, alii vallum manu scindere, alii fossas complere in- ciperent. Tum Caesar, omnibus portis eruptione facta equi- tatuque emisso, celeriter hostes dat in fugam, sic, uti omni- no pugnandi causa resisteret nemo; magnumque ex eis nu- merum occidit, atque omnes armis*^ exuit. 52. sLongiiis prosequi veritus, quod silvae paludesque in- tercedebant, neque etiam parviilo detrimento ^ illorum locum a § 110, Obs. 1. c § 140, 1, 2d. « 109, 2. *> § 98, Obs. 10. J 90, 4. f § 125, R. LIB. V. Cap. Liii. 179 relinqui videbat, omnibus suis incolumibus copiis eodem die ad Ciceronem pervenit. Instittitas turres, testudines, mu- nitionesque hostium admiratur : iproducta legione Gognoscit, non decimum quemque esse relictum militem sine vulnere. Ex his omnibus judicat rebus, quanto cum pericuio et quanta cum virtute res sint'' administratae : Ciceronem 2pro ejus meritojegionemque coUaudat : centuriones singillatim tribunosque militum appellat, quorum egregiam fuisse vir- tutem testimonio Ciceronis cognoverat. De casu Sabini et Cottse certiCis ex captivis cognoscit. Postero die concione habita 3 rem gestam proponit, milites consolatur et confir- mat : quod detrimentum 4 culpa et temeritate legati sit^ ac- ceptum,"hoc ^ aequiore animo ferendum docet, 6 quod, bene- ficio Deorum immortalium et virtute eorum "^^expiato incom- modo, neque hostibus diutina laetatio, neque ipsis longior dolor relinquatur.'' 53. Interim ad Labienum per Remos incredibili celeri- tare de victoria Caesaris fama perfertur, ut, cum ab hibernis Ciceronis abesset millia passuum circiter sexaginta, eoque 8 post horam nonam diei Csesar pervenisset, ante mediam noctem ad portas castrorum clamor oriretur,"* quo clamore significatio victoriae gratulatioque ab Remis Labieno^ fieret. Hac fama ad Treviros perlata, Indutiomarus, qui postero die castra Labieni oppugnare decreverat, noctu profugit, copias- que omnes in Treviros reducit. Caesar Fabium cum legione in sua remittit hiberna, ipse cum tribus legionibus circum Samarobrlvam ^ trinis hibernis hiemare constituit ; et, quod tanti motus Gallias extiterant, totam hiemem ipse ad exer- citum manere decrevit. Nam illo incommodo de Sabini morte perlato, omnes fere Galliae civitates de bello lOconsul- tabant, nuncios legationesque in omnes partes dimittebant, ef liquid reliqui consilii*^ caperent^ atque unde initium belli fieret, explorabant, nocturnaque in locis desertis ^^ concilia » § 140, 5. c 77, 5. e § 126, R. III. *> § 140, Obs. 2. d § 140, 1, 3d. f § 106. R. VIII 180 DE BELLO GALLICO. habebant. Neque ullum fere totius hiemis tempus sine so- licitudine Caesaris intercessit, iquin"" aliquem de conciliis ac motu Gallorum nuncium acciperet." In his ab Lucio Ros- cio legato, quern legio-ni decimse tertise prsefecerat, certior est factus, magnas Gallorum copias earum civitatum, quae ^ArmoricaB appellantur, oppugnandi sui causa convenisse : neque longii^is'' millia passuum octo ab hibernis suis abfuisse, sed nuncio allato de victoria Csesaris, discessisse, adeo ut fu- gSB similis discessus videretur. 54. At Caesar, principibus cuj usque civitatis ad se evoca- tis, alias "^ territando, cilim se scire, quag fierent, denunciaret, alias cohortando, magnam partem Galliae in officio tenuit. Tamen Senones, quae est civitas in primis firma et magnse inter Gallos auctoritatis, Cavarinum, quern Cossar apud eos legem constituerat (cujus frater Moritasgus, adventu in Gal- liam Caesaris, cujusque majores regnum obtinuerant), inter- ficere publico consilio conati, cum ille prsesensisset ac pro- fugisset, usque ad fines insecuti regno** domoque expule- runt: et, missis ad Caesarem satisfaciendi causa legatis, cum is omnem ad se senatum venire jussisset, 3 dicto audientes non fuerunt. ^fantum^ apud homines barbaros valuit, esse repertos aliquos principes belli inferendi, tantamque omni- bus vpluntatum commutatiOnem ^ attiilit, ut prater jEduos et Remos, quos ^praecipuo semper horiore Caesar habuit, ■^alteros pro vetere ac perpetua erga Populum Romanum fide, 'J'alteros pro recentibus Gallici belli officiis, ^ nulla fere civilas fuerit non ^ suspecta nobis.' ^ Idque adeo baud scio mirandumne sit, ciim. compluribus aliis de causis, tum max- ima,, 10 quod, qui virtute belli omnibus gentibus prasfereban- tur, tantum se ejus opinionis deperdidisse, ut a Populo Ro- mano imperia perferrent, gravissime dolebant. 55. Treviri vero atque Indutiomarus totius hiemis nullum tempus intermiserunt, quin* trans Rhenum legatosmitterent, * § 140, 3. ^ 124, 12. «§ 116, Obs. 3. ' »> § 120, Obs. 3. d § 136, R. LII. f § 134, Obs. 3. LIB. V. CAP. LVII. 181 civitates solicitarent, pecunias pollicerentur, magna parte exercitus nostri interfecta, multo minorem superesse dice- rent partem. Neque tamen ulli civitati* Germanorum per- suader! potuit, ut Rhenum translret, cum " se bis expertos" ** dicerent, " Ariovisti bello et Tenchtherorum transitu, non. esse amplius fortunam tentandam." ^Hac spe " lapsus Indu- tiomarus, nihilo minus copias cogere, exercere, a finitimis equos parare, exiiles damnatosque tota Gallia ^ magnis pras- miis ad se allicere coepit. Ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut undique ad eum lega- tiones concurrerent,^ gratiam atque amicitiam publice priva- timque peterent. 56. Ubi intellexit ^ultro ad se veniri, altera ex parte Se- nones Carnutesque conscientia facinoris instigari, alterd Nervios Aduatucosque bellum Romanis parare, neque sibi ^ voluntariorum copias defore, si ex finibus suis progredi cce- pisset : armatum concilium indicit (hoc more Gallorum est initium belli), quo lege commtini omnes puberes armati con- venire consuerunt; qui* ex iis novissimus venit, in con- spectu multitudinis ^omnibjis cruciatibus affectus necatur. In eo concilio Cingetorigem, ^alterius principem'' factionis, generum suum (quern supra demonstravimus, ^ Csesaris se- cutum fidem, ab eo non discessisse), hostem judicat, bona- que ejuspublicat. His rebus confectis, in concilio pronun- tiat, arcessltum se a Senonibus et Carnutibus aliisque com- pluribus Galliae civitatibus, %uc iter facturum * per fines Re- morum, eorumque agros populattirum,* acpriiis, quamidfa- ciat, Labieni castra oppugnaturum:' quae fieri velit, prajcipit. 57. Labienus, cum et loci natura et manu munitissimis castris sese teneret, de suo ac legionis periciilo nihil time- bat; ne quam occasionem rei bene gerendae dimitteret, co- gitabat. Itaque a Cingetorige atque ejus propinquis ora- «§ 126,R.III.&68,2. d § i36^obs. 5,(ex.) s 37,3. •> 98, 2. « § 140, 1, 1st. !» § 97, R. c§ 136, Obs. 5,( 37, (milUefi.) ' § 145, R. h 81, 1. « § 140, 1, 3d. ' § 140, 1, 1st. '• § 140, 5- 1S4 BE BELLO dALLICO. Tindique bellum parari videret, Nervios,* Aduatucos, Mena- pios, adjunctis Cisrhenanis omnibus Germanis, esse'' in armis, Senones* ^ad imperatum non venire, et cum Carnuti- bus finitimisque civitatibus consilia communicare, a Trevi- lis Germanos * crebris legatiombus solicitari ; ^ maturius sibi*" de bello cogitandum putavit. 3. Itaque ^nondum hieme confecta, proximis qua:tuor co- actis legionibus, de improvise in fines Nerviorum contendit, et prii!is, quam illi aut convenire aut profugere possent,** magno pecoris atque hommum numero capto, atque ea prae- da militibus ^ concessa, vastatisque agris, in deditionem ve- nire atque obsides sibi dare coegit. Eo celeriter confecto negotio, rursus in hiberna legiones reduxit. Concilio Gal- liae primo' vere, ^uti instituerat, indicto, cum reliqui, prseter Senones, Carntites, Trevirosque, venissent, initium belli ac defectiOnis hoc esse arbitratus,^ ut 4 omnia postponere vide- retur, concilium Lutetiam Parisiorum transfert. Confines erant hi Senonibus,'' civitatemque patrum memoria conjunx- erant; ^sed ab hoc consilio abfuisse existimabantur. ^Hac re pro suggestu pronunciata, eodem die cum legionibus in Senones proficiscitur, magnisque itineribus eo pervenit. 4. Cognito ejus adventu, Acco, qui princeps ejus consilii fuerat, jubet in oppida multitudinem convenire; "'^conanti- bus,® priusquam id effici posset,*^ adesse Romanos" nuncia- tur; necessario ^sententia desistunt, legatosque ^deprecandi causa ad CsBsarem mittunt ; adeunt per ^duos, quorum an- tiquTtias erat in fide civitas. Libenter Cassar petentibus ^duis dat veniam, excusationemque accipit ; lOquod testi- vum tempus instantis belli, nori quaestionis* esse arbitraba- tur. Obsidtbus imperatis centum, hos jEduis custodiendos* tradit. Eodem Carnutes legatos obsidesque mittunt, usi deprecatoribus Remis, quorum erant in clientela : eadem » § 145, R. <^ § 140, 4. s 106, 1. b 96, 2. " § 126, R. III. !»§ Ill, R. « § 147, R. LXI. r 17,1. i 107, I. , LIB. VI. CAP. VI. 185 ferunt responsa. Peragit concilium Caesar, equitesqtie im- perat civitatibus.* 5. Hac parte GalliaB pacata, * totus et mente et ammo in bellum Trevirorum et Ambiorigis insistit. Cavarinum curn equitatu Senonum secum proficisci jubet, ^ne quis aut ex hujus iracundia, aut ex eo, quod meruerat, odio civitatis, motus existat.^ His rebus constitutis, quod 3 pro explorato habebat, Ambiorigem proelio non esse concertaturum, *reli- qua ejus consilia animo'' circumspiciebat. Erant Menapii propinqui Eburonum finibus/ ^perpetuis paludibus*" silvis- que muniti, qui uni ex Gallia de pace ad Caesarem legatos nunquam miserant. Cum iis esse hospitium AmbiorTgi* sciebat: item per Treviros venisse Germanis^ in amicitiam, cognoverat. Hasc prius ^illi^ detrahenda auxilia existima- bat, quam ipsum bello lacesseret; ne, desperaia salute, aut se in Menapios abderet, aut '''cum Transrhenanis congredi cogeretur. Hoc inito consilio, totius exercitus impedimenta ad Labienum in Treviros mittit, duasque legiones ad eum proficisci jubet : ipse cum legionibus expeditis quinque in Menapios proficiscitur. Ilii, nulla coacta ^manu, ^loci prse- sidio'' freti, in silvas paludesque confugiunt, suaque eodem conferunt. 6. Caesar, partitis copiis cum Caio Fabio legato et Marco Crasso qusestore, celeriterque '<>effectis pontibus ^^ adit tri- partit6, aedificia vicosque incendit, magno pecoris atque homiiium numero' potitur. Quibus rebus coacti Menapii, legatos ad eum pacis petendae causa mittunt. Hie, obsidi- bus acceptis hostium se habiturum numero confirmat, si aut Ambiorigem, aut ejus legatos, finibus suis recepissent. His confirmatis rebus, Commium Atrebatem cum equitatu cus- todis loco in Menapiis relinquit ; ipse in Treviros proficis- citur. » § 123, R. & 5, 1. 'i§lll,R. K§ 126, R.III.&5,1. " § 140, 1, 2d. « § 112, R. II. ^ § 119, R. «= § 129, R. f § 110, Obs. 1. i § 121, R. XXVI, 186 DE BELLO GALLICO. 7. Dum hsBC a Cassare geruntur, Treviri, magnis coactis peditatus equitat^sque copiis, Labicnum '^ cum una legione, quas in eorum finibus hiemabat, adoriri parabant : jamque sib eo non longiiis bidui via'' aberant, cum duas venisse" le- giones missu Csesaris cognoscunt. Positis castris a*^ milli- bus** passuum quindecim, auxilia Germanprum expectare constituunt. Labienus, hostium cognito ^consilio, speraas, temeritate^ eorum fore aliquam dimicandi facultatem, pras- sidio ^ cohortium quinque impedimentis relicto, cum viginti quinque cohortibus magnoque equitatu contra hostem profi- ciscitur, et, mille passuum intermisso spatio/ castra com- munit. Erat inter Labienum atque hostera difficili transitu ^ iiumen ripisque prasruptis: hoc neque ipse transire in am- mo habebat, neque hostes transituros existimabat. i Au- gebatur auxiliorum quotidie spes. 2 Loquitur in consilio pa- lam, " quoniam Germani appropinquare dicantur,*" sese suas exercit6sque forttinas 3 in dubium non devocaturum, et pos- ter© die prima luce castra moturum." Celeriter hsec ad hostes deferuntur, ut' ex magno Gallorum equitatus nume- ro nonnullis ^Gallicis rebus •" favere natura cogebat. Labi- enus noctu, tribunis militum ^primisque ordimbus coactis, quid sui sit consilii, proponit, et, quo facilius hostibus timo- ris det' suspicionem, majore strepitu^ et tumultu, quam Populi Romani fert consuetudo, castra moveri jubet. His rebus ^ fugae similem profectionem eff icit. Haec quoque per exploratores ante lucem, in tanta propinquitate castrorum, ad hostes deferuntur. 8. Vix agmen novissimum extra munitiones processerat, cum Galii, cohortati inter se, *' ne speratam prasdam ex manibus dimitterent ; ^longum esse, perterritis Romanis, Germanorum auxilium expectare, neque suam pati dignita » § 136, R. LII. d § 132, Obs. 5. h § 140, 6. «> § 132, R. XLII. & « § 129, R. » § 140, Obs. 1. § 120, Obs. 3. ' 109, 2. 1^ § 112, R. V c &8,2,&94, l,2d. s§106, R.VII. i§ 140,1,2(1 LIB. VI. CAP. IT. 187 tern, ut tantis copiis tarn exiguam manum,* prassertim fugi- entem atque impeditam,adonri non audeant;" flumen* trans- ire et iniquo loco'' prcelium-coramittere non dubitant. Quae* fore suspicatus Labienus, ut omnes citra flumen eliceret, * eadem usus simulatione ^ itineris, placide progrediebatur. Turn, pra&missis paulum impedimentis. atque in tumulo quo- dam collocatis, "Habetis," inquit, " milites,^ quam petistis^ sfacultatem : hostem impedlto atque iniquo loco ^ tenetis : Sprsestate eandem nobis '^ ducibusvirtutera, quam ssepenume- ro imperatori prasstitistis: adesse eum et haBc coram cer- nere, existimate." Simul signa ad hostem conrerti ^ aciem- que dirigi jubet, et, paucis turmis ^prsesidio "ad impedi- menta dimissis, reliquos equites ad latera disponit. Celeri- ter nostri clamore sublato pila in hostes immittunt. Illi, ubi Spraeter spem, quos'' fugere credebant, ^ infestis signis' ad se ire viderunt, impetum modo ferre non potuerunt, ac, primo concursu' in fugam conjecti, proximas silvas petie- runt : quos" Labienus equitatu consectatus, magno numero interfecto, compluribus captis, paucis post diebus civitaiem recepit : nam Germani, qui auxilio' veniebant, percepta Trevirorum fuga, sese domum contulerunt. Gum iis pro- pinqui Indutiomari, qui defectionis auctores fuerant, comi- tati eos, ex civitate excessere. '^Gingetorigi, quem ab initio permansisse in officio demonstravimus, principatus atque imperium est traditum. 9. Cassar, postquam ex Menapiis in Treviros venit, dua- bus de causis Rhenum transire constituit : quarum erat al" tera,*" quod auxilia contra se Treviris miserant; altera,"' ^ne Ambiorix ad eos receptum haberet. His constitntis rebus, paulum supra eum locum, quo ante exercitum transduxerat, facere pontem instituit. Nota atque instituta ratione, magno a§ 116, Obs. 4. "§ lae, Obs. 5, (in.) c§ 145, R. &38. d § 121, R. XXVI. «§ 117. i § 129, R. f § 123, R k 38. s 90, 4. 1 § 114, Obs. 4, (Ulis.) h 38,&91. n> 27, 10. 188 DE BELLO GALLICO. militum studio, paucis diebus opus efficitur. Firmo in Tre- viris prassidio ad pontem relicto, ne quis ab iis subito motus oriretur,* reliquas copias equitatumque transducit. Ubii, qui ante obsides dederant atque in deditionem venerant, * purgandi sui causa ad eum legatos mittunt, qui doceant,** *' neque ex sua civitate auxilia*" in Treviros missa,** ^neque ab se fidem laesam:'^" petunt atque orant, " ut sibi parcat,' 3 ne communi odio Germanorum innocentes pro nonentibus pcEnas pendant : " si amplius obsidum ^ velit, dare pollicen- tur. 4 Cognita Caesar causa ^ reperit, ab Suevis auxilia missa esse:** Ubiorum satisfactionem accipit ; aditus viasque in Suevos perquirit. 10. Interim paucis post diebus fit ab Ubiis certior, Suevos' omnes unum in locum copias cogere, atque iis nationibus,^ quae sub eorum sint ' imperio, denunciare, uti auxilia pedi- tatus equitatusque mittant.^ His cognitis rebus, rem fru- mentariam providet, castris'' idoneum locum deligit, Ubiis*' imperat, ut pecora deducant "" suaque omnia ex agris in op- pida conferant, sperans, bavbaros atque ^imperitos homines,'' inopia cibariorum afflictos, ad iniquam pugnandi conditio- nem posse deduci: " mandat, ut crebros exploratores in Sue- vos mittant,*' quaeque apud eos gerantur,' cognoscant.^ Illi imperata faciunt, et, paucis diebus intermissis, ^referunt, '* Suevos*' omnes, posteaquam certiores nuncii de exercitu RomanOrum venerint, cum omnibus suis sociorumque copiis, quas coegissent,' penitus ad extremos fines sese recepisse : ^ silvam esse ibi ^ infinita magnitudine, quae appellatur'" Ba- cenis: hanc*^ longe introrsus pertinere, et, pro nativo muro objectam, Cheruscos ^ab Suevis, Suevosque ab Cheruscis, injuriis incursionibusque prohibere: ad ejus initium silvas Suevos*" adventum Romanorum expectare constituisse."* ='§ 140,1, 2d. «=§140, 1, 3d. « § 140, 6. " § 141, Obs. 2, 4th. f § 106, R. VIII. ^ 87. <^ § 145, R. e 104, 1. 1 § 140, 5. J 98,2, &'94, 1, 2d. ^ § 123, R. •"§ ui, Obs. 5, Ist. LIB. VI. CAP. XII. 189 11. Quoniam ad hunc locum perventum est,* non ^ alie- num, esse videtur,'' de Galliee Germaniaeque moribus, et quo" differant*^ eaenationes inter sese, *proponere. In Gal- lia, non solum in omnibus civitatibus atque 3 in omnibus pa- gis partibusque, sed psene etiam in singulis * domibus, fac- tiones sunt : ^ earumque factionum principes sunt, qui sum- mam auctoritatem eorum judicio habere existimantur, quo- rum ad arbitrium judicjjjimque summa omnium rerum con- siliorumque redeat.*^ ^Idque ejus rei causa antiquitus insti- tutum videtur, ne quis ex plebe contra potentiorem auxilii* egeret : ^ suos enim ^ quisqu€ opprimi ' et circumveniri non patitur, neque, aliter si faciant, ullam inter suos habent auc- toritatem. "^HaBc eadem ratio est in summa totius Galliee : namque omnes civitates in partes divisse sunt duas. 12. Cum Caesar in Galliam^^venit, alterius'^ factionis 8 principes erant ^dui, alterius ^ Sequani. Hi cum per se minimis valerent, quod summa auctoritas antiquitus erat in jEduis, magnaeque eorum ' erant clientelaB, Germanos atque Ariovistum sibi adjunxerant, eosque ad se magnis ®jacturis poUicitationibusque perduxerant. " Prceliis verb compluribus factis secundis, atque omni nobilitate JEduorum interfecta, i^tantum potentia'' ajitecesserant, ut magnam partem clien- tium ab jEduis ad se transducerent, obsidesque ab iis prin- cipum filios acciperent, et publico jurare cogerent, nihil se contra Sequanos consilii inituros ; et partem finitimi agri, per vim occupatam, possiderent : Galliaeqiie totius principa- tum obtinerent. Qua necessitate adductus Divitiacus, aux- ilii petendi causa Romam ad Senatum profectus, ^'infecta re redierat. Adventu Cassaris facta commutatione rerum, obsidibus jEduis redditis, veteribus clientelis restitutis, no- vis"" per Caesarem comparatis (quod hi, qui se ad '2e5x-um ■» 67, 5, Note. « £6, 5. i 90. "51. f § 141, Obs. 3. k 27, 10. c § 1,2S, R. s § 121. Exe. 1. ' § 108, R. XII. i § 140, 5. *■ § 140, 1, 21. '" 19, {clienUlU.) 190 DE BELLO GALLICO. amicitiam aggregaverant, meliOre conditione * atque sequi- ore imperio se^ uti videbant), ^reliquis rebus *■ eorum, gra- tia, dignitate *^ amplificata, Sequani principatum ^dimiserant. In eorum locum Remi successerant ; 3 quos '^ quod adaequare apud Caesarem gratia intelligebatur, ii, qui propter ^veteres inimicitias nullo modo cum ^duis conjungi poterant, ^se Remis * in clientelam dicabant. Hos illi diligenter tuebah- tur. Ita et novam et repente colle^tam auctoritatem tene- bant. Eo turn statu '^ res erat, ut longe principes^ haberen- tur"" iEdui, secundum locum dignitatis Remi obtinerent.*' 13. In omni Gallia eorum hominum, qui^ aliquo sunt nu- mero' atque honore,' genera sunt duo: nam plebes paene servorum habetur loco/ quae per se nihil audet et nullo ad- hibetur consilio." Plerique, ciam aut "''asre ' alieno, aut mag- nitudine tributorum, aut ir^uria potentiorum premuntur, sese in servitutem dicant nobilibus:* ^in hos eadem omnia sunt jura, qu33 dominis "^ in servos. Sed de his duobus generi- bus 9 alterum est Druidum, alterum equitum. ^o mf rebus " divinis intersunt, sacrificia publica ac privata iiprocurant, religiones interpretantur. Ad hos magnus adolescentium numerus disciplinae causa' concurrit, magnoque ^^ij g^nt apud eos honore.*^ Nam fer^ de omnibus controversiis pub- licis privatisque constituunt; et, si quod est° admissum fa- cinus, si caedes facta, si de. hasreditate, si ^e finiTjus contro- versia est,** iidem decernunt ; praemia poenasque constituunt : si qui aut privatus aut publicus eorum i^decreto ^ non stetit, sacrifieiis interdicunt. Haec poena apud eos est gravissima. i^Quibus ita est interdictum, ii numero impiorum ac sceler- atorum habentur ; iis omnes decedunt, ^^aditum eorum ser- monemque defugiunt, ne quid ex contagione incommodi ac- a § 121, E. XXVI. f § 136^ Obs. 5, (in.) i § 129, R. b§145, R. s§ 103, R. &Obs. 2. »§ 112, R. II. c 109,2. &§98,Obs.4.h§ 140, 1,1st. °§112, R. I. d 39, &91. i§106, R.VII. »§ 140, Obs. 2. •§123, R. k§126. R. III. p§112, R. V. LIB. VI. CAP. XIV. 191 oipiant : neque iis petentibus jus redditur, neque honosullus communicatur. His autem omnibus Diuidibus praeest unus, qui isummam inter eos habet auctoritatem. Hoc mortuo, si qui ex reliquis excellit dignitate, succedit; at, si sunt plu- res pares, suffragio " Druidum deligitur, nonnunquam etiam armis* de principatu contendunt. Hi certo anni tempore in finibus Carnutum, ^quBS regio totius Gallise media "^ habetur, considunt in loco consecrate. Hue omnes undique, qui con- troversias habent, conveniunt, eorumque decretis*" judiciis- que 3 parent. '^Disciplina in Britannia reperta atque inde in Galliam translata esse existimatur : et nunc, qui ^ ^ dili- gentiiis earn rem cognoscere volunt, plerumque illo discendi causa proficiscuntur. 14. DruTdes a bello abesse consuerunt, neque tributa una cum reliquis pendunt ; ^ militias vacationem "^omniumque rerum habent immunitatem. Tantis excitati ^praemiis,* et sua sponte*" multi in disciplJnam convenjunt, et a parentibus propinquisque mittuntur. Magnum ibi numerum versuum 9 ediscere dicuntur : itaque annos nonnulli vicenos* in dis- cipllna permanent. Neque fas esse existimant, '^ea Uteris mandare, cum in reliquis fere rebus, publicis privatisque rationibus, GrsBcis utantur*^ literis. ^Hd mihi duabus de causis instituisse videntur ; quod neque in vulgum ^2disci- plinam efferri velint, neque eos, qui discant,^ literis '^ confl- sos, miniis memorisE*' studere : quod*" fere plerisque accidit, ut praesidio literarum diligentiam in perdiscendo ac memo- riam remittant.* ^3 In primis hoc volunt persuadere, ^^ non interire animas, sed ab aliis post mortem transire ad alios: atque hoc'* njaxTme ad virtutem excitari putant, metu mortis neglecto. Multa praeterea de sideribus atque eorum motu, de mundi ac terrarum magnitudine, de rerum natura, de Deorum immortalium vi ac potestate iMisputant et juventuti traidunt. "~« § 129, R. d 37, (it.) « § 141, Obs. 3. » § 103, R. & Obs. 2. • 26, 1. »> 37, 9, Note 3. c § 112, R. V. f § 140, Obs. 3. « § 140, 1, 4th. 192 DE BELLO GALLICO. 15. Alteram genus est equitum. Hi, ^ cum est usus, at- que aliquod bellum incidit (quod'' ante Csesaris adventum fere quotannis accidere solebat, uti aut ipsi'' injurias infer- rent, aut illatas propulsarent), omnes in bello ^versantur:. atque eorum ut quisque est genere ^ copiisque amplissimus, ita plurimos circum se ^ ambactos clientesque habent. Hanc unam gratiam potentiamque noverunt. 16. Natio est omnium Gallorum admodum -^dedita religi- onibus/ atque ob eam causam, qui sunt afFecti gravioribus morbis, quique in proeliis periculisque versantur, aut pro victimis homines immolant, aut se immolattiros vovent, ad- ministrisque ad ea sacrificia Druidibus utuntur ; quod, pro vita hominis nisihommis vita reddatur, non posse aliter De- orum immortalium numen placari arbitrantur: publiceque ejusdem generis habent instituta sacrificia. Alii immani magnitudine ^ simulacra habent, quorum ^ contexta vimini- bus membra vivis hominibus ^ complent, quibus succensis, circumventi flamma exanimantur homines. Supplicia eo- rum, qui in furto, aut in latrocinio, aut aliqua noxa sint comprehensi,^ gratiora Diis ^ immortalibus esse arbitrantur : sed, cum^ejus generis copia deficit, ad innocentium sup- plicia descendunt. 17. ^Deum maxime Mercurium colunt : hujus sunt pluri- ma simulacra, hunc •* omnium inventorem artium ferunt, hunc*' viarum atque itinerum ducem, hunc "^ ad quaestus pe- cuniae mercaturasque habere vim maximam arbitrantur. Post hunc, sApollinem et Martem et Jovem et Minervam : de his eandem fere, quam reliquae gentes,' habent opinio- nem ; ApoUmem ^ morbos depellere, Minervam ^ operum atque artificiorum ^initia tradere ; Jovem *" imperium ccsles- tium tenere; Martem^ bella regere. Huic, cum prcelio di- micare constituerunt, ea, quae bello ceperint, plerumque de- * 37, 9, Notes. dgnijR. e § 141, Obs. 8. " 32, 3. • § 106, R. VII. h § 145. R. «§128, R. '§125, R. i§101, Obs. 4. LIB. VI. CAP. XIX. 193 Quae superaverint," animalia capta immolant; reliquas res in unum locum conferunt. Multis in civitatibus harum rerum exstructos tumiilos loQis ^ consecratis conspi- cari licet : neque ssepe accidit, ut, neglecta quispiam relir gione,*^ aut capta "^ apud se Qccultare,aut ^posita* tollere auderet : gravissimumque ei rei ^ supplicium cum cruciatu constitutum est. 18. Galli se omnes ab Dite patre prognatos prsedicant, idque ab Druidibus proditum dicunt. Ob eam causam, ^spatia omnis temporis non numero dierum, sed noctium, finiunt ; dies natales et mensium et annorum initia sic ob- servant, ^ut noctem dies subsequatur..*^ In reliquis vitae in- stitutis, hoc ^ fere ab reliquis differunt, quod suos liberos, nisi ci^m adoleverint, ut munus militias sustinere possint, *palam ad se adlre non patiuntur; filiumque puerili astate in publico, in conspectu patris assistere, turpe*' ducunt. 19. Viri, quantas pecunias ab uxoribus dotis nomine ac- ceperunt, tantas ex suis bonis, ae&timatione facta, cum doti- bus communicant. Hujus omnis pecuniae ^conjunctim ra- tio habetur, ' fructusque servantur : uter eorum ^ vita super- arit, ad eum pars utriusque cum fructibus superiorum tern- porum pervenit. Viri in uxores, sicut in liberos, vitae ne- cisque habent potestatem : et, cum pater familiae, illustriore loco natus, decessit, ejus propinqui conveniunt, et, de morte si res in suspiciOnem venit, ^ de uxoribus in servllem modum quaestionem habent, et, ^o si compertum est, igni atque om nibus tormentis excruciatas interficiunt. Funera sunt i^pro cultu Gallorum magnif ica et sumtuosa ; omniaque, quas 12 vivis cordi ' fuisse arbitrantur, in ignem inferunt, etiam animalia : ac paulo supra hanc memoriam servi et clientes, quos ab iis dilectos esse constabat, justis funeribus confectis, una cremabantur. *§ 141, Obs. 3. d 19, (animalia.) s § 128, R. »> § 136, Obs. 5, (in.) « § 126, R. III. ^ § 98, Obs. 6. « 109, 2. f § 140, 1, Ist. i § 114, R. &19 17 194 D£ BELLO GALLICO. 20. Quae * civitates ^ commodius suam rem publicam ad- ministrare existimantur, habent legibus '' sanctum, si quis quid de republica a finitimis rumore ac fama acceperit, uti ad magistratum deferat,*" neve cum quo alio communicet:* quod saepe homines temerarios atque imperltos falsis ru- moribus terreri, et ad facinus impelli, et de summis rebus consilium capere cognitum est. Magistratus, ^quse visa sunt, occultant ; qusBque*^ esse ex usu judicaverint, multitu- dini produnt. De republica nisi 3 per concilium loqui non conceditur. 21. Germani multum ab hac consuetudine difTerunt: nam neque Druides habent, qui rebus divlnis praesint,* ^neque sacrificiis *^ student. Deorum numero eos solos ducunt, quos cernunt, et ^ quorum aperte opibus juvantur, Solem et 6 Vulcanum et Lunam : reliquos ne fama quidem acceperunt. Vita omnis in venationibus atque in studiis rei militaris con- sistit : '''ab parvulis labori*^ ac duritise^ student. Qui diu- tissime sjjnpuberes permanserunt, maximam inter suos ferunt laudem : hoc ali staturam,*' ali hoc vires ^ nervosque confirmari, putant. Intra annum vero vicessimum feminae notitiam habuisse, in turpissimis habent rebus: cujus rei nulla est occultatio, quod et promiscue in flumimbus per- luuntur, et pellibus aut parvis » rhenonum tegimentis utun- tur, magna corporis parte nuda. '. 22. Agriculturae*" non student; majorque pars victus eorum in lacte, caseo, carne consistit : neque quisquam agri modum certum aut fines habet proprios ; sed magistratus ac principes in annos singulos gentibus^' cognationibusque hominum, qui una coierint, lo quantum,* et quo loco visum est, agri attribuunt, atque anno post alio translre cogunt. 11 Ejus rei multas afferunt causas ; ne assidua consue- tudine capti, studium belli gerendi agricultura commu- * 37, 4, (civmtes.) b § 129, R. c § 140, 1, 3d. d§ 141, Obs. 3. " § 141, R. II. f § 112, R. V. e § 145, R. »> § 123, R. « § 46, 1. LIB. VI. CAP. XXIV. 195 tent ;* ne latos fines parare studeant,'' potentioresque humil- iores possessionibus '' expellant ; * ne ^ accuratius ad frigora atque aestus vitandos*' sedificent;* ne qua oriatur^ pecuniae cupiditas, qua ex re factiones dissensionesque nascuntur ; ut Sanimi aequitale plebem contineant, cum suas quisque opes cum potentissimis aequari videat.*^. 23. Civitatibus ^ maxima laus est, quam latissimas circum se vastatis finibus solitudines habere. Hoc ^proprium virtu- tis ^ existimant, expulsos agris ^ finitimos ^ cedere, neque quenquam ^ prope audere consistere : simul hoc se ^ fore tu- tiores arbitrantur, repent inse incursionis timore ' sublato. Cum bellum civitas aut illatum defendit, aut infert; magis- tratus, qui ei bello ^ prsesint,' ut vitas necisque habeant potes- tatem, deliguntur. In pace nullus est communis-magistra- tus, sed principes regionum atque pagorum inter suos ^jus dicunt, controversiasque minuunt. Latrocinia nuUam habent infamiam, quae extra fines cujusque civitatis fiunt; atque ea juventutis exercendae " ac desidiae minuendae causa fieri prae- dicant. Atque, ubi quis ex principibus in concilio dixit, " se ducem fore ; ^ qui " sequi velint, profiteantur ;° "consur- gunt ii, qui et causam et hommem probant, suumque auxil- ium pollicentur, atque ab muUitudine collaudantur : qui ex lis secuti non sunt, in desertorum ac proditorum numero ducuntur, omniumque iis^ rerum postea fides derogatur. Hospites violare, fas non putant; qui" quaque de causa ad eos venerint, ab injuria prohibent, sanctosque habent; iis omnium domus patent, victusque communicatur. 24. ^Acfuit antea tempus, ciim Germanos Galli virtute superarent,'ultro bella inferrent, propter hominum muhitu- dinem agrique inopiam trans Rhenum colonias mitterent. * § 140, 1, 2d. f § 107, R. IX. I § 141,R.ILObs.2,4th. ^ § 136, R. LII. g § 136, R. LII. »« 112, 5. c § 98,Obs.2,& 112,7. h § 145, R. ° § 141, Obs. 3. <» § 140, Obs. 3. i 109, 2. » § 45, i. 1. *§110, Obs. 1. k§ii2, R. I. r§126, R. V. 196 im SELtO GALLICO. Itaque ea, quas fertilissima sunt, Germanias loca cirum Her- cyniam silvam (quam^ Eratostheni et quibusdam Graecis fama notam esse video, quam illi Orcyniam appellant), Vol- ca3 Tectosages occupaverunt, atque ibi consederunt. Quae " gens ad hoc tempus iis sedibus sese continet, ^ summamque habet justitise et bellicsB laudis opinionem: nunc quoque in eadem inopia, egestate, patientia, qua Germani, permanent, eodem victu*' et cultu corporis utuntur ; ^Gallis^ autem Pro- vincisB propinquitas, et transmarinarum rerum notitia, ^ mul- ta ad copiam atque usus largitur. Paulatim assuefacti su- perari, multisque victi proeliis, ne se quidem ipsi " cum illis virttite comparant. 25. Hujus Hercyniae silvse, quae supra demonstrata est, latittido novem dierum iter^ ^expedito^ patet: non enim ali- ter sfiniri potest, neque mensuras itinerum noverunt. Ori- tur ab HelvetiOrum et Nemetum et Rauracorum finibus, rec- taque fluminis Danubii regione'' pertinet ad fines Dacorum et Anartium : hinc se flectit ^ sinistrorsus, diversis ab flu- mine regionibus, multarumque gentium fines propter mag- nitudinem attingit : neque quisquam est hujus Germanise, qui se aut adisse ad initium ejus silvae dicat,' ciim dierum iter ^ sexaginta processerit,'' aut quo ex loco oriatur,' accep- erit. Multa in ea genera* ferarum nasci constat, quae reli- quis in locis visa non sint : "' ex quibus, quae maxime diife- rant ab ceteris et ''memoriae" prodenda" videantur, hsecsunt. 26. ®Est bos cervi figura,Pcujus a media fronte inter aures unum cornu existit, excelsius magisque directum his, quae nobis nota sunt, cornibus. Ab ejus summo, ^sicut palmae, rami quam late difFunduntur. Eadem est femmae marisque natura, eadem forma magnitudoque cornuum. a § 145, R. ^ § 132, R. XLII. ' § 140, 5. b 38,2. g § 112, R. XVII. «»§ 141, Obs.3. c § 121, R. XXVI. h § 129, R. n § 126, R. III. <» § 110, R. > § 141, R. I. o 108,6. • 33, 1. ^ § 140, Obs. 3. p § 106, R. VII. LIB. VI. CAP. XXIX. 197 27. Sunt item, quae appellantur ^ Alces.* Harum est con- similis capreis'' figura et ^varietas pellium ; sed magnitu- dme " paulo antecedunt, mutil^eque sunt cornibus,'' et crura sine nodis articulisque habent ; neque quietis causa procum- bunt, neque, si 3 quo afflictsB casu conciderint, erigere sese aut sublevare possunt. His '* sunt arbores pro cubilibus : ^ ad eas se applicant, atque ita, paulum modo reclinatae, quietem capiunt : quarum ex vestigiis cum est animadversum a ve- natoribus, quo se recipere consuerint,^ omnes eo loco aut a radicibus subruunt, aut accidunt arbores tantum, ut summa species earum stantium relinquatur. Hue ciim se consue- tudine reclinaverint, « infirmas arbores pondere affligunt, at- que una ipsse concidunt. 28. Tertium est genus eorum, qui ^Uri* appellantur. Hi sunt magnitudine "" paulo infra elephantos, specie ' et colore et figura tauri. Magna vis eorum, et magna velocitas : ne- que homini,^ neque ferae, quam conspexerint, parcunt. Hos studiose foveis ^' captos interficiunt. Hoc se labore ^ durant adolescentes, atque hoc genere ^ venationis exercent ; et, qui plurimos ex his interfecerunt, relatis in publicum cornibus, ^ quae sint testimonio,' magnam ferunt laudem. Sed assues- cere ad homines, et mansuefieri, ^ne parvCfli quidem excepti possunt. Amplitudo cornuum et figura et species multi^m a nostrorum bourn cornibus differt. Haec studiose conquisita ab labris argento*^ circumcludunt, atque in 9 amplissimis epiilis pro pociilis utuntur. 29. 10 Caesar, postquam per Ubios exploratdres comperit, Suevos sese in silvas recepisse,' inopiam frumenti veritus, quod, ut supra demonstravimus, minime omnes Germani agriculturae student, constituil, non progredi longiis : sed, ne omnino metum reditus sui barbaris '" tolleret, atque ut « § 103, R. V. « § 140, 5. * 19,/orffiw,§lll,R. f § 106, R. VII. » § 128, R. e 112, R. V. . «» § 112, R. II. '' § 129, R. i 114, R. & Ob»,4. ^ § 125, R. 1 98,: 2. »§ 123, R. &19, 198 DE BELLO GALLICO. eorum auxilia tardaret, reducto exercTtu, partem ultimam pontis, quae ripasUbiorum contingebat, in longitudmem pe- dum ducentorum rescindit ; atque in extremo ponte '^ turrim tabulatorum ^ quatuor constituit, praesidiumque cohortium '' duodecim pontis tuendi causa ponit, magnisque eum locum munitionibus firmat. Eiloco'' praesidioque Caium Volca- tium Tullum adolescentem praefecit : ipse, cum maturescere frumenta inciperent,'* ad bellum Ambiorigis profectus (per Arduennam silvam, quae est totius Galliae maxima, atque ab ripis Rheni finibusque Trevirorum ad Nervios pertinet, mil- libusque^ amplius *" quingentis in longitudinem patet), Lu- ciuni Minucium Basilum cum omni equitatu praemittit, ^ si quid celeritate itineris atque opportunitate temporis profi- cere possit ; monet, ut ignes fieri in castris prohibeat,^ ne qua ejus adventus procul significatio fiat : ^ sese confestim subsequi ' dicit. 30. Basilus, 2ut imperStum est, facit ; celeriter contraque omnium opinionem confecto itinere, multos in agris inopi- nantes deprebendit ; eorum indicio ad ipsum Ambiorigem contendit, quo in loco cum paucis equitibus esse dicebatur. ^Multum cvim'' in omnibus rebus, tum'' in re militari potest forttina. Nam s'lcut magno accidit casu, ut in ipsum incau- tum atque etiam imparatum incideret,' priiisque ejus adven- tus ab hominibus videretur, quam fama ac nuncius adven- tus afTerretur:" sic ^magnse fuit forttinaB," omni 'militari in- struinento," quod circum se habebat, erepto, rhedis equisque comprehensis, ipsum effugere mortem. Sed hoc eo factum est, quod, aedificio circumdato silvd (ut sunt fere domicilia Gallorum, qui, vitandi aestus causa, plerumque silvarum ac fluminum petunt propinquitates), comites familiaresque ejus ^ 17, 1. f § 120, Obs. 3. 1 § 140, 1, 4th. b § 106, R. VII. s § 140, 1, 3d. ">§ 140, 4. § 123, R. h § 140, 1, 2d. n § 108, R. XII. 1 § 140, Obs. 4. i 94, 3. 109, 2. - § 132, R. XLII. k 124, 7. LIB. VI. CAP. XXXII. 199 ano-usto in loco paulisper equitum nostrorum vim sustmue- runt. His pugnantibus, ilium in equum quidam ex suis* intiilit: fugientem silvae texerunt. Sic et ad subeundum periciilum, et ad vitandum, imultum forttlna valuit. 31. Ambiorix copias suas ^judicione'' non conduxerit,'^ qu6d prcelio dimicandum *^ non existimdrit, an** 3 tempore exclusus et repentlno equitum adventu prohibitus, ciim reli- quum exercitum subsequi crederet, dubium est: ^sed certe, diraissis per agros nunciis, sibi* quemque consulere jussit : quorum pars in Arduennam silvam, pars in continentes pa* ludes profiigit: qui proximi Oceanum*^ fuerunt, hi insulis sese occultaverunt, quas agstus efficere consuerunt : multi, ex suis finibus egressi, se suaque omnia ^ alienissimis credi- dgrunt. Cativol-cus, rex dimidias partis Eburonum, qui una cum Ambiorige consilium inierat, getate jam confectus, cum laborem aut belli aut fugae ferre non posset, ^ omnibus precibus detestatus Ambiorigem, qui*' ejus consilii auctor fuisset, "^ taxo,'' cujus magna in Gallia Germaniaque copia est, se exanimavit. 32. Segni Condrusique ex gente et numero Germanorum, qui sunt, inter Eburones Trevirosque, legatos ad Csesarem miserunt, oratum,' ne se in hostium numero duceret,'' neve omnium Germanorum, qui essent citra Ehenum, ^unam' esse causam judicaret :" nihil se de hello cogitavisse, nulla Ambiorigi auxilia misisse. Caesar, explorata re ^quasstione captivorum, si qui ad eos Eburones ex fuga convenissent, ad se ut reducerentur,"' imperavit : si ita fecissent,"" fines eo- rum se violatQrum negSvit. Tum copiis in tres partes dis- tribtitis, impedimenta omnium legionum Aduatucam contulit. Id castelli nomen est. Hoc fere est in mediis Eburonum finibus, ubi Titurius atque Aurunculeius hiemandi causa *§107, Obs. 8. «§112, R. V. ' § 148, R. LXIII. " 124, 13. ( § 136, Obs. 5, (ad.) ^ § 140, 1, 3d. c § 140, 1, 4th. g § 141, R. III. » § 103,R.V.&Obs.2. •> 113,5. '•§129, R. "•§ 140, 2, &80, 2. 200 DE BELLO GALLICO. consederant. Hunc cum reliquis rebus locum probabat, turn, quod superioris anni raunitiones Integra? manebant, ut militum laborem sublevaret.^ Praesidio'' impedimentis le- gionem quatuordecimam reliquit, unam ex iis tribus, quas proxime conscriptas ex Italia transduxerat. Ei legioni *^ cas- trisque Quintum Tullium Ciceronem prseficit, ducentosque equites attribuit. 33. Partito exercitu, Titum Labienum cum legiombus tribus ad Oceanum versus, in eas partes, quas Menapios at- tingunt, proficisci jubet : Caium Trebonium cum pari legi- onum numero ad earn regionem, qua? Aduatucis*^ adjacet, depopulandam^ mittit : ipse cum reliquis tribus ad flumen Sabim, quod influit in Mosam, extremasque Arduennae par- tes ire constituit, quo cum paucis equitibus profectum ^ Am- biorigem audiebat. Discedens, ^ post diem septimum sese reversurum, confirmat; quam ad diem ei legioni,^ quae in praesidio relinquebatur, frumentum deberi sciebat. Labie- num Treboniumque hortatur, si reipublicEe commodo'' fa- cere possint, ad eam diem revertantur;' ut, rursus commu- nic5,to consilio, exploratisque hostium rationibus, aliud belli initium capere possent.'' 34. Erat, ^ut supra demonstravimus, ^manus certa nulla, non oppidum, non praesidium, quod' se armis defenderet; sed omnes in partes dispqrsa multitudo. Ubi cuique "" aut vallis abdita, aut locus silvestris, aut palus impedita, spem praesidii aut salutis aliquam offerebat, consederat. Haec loca ^vicihitatibus'" erant nota, magnamque res diligentiam re- quirebat, non in summa exercitus tuenda (nullum enim pote- rat universis ab perterritis ac dispersis periciilum accidere), sed in singiilis militibus conservandis ; quae tamen ^ ex parte res ad salutem exercitus pertinebat. Nam et praedae cupid- a§140, 1,1st. « 112,7. i § 140,1,3d, &0bs.5, (Mt.) b§114, R. f 98,2. k §140,1, 2d. c§123, R. B§ 126, R. III. 1 § 141,R. I. d§112, R. IV. »'§i29, R. «"§ HI, Obs. 1,4th LIB. VI. CAP* XXXV. Sftl has multos longids evocabat, et silvse incertis occultisque itineribus i confertos adire prohibebant. 2 Si negotium con- fki* stirpemque hominum sceleratorum interfici'' vellet, dimittendse'' plures manus diducendique erant milites :■ si continere ad signa manipulos vellet, ut 3 instituta ratio et oonsuetudo exercitus Romani postulabat, locus ipse erat praesidio " barbaris,° neque ex occulto insidiandi et dispersos eircumveniendi singulis*^ deerat audacia. At in ejusmodi difficultatibus, quantum* diligentia provideri poterat, provi- debatur; ut potius *in nocendo aliquid omitteretur, etsi om- nium animi ad ulciscendum ardebant, quam cum aliquo mil- itum detriment© noceretur. Caesar ad finitimas civitates jauncios dimittit, omnes ad se evocat spe praBdae, ad diripi- endos EburOnes, ut potius in silvis Gallorum vita, quam * legionarius miles, periclitetur ; ^ simul ut, magna multitu- dme circumfusa, pro tali facinore, stirps ac nomen civitatis toUatur.^ Magnus undique numerus celeriter convenit. 35. HaBc in omnibus Eburonum partibus gerebantur, dies- que ^appetebat septimus, quem ad diem CaBsar ad impedi- menta legionemque reverti constituerat. Hie, quantum*^ in bello fortuna possit ^ et "^quantos^ afferat'' casus, cognosci potuit. Dissipatis ac perterritis hostibus, ut demonstravi- mus, 8 manus erat nulla, quae parvam modo causam timoris afferret.' Trans Rhenum ad Germanos pervenit fama, di- ripi" Eburones, atque ultro omnes ad praedam evocari." Co- gunt equitum duo millia Sigambri, qui sunt proximi Rheno, \ quibus receptos ex fuga Tenchtheros atque Usipetes^ supra docuimus : transeunt Rhenum navibus ratibusque, triginta millibus passuum infra eum locum, ubi pons erat perfectus prsesidiumque ab Caesare relictum : primos Eburonum fines' adeunt, multos ex fuga dispersos excipiunt, magno pecoris a 94, 3. 19, 1. h § 140, 5. ^ 108, 2. « 46, 1. i § 141, R. I. c§ 114,11. f § 140, 1, 2d. k 96, 6. « § 112, Obs. 1, & K 48, 4. 1 § 136, R. LII. 202 DE BELLO GALLICO. numero, cujus '' sunt eupidissimi barbari, potiuntur. Invitati praeda, longius procedunt : i non hos palus, in bello latrocin- iisque natos, non silvse morantur : quibus in locis sit '' Caesar, ex captivis quaerunt; profectum longius reperiunt, omnem- que exercitum discessisse cognoscunt. Atque unus ex cap- tivis, " Quid vos," inquit, " banc miseram ac tenuem secta- mini praedam, quibus licet jam esse fortunatissimis?*^ Tri- bus horis'^ Aduatiicam^ venire potestis : hue omnes suas fortunas exercitus Romanorum contulit : Spraesidii tantum est, ut ne murus ^ quidem cingi possit,^ neque quisquam egredi extra munitiones audeat.''^ Oblata spe, Germani, quam** nacti erant praedam, in occulto relinquunt, ipsi Aduatiicam* contendunt, usi eodem Muce, cujus haec indicio' cognoverant. 36. Cicero, qui per omnes superiores dies praeceptis Cae- saris summa diligentia milites in castris continuisset, ac ne calonem*^ quidem quemquam extra munitionem egredi pas- sus ess^t, septimo die, difFidens de numero dierum Caesarem fidem servaturum, quod longius eum progressum audiebat, neque ulla de reditu ejus fama afferebatur; simul eorum permotus vocibus, ^ qui illius patientiam psene obsessionem appellabant, si quidem ex castris egredi non liceret ; nullum ejusmodi casum expectans, quo, novem oppositis legiombus maximoque equitatu, dispersis ac paene deletis hostibus, in millibus passuum tribus pffendi posset ; quinque cohortes frumentatum in proximas segetes mi&it, quas inter et castra unus omnino coUis intererat. Complures erant in castris ex legiombus aegri relicti ; ex quibus ^ qui hoc spatio dierum convaluerant, circiter trecenti sub vexillo una mittuntur: magna praeterea multitudo calonum, magna vis jumento- rum, quae in castris ^subsederat, facta potestate, sequitur. 37. Hoc ipso tempore, "^ casu Germani equites interveni- unt, protinusque eodem illo, quo venerant, cursu ab decu- ■" * § 107, R. IX. J § 131, R. XLI. s § 140, 1, 1st. b § 140, 5. • § 130, 2. h 37, 4. c § 103, Obs. 7. ' 121, Note 2. i § 129, R. LIB. VI. CAP. XXXVIII. 2G3 manS, portd in castra irrumpere conantur: nee prius sunt visi, objectis ab ea parte silvis, quam castris appropinqua- rent, usque eo, ut, i qui* sub vallo tenderent mercatores, re- cipiendi sui facultatem non haberent. Inopinantes nostri re nova perturbantur, ac vix primum impetum cohors in sta- tione sustinet. Circumfunduntur'' ex reliquis hostes partibus, si quem*^ aditum reperire possent^ jiEgre portas nostri tu- entur, ^reliquos aditus locus ipse per se munitioque defendit. Totis trepidatur castris, atque alius ex alio causam tumultus quasrit ; neque quo signa ferantur/ neque quam in partem quisque conveniat,'' provident. Alius capta jam castra^ pronunciat ; alius, delete exercitu atque imperatore, victores barbaros ^ venisse contendit: ^plerlqu^ novas sibi ex loco re- ligiones fingunt, Cottasque et Titurii calamitatem, qui in eo- dem occiderint*^ castello, ante ociilos ponunt. Tali timore omnibus perterritis, confirmatur opinio barbaris,^ ut ex cap- tive audierant, nullum esse intus praesidium. Perrumpere nituntur, seque ipsi *" adhortantur, ne tantam fortunam ex manibus dimittant.' 38. Erat aeger in praesidio relictus Publius Sextius Bacil- lus, 4 qui primum pilum ad Caesarem duxerat, cujus menti- onem ^ superioribus prosliis fecimus, ac diem "^ jam quintum cibo' caruerat. Hic,difflsus suae atque omnium saluti,"" iner- mis ex tabernaciilo prodit : videt imminere hostes, atque in summo esse rem * discrimine : capit arma a proximis atque in porta consistit. Consequuntur hunc centuriones ejus co- hortis quae in statione erat: paulisper una proelium susti- nent. ^Jjelinquit animus Sextium, gravibus acceptis vul- neribus : aegre per manus tractus servatur. Hoc spatio in- terposito, reliqui sese confirmant tantum, ut in munitionibus consistere audeant, speciemque defensorum praebeant. * 37, 4. e § 145, R. i § 140, 1, 3d. ^ 116, 6. f § 141, R. III. k § 131, R. XLI. c § 35, (siquis.) s § 110, Obs. 1. » § 121, R. XXV •J § 140, 5. h 33, 1. n»§ 112, R. V 204 DE BELLO GALLICO. 39. Interim confeCta frumentatione, milites nostri (^aro&- rem exaudiunt ; praecurrunt equites, quanto sit * res in peri- culo, cognoscunt. Hie vero nulla munitio est, quae ^ perter- ritos recipiat : modo conscripti, atque ^ usus " militaris impe- riti, ad tribunum militum centurionesque ora convertunt: quid ab his praecipiatur,* expectant. Nemo est -tam fortis, quin ^ rei novitate perturbetur. Barbari, signa procul con- spicati, oppugnatione * desistunt : redisse primo legiones cre- dunt, quas longius discessisse ex captivis cognoverant : postea, despecta paucitate, ex omnibus partibus impetum faciunt. 40. Calones in proximum tumulum procurrunt : hinc ce- leriter dejecti se in signa manipulosque conjiciunt: eo ma- gis timidos perterrent milites. Alii, ^cuneo facto ut celeri- ter perrumpant,*^ censent, quoniam tam propinqua sint cas- tra; et, *si pars aliqua circumventa ceciderit, at reliquos servari posse confidunt: alii,^ ut in jugo consistant/ atque eundem omnes ferant*^ casum. Hoc veteres non probant milites, quos ^ sub vexillo una profectos docuimus, Itaque inter se ' cohortati, duce Caio Trebonio, equite Romano, qui eis erat prsepositus, per medios hostes perrumpunt, incolu- mesque ad unum omnes in castra perveniunt. Hos sub- secuti calones equitesque eodem impetu militum virtute servantur. At ii, qui in jugo constiterant, ^ nullo etiam nunc usu rei militaris percepto, neque in eo, quod probave- rant, consilio permanere, ut se loco superiore defenderent, neque eam, quam profuisse aliis'' vim celeritatemque vide- rant, imitari potuerunt ; sed, se in castra recipere conati, in- iquum in locum demiserant. Centuriones, quorum ' non- nulli, ex inferioribus ordinibus reliquarum legionum, virtu- tis causd,*" in superiores erant ordines hujus legionis trans- » § 140, 5. «§ 136, R. LII. i § 28, Obs. 5. »§141, R. I. '§140, 1,3d. k § 112, R. V. 1st. c § 107, R. IX. « § 10 1, Ohs A, censent. i § 107, R. X. d§140;3. h§ 145;R. &91, 4. ''^§ 129, R. ff;pf?Pf'pwp LIB. VI. CAP. XLUI. 205 ducti ne ante partam rei militaris laudem amitterent,* for- tissime pugnantes conciderunt. Militum pars, horum vir- tute submotis hostibus,^ praeter spem incoliimis in castra pervenit; pars a barbaris circumventa periit. 41. Germani, desperatd expugnatione'' castrorum, quod nostros jam constitisse *^ in munitionibus videbant, cum ea praeda, quam in silvis deposuerant, trans Rhenum sese rece- perunt. Ac tantus fuit etiam post discessum hostium terror, ut «a nocte,*^ cum Caius Volusenus missus cum equitatu ad castra venisset,^ i fidem non faceret/ adesse cum incolumi Cassarem exercitu. Sic omnium animos timor prasoccupav- erat, ut, ^pgene alienata mente,'' deletis omnibus copiis equitatum tantiim se ex fuga recepisse,*" dicerent/ neque, incolumi exercitu, Germanos castra oppugnaturos fuisse con- tenderent. Quem^ timorem Caesaris adventus sustulit. 42. Keversus ille, eventus belli non ignorans, * unum, quod cohortesL ex statione et prsesidio essent'' emissae, ques- tus, 4ne minimo quidem casu ' locum relinqui debuisse, multum fortunam in repenlino hostium ^dventu potuisse in- dicavtt; mnlto etiam amplius, quod paene ab ipso vallo por- tisque castrorum barbaros avertisset. ^ Q^arum = omnium rerum"" maxime admirandum videbatur, quod Germani, qui eo consilio Rhenum trunsierant, ut Ambiorigis fines depopu- larentur,^ ad castra Romanorum delati, ^optatissimum Am- biorTgi beneficium obtulerint.' 43. Caesar, rursus, "^ad vexandos hostes profectus, magno coacto numero '' ex finitimis civitatibus, in ornnes partes di- mittit. Omnes vici atque omnia aedificia, quae quisque con- spexerat, incendebantur: praeda ex omnibus locis agebatur: frumenta non solum a tania multitudine jumentorum atque hominum consumebantur, sed etiam anni tempore atque im- * § 140, 1, 2d. <= § 140, Obs. 4. « § 126, R. III. »• 109, 2. f § 140, 1, 1st. k § 135, R. XLVII. « 98,2. 6 38. > § 140, 1,4th. *§131, R. XLI. »»§i4o, 1, 3d. 18 206 ^ DE BELLO GALLICO. ^^ * ||- bribus procubuerant; ut, si qui etiam in praesentia se occul- tassent, tamen iis,* deducto exercitu, rerum omnium inopia pereundum videretur. Ac saepe in eum locum ventum est,'' tanto in omnes partes diviso equitatu, ut modo visum *" ab se Ambiorigem** in fuga captivi, nee plane eiiam abisse *' ex conspectu contenderent, ut, spe consequendi illata atque infinito labore suscepto, qui se summam ab Caesare gratiam* inituros putarent,'^ ^peene naturam studio vincerent,^ sem- perque paulum 2 ad summam felicitatem defuisse viderStur,^ atque 3 ille latebris aut saltibus se eriperet,^ et noctu occul- tatus alias regiones partesque peteret,^ non majore equitum prsesidio, quam quatuor, quibus'' solis vitam suam commit- tere audebat. 44. Tali modo vastatis regionibus,* exercitum Cgesar dua- rum cohortium damno Durocortorum'' Remorum reducit, concilioque in eum locum Galliae indicto,' de conjuratione Senonum et Carnutum quaestionem habere instituit; et de Accone, qui princeps ' ejus consilii fuerat, graviore senten- tia' pronunciata, *more majorum sujpplicium sumsit. Non- nuUi judicium veriti profugerunt ; Squibus"' cum aqua" at- que igni ° interdixisset, duas legiones ad fines Trevirorum, duas in Lingonibus, sex rellquas in Senonum finibus Agen-- dici in hibernis collocavit ; frumentoque ^ exercitu'' proviso, ut instituerat, in Italiam ad conventus agendos profectus est. a§147,R. f§141,R. III. 1 § 103, R. V. b 67, Note. s § 140, 1, 1st. ■»§ 112, R. IV. c 98,2. h§123, R. " § 136, Obs.5,(a6.) d § 145, R. i 109, 2. ° § 15, 7. e § 136, R. LII. ^ § 130, 2. P § 126, R. III. i- 207 NOTES ON BOOK I. Page 53. — l. Qwarwwjsnpply^ar^mwj, of these parts. — 2. (li) qui app ell antur Celt ce ipsoricm lingua, Galli nostra (linguA, incolunt*) tertiam (partem). — 3. /nsHfl/fw, customs. — 4. Infer se, among them- selves; from each other. — 5. Arrange: Flumen Garumna dividit Gal- los ah Aquitdnis, Mairona et S equina (dividunl Gallos) a Belgis. — 6. Cultu, civilization, mode ol" living — /iMwayiiM^c, refinement, men- tal culture. — 7. Minlme scepe, least often, i. e. very seldom. — S. Eos, 1. e. Germdnos. — 9. Ipsi, i. e. Helvelii. — 10. ^orwrn (finium) of those confines, op territories; of that country. — 11. Eorum, of them, i. e. of the three general divisions of Gaul. — 12. Vergit ad Septentriones, it inclines, or extends towards the north. Jr. 54. — 1- AbextriimisJinXbuSy from the remotest, or most distant confines of Gaul; meaning the most northern limit of the division then inhabited by the Celtse, or Gauls, called Gallia propria, and here called extremis, because farthest distant from Rome. — 2. Spec- tant, &.C., they look tovrards — the country faces — the northeast. — 3. Jld Hispaniam, at — next to — Spain, viz : the Bay of Biscay. — 4. Consules, See Index. — 5. Civitdti, his state: — Civitas means all the people living under one government. — 6. Fotlri imperio, to ob- tain the government. — 7. Persudsit id eis facilius hoc, he persuaded them to that measure more easily, on this account. — 8. Naturd loci, by the nature of the place, or, of their situation; by their natural situation. — 9. Pro multitudlne hominum, for, in proportion to, the number of inhabitants; in proportion to the population. — 10. Belli atque fortitudinis, for war and bravery. — 11. Qui paUbant, which extended. — 12. Adducti his rebus, induced by these circumstances. 13. Jld proficiscendum, for their departure. 14. Carrorum quain maximum numerum, as great a number of wagons as possible. — 15. Sementes qichn maximas, as great sowings as possible. i. 55. — I. /'i fer/iMm a/mw?/), against the third year. — 2. Occu- pdret, that he should take possession of: — The imperfect subjunc- tive here follows the present {pcrsnddet) on the principle stated, * l.alin words ivA in Itci'ii s, or ^n ■li)=;fil in parontheses, are not in the text, !)at are here sni>. lied, to h.',h".v the lUli co.ni.'r n'Uini \:1 iho sentence. 208 NOTES ON BOOK 1. \ § 137, Obs. 1. — 3. Principdtum, the highest power or authority.— 4. Probat illis, perfaclle esse factu, perfice.re condta, he (Orgeto- rix) assures them that the accomplishment of their designs would be easily done; that their designs would be easily accomplished. — 5. Totius Gallice, i. e. civitatibus totius Gallice, &,c., Of the states of all Gaul the Helvetii, — pdssent (facere) plur imum, coMld do most, i. e. were most powerful. — 6. Inter se, among themselves, to each other, mutually. — 7. Per tres—popalos, viz: the Helvetii, SequSni, and ^dui. — 8. Arrange: Sperant sese posse potiri (imperio) totius Gallics. — 9. Ea res, this design. — 10. Per indicium, by information. 11. Ex vinculis, Out of chains, i. e. in chains. — 12. Arrange: Op- portebat pcenam sequi (Orgetongem) damndtum, ut cremarttur igni, it behoved this punishment to follo\^, overtake, Orgetorix, being condemned, that he should be burned with fire. — 13. Familiam, household — including domestics, slaves, &c. — 14. Ad millia decern, about ten thousand; — Ad, with a Oiumeral, signifies about, near, or towards. P. 5Q. — 1. Magistrdtuscogerent, the magistrates (of the JEdxxi) were collecting. — 2. Quin ipse, but that he. — 3. Ad, about. — 4. Tri- um mensium, for three months. — 5. Molita cibaria, ground provis- ions, i. e. meal or flour. — 6. Usi eodem consilio, following the same counsel or design; adopting the same resolution. l.Boiosque, &c., — re- ceptos ad se, &c,, having received the Boii, &c., they join them to themselves as allies; Or, they receive, and join to themselves as allies, the Boii, &,c. For this use of the perfect participle see Idioms, 104. — 8. Vix qua, scil. via, where, or, by which way. 9. Provinciam nostram, our province; the Roman province in the bouth of Gaul, afterwards called Gallia Narbonensis. — 10. Propterea quod, because; literally, on this account that. — 11. Isque transitur vado, and it is crossed by a ford, i. e. it is fordable. Jr. 57. — I. Bono (Mlmo, of a good mind, friendly disposition, well affected. — 2. Diein, see Dies, Index. — 3. Ante diem qzdntum, &c. The fifth before the Kalends of April, i. e. the 28th March. See Gr. App. I.— 4. Lucio Pisone, &c., that was, A. U. C. 696, B. C. 58.— 5. Urbe, scil. Roma. — 6. Galliam ulterior em, farther Gaul, i. e. Gaul beyond the Alps. — 7. ProvincicB toti, Sec. he orders as many soldiers as possible from the whole province, i. e. he levies. Sic: — For ex- planation of this construction see §123, Exp. — 8. Ad, near — 9. Facti sunt certiores, were made more certain; were informed. 10. Esse sibi in animo, that they had it in design; that it was their intention; literally, that it was in the mind to them. — 11. Voluntdte, with his consent. 12. Sub jugmn missum, sent under the yoke: — NOTES ON BOOK I. 209 Two spears were set upright in the ground, and another was laid across them at top, forming what the Romans called jugum. Under this they who were admitted to surrender upon these terms were compelled to pass unarmed, nudi. — 13. Concedendum (esse sibi,) that he ought to yield to their request. — 14. ^nte diem Idus Aprjlis, i. e. the 12th April^ see App. I. Jl . 58. — 1. Qui injlumen — As the Rhone flows through the lake Lemanus, and of course out of it, it is here said that the lake flow9 into it. 2. jid montem Juram, to\^ards mount Jura. — 3. Milliapas- suum novem decern, nineteen miles in length. See App. VI. Table 5. — 4. Castella communit, he strongly fortifies castles, or redoubts. § 91, Obs. i. 5th. — 5. Se invito, he being unwilling, i. e. against his will, or inclination. — 6. Ne^t se, more, &.c. he declares that he can- not, consistently with the custom, 8cc. Negat is equivalent to dicit non. — 7. Navibusjunctisratibusque,hc., some by means of boats join- ed together, and numerous rafts being made; before navlbus supply Alii. — 8. Qua minima, &c., where the depth pC-the river was least. 9. Perrumpere, break through, force a passage. — 10. Eo depreca- tore, he being intercessor: by his mediaiicn. — 11. Gratia ct largiti- one, by his personal influence and liberality — potcrat facere plurl- mum, could accomplish a very great deal. — 12. In matrimonium dux- erat, had married j literally, had led into matrimony. Duccre vxo- rem (domum) "to marry," is said of the husband, because a part of the ceremony consisted in leading the wife home to his ^louse. Nature (se) viro, " to marry," is said of the wife, (literally, "to veil herself to her husband,") because during the ceremony she wore a flame-colored veil. — 13. Novis rebus studcbat, desired, wish- ed for, new things; aimed at, plotted, a revolution in the state. ±. 59. — 1- Scquani (dent obsides); — Helvetii (dent obsides). 2. Ne prohibeant, that they would not prevent, or hinder, the Hel- vetii from (using) this route. — 3. Cgraferirr#, &c. they sacrifice the captured animals which remain.— 2. Poslta, deposited (in sacred places).— 3. Spatia omnis temporis, all their periods or divisions of time. — 4. Ut noctem dies subsequdtur, that the day follows the night; i. e, their day is from sunset to sunset as among the Jews. — 5. Palam^ openly; i. e. publicly, in public— 6. Conjunctim ratio habetur, a joint account is kept. — 7. Fructusque servdtur, and the interest is laid up. — 8. Vita superdrit , shaU survive the other. — 9. Habent questionem de uxortbus in servilem modum.^ they examine their wives by torture, after the manner of slaves; like slaves. — 10. 8% comper- turn est J if any discovery is made. — 11. Pro cultu, considering their mode of life. — 12. Vivis cordi fuisse^ to have been pleasing to them living. Jr. 194. — 1. Commodius, to greater advantage than others; more judiciously, — 2. Quce visa sunt, what seemed proper to them; i. e. what they thought proper. — 3. Per consilium, through, or during; i. e. in the time of the council. — 4. Neque student, nor do they pay attention to. — 5. Opibus quorum, &c., by whose power they are manifestly benefited. — 6. Vulcdnum, fire. — 7. Constltit, is spent 8. Impubires, chaste. — 9. Rhenonum, of deer's hides. — 10. Quan turn et quo loco, &c., as much land as, and where they think proper. 11. Afferunt multas causas ejus rei, they produce many reasons for this practice. P. 195. — 1. .iccMra^iiis, with greater care. — 2. Animi cequitdte. in evenness of mind, contentment. — 3. Propriumvirtuiis, peculiar to. or a proof of, their valor. — 4. Dicunt jus, controversiasque minuunt administer justice and decide controversies. — o. Qui velint sequi pro- fiteantur, let those who wish to follow signify it, give their names. 6. Ac tempus fuit ant ea, hnt there was a time formerly. — 7. Ultro bella inferrent, they (the Gauls) without provocation brought war: — Germdnis,Vi\}OU the Germans, P. 196. — 1. Summam opinionem, a very high character, repu- tation for justice, and military glory. — 2. Gallis autem, &c., the nearness of the (Roman) province to the Gauls, and their acquain- tance with foreign commodities. — 3. Largltur multa ad copiam atque usus, supplies many articles of luxury and convenience. — 4. Expe- dlto, to a traveller without baggage; to an expeditious traveller. — 5. Finlri, be measured. — 6. Sinistrorsus , to the left hand (viz: of the Danube,) stretches northward from the Danube. — 7. Memories prodenda videantur, seem worthy to be handed down to remem- brance. — 8. Bosj See Index, Bison. — 9. Sicut palmm, like palms. 248 NOTES ON BOOK VI. P. 197.— 1. Mces, elk; See Alee.— 2. Varietas pelHum, the spots, varied color, of their skins. — 3. Si afflictce quo casu conciderint , if, being thrown down by any accident, they have fallen. — 4. Appli- cant se ad eas, they lean themselves against these. — 5. Infirmas, being weakened — 6. Uri; See Urus. — 7. Qucb sunt testimonio, to serve as a proof. — 8. Neparvuli quidem excepti, not even those caught young. 9. Amplissimis , their most splendid. — 10. Ccesar: — Csesar having finished his digression, respecting the manners of the Gauls and Germans, (Ch. II — 28,) here resumes his narrative. P. 198. — ^^1- Si quid celeritdte, &c., to see if he maybe able to gain any thing by rapidity of march and favorable opportunity. — 2. Ut imperdtum est, as was ordered. — 3. Fortuna potest (fac6re) multum, &c. fortune can do much; i. e. has great influence, not only, &c. — 4. Magnce fuit fortuna, it was a piece of great good fortune. P. 199. — 1. Multum fortuna valuit, fortune can do much, has great power or influence. — 2. Judicio, from choice, designedly. — 3. Exclusus tempore, prevented by want of time.— 4, Sed certe, but it is certain. — 5. Alienisstmis to total strangers. — 6. Omnibus preci- bus, with every sort of execration. — 7. Taxo, with yew; i. e. with a decoction of the leaves or berry, both of which were regarded as poisonous. — 8. Causam omnium Germanorum esse unam, that the cause of all the Germans was one and the same. — 9. Questione cap- tivorum, from an examination of the captives. P. 200.— 1. Posf (iic7nsej9«wiMm (inchoa turn), after the seventh day was begun; i. e. on the seventh day; — 2. Ut supra, Ch. 31. — 3. Nulla certa manus, no regular force. — 4. Vicinitatibus, to the neighborhoods; i e. to the people in the neighborhood; — a very com- mon mode of speech in our own language. — 5. Ex parte, partly, in a measure. P. 201.— 1. Confertos, in large parties.— 2. Si vellet, if he (Ca&sar) wished. — 3* Instituta raHo, established discipline. — 4. Ut potiiis in nocendo, &c. , that some opportunity of injuring the enemy should be omitted^ rather than that this injury should be inflicted with any danger to his soldiers. — 5. Legionarius miles , the legionary soldiery; the soldiers of the legion; i. e. the regular troops.— 6. Ap- petebat, was drawing near — 7. Quantos casus afferat, how great accidents she brings; i. e. how great changes she brings about. — 8. Manus erat nulla, there was no collected body. — 9. Supra docu- ««w«, we have shewn above; B. IV. Ch. 16. NOTES ON BOOK VI. P. 202. — 1- Non paltts non silvce moranifwrAos, Ice., h6 iharfeh, no woods hinder these men, &c. — 2. Tantum prcesidii ut ne, &c., so little of garrison that not even the walls could be surrounded with men; i. e. could be manned. — 3. Duce, guide, — indicio, information. 4. Quiillius paticntiam pane obsessionem, &c., who called his for- bearance almost a siege, since they were not permitted to go out of the camp. — 5. Qui convaluerant, &c., those who had recovered during this interval. — 6. Subsiderat, had remained.— 7. Casu, by chance, by accident. X . 203. — 1. Mercatores qui sub vallo tendSrent, the suttlers who pitched their tents close to the ramparts. — 2. Rctlquos aditus, and other places of entrance. — 3. Plerlque novas sibi, &c., most of them form to themselves strange superstitious notions from the place; and they place before their «yes the disaster of Cotta and Titurius, since they were overthrown in that fort. — 4. Qui primum pilmn, &c.. who had led the first rank with Caesar; t. e. who had been his chief centurion. — 5. Superioribus proeliis; See B. II. Ch. 25, and B. III. Ch. 5. — 6. Relinquit animus Sextium, Sextius faints. P. 204. — 1- Imperiti usus militdris, not acquainted with the usages of war. — 2. Cuneo facto, a wedge being made; being drawn up in the form of a wedge. — 3. Si, if, even if: — at, still, yet. — 4. Nullo usu militdris rei percepto, &c., no experience in military affairs being yet acquired. P. 205. — 1. Non facer et fidem, he did not gain credit, was not believed. — 2. Pane aliendta mente, with a mind almost alienated; de- void of reason. — 3. Questus unum, having complained of only one thing. — 4. Locum debuisse relinqui, ne minimo quidem casu, that a place, or occasion, ought not to have been left, for even the smallest accident; See § 16, Exc. 2. — 5. Quarum omnium rerum maxime, fee., of all these things it seemed the most astonishing. — 6. ObtuUrint optatissimum beneficium j9mbiortgi, rendered the most acceptable service to Ambiorix. — 7. Ad vexandos hostes, to annoy the enemy, P. 206. — 1. Pcene naturam studio vinc^rent, they almost over- came nature by exertion. — 2. jld summam felicitdtem, to complete success. — 3. Ille eripPret, &c., he continued to snatch himself from them; to escape from them by the aid of lurking places and forests: 4. Sumsit supplicium more majorum, he inflicted punishment accord- ing to the practice of their ancestors. — 5. Cum interdixisset quibus aqua atque igni, when he had interdicted them from water and fire; 250 NOTES ON BOOK VI. i. e. had banished them: — This was the Roman judicial mode of in- flicting the sentence of banishment, " To forbid the use of water and fire*" — 6. Frumento proviso exercitui, having provided corn for the army. [end op notes.] 251 INDEX, HISTORICAL, GEOGEAPHICAL AND ARCH^OLOGICAL, FOR THE FIRST SIX BOOKS OF CiESAR'S COMMENTARIES ON THE GALLIC WAR. Acco, onis, a general of the Gauls, who was at the head of the con- federacy formed against the Senones, Carnutes, and Treviri. Caesar, by the rapidity of his marches, prevented the execution of his plans, and ordered a general assembly of Gaul to inquire into the conduct of these nations, in which he pronounced sen- tence of death on Acco, who was instantly executedj B. VI. Ch. 4, and 44. Adcantuannus, Adiomatus, vel, Adbuatus, i, the chief man, for many years, among the Allobroges. Aduatuca, ae, f. a fort nearly in the middle of the country possessed by the Eburones, — a difTerent place from Aduatucum, the capital of the Aduatuci, now called Tongres, with which it appears to have been confounded by Ptolemyj — A small part of the town only may have been built when Csesar was in that country. Hence he mentioned it as a castle, or fort. It stood near the river Mosa, (Mcese,) between Liege and Maestricht. Aduatuci, orum, m. a people of Gallia Belgica, whose country lay on the west bank of the Mosa, (Mcese,) between Namur and Liege. ^dui, orum, (sing. ^Eduus, i.), v. Hedui, orum, . one of the most powerful and wealthy nations of Gallia Celtica. Their territory lay on the W. of the Arar, (Soane,) between that river and the Li- geris, (Loire,) a little to the N. of the junction of the former with the Rhodinus, (Rhone. ) At an early period they became the allies of Rome, to which, in some degree, their influence among the other nations of Gaul may be attributed. See SequSni. ^milius, i, (Lucius) , an officer in Caesar's army, who commanded a part of the Gallic cavalry. 252 ^QUINOCTIUM ALPES. -^quinoctium, i, n. (from Mquus, equal, and Nox, night,) the Equi- nox, or time when the days and nights are equal, all over the globe. This happens twice a year, on 22d March, and 22d Sep- tember. The former is called the Vernal, the latter the Autum- nal Equinox. The circle, which passes through the place of the sun at these two periods of the year, has, from the phenomenon above mentioned, received the name of the Equinoctial, or Equi- noctial Line, and is directly over the Equator. Agendicum, i, n. (now Sens,) the chief city of the Senones, a brave and powerful people of Gaul, who inhabited the left bank of the Sequana, ^.Sevu). It stood below the confluence of the Vantte and Icauna, vel, Itumna, (Yonne,) a southern branch of the Seine. Agger, is, the name of a mound raised by the Romans in besieging cities. It was composed of earth, wood, hurdles, stone, &c. The agger commenced at a distance from the walls, gradually advanced towards the town, always increasing in height, till it equalled or overtopped the walls. This mound was secured by towers of different stories, (See Tvrris,) from which showers of missiles were discharged on the defenders by means of engines, and from which, when advanced near enough, a temporary platform or bridge was sometimes thrown to the top of the wall, on which the soldiers marched into the city. Ala, SB, the wing of an army, pr-ope'rly the cavalry, so called from being placed on the right and left of the infantry. In the plural this term is often used to designate the troops of the allies, which (both infantry and cavalry,) were stationed on the right and left of the Roman army. Alarii, orum, those belonging to the ^la, or wings. Allobroges, um, (sing. Allobrox, ogis,) a people of Gaul, whose country lay between the Isira, (Isere,) and the river Rhodinus, (Rhone.) They bravely, and for along time, resisted the power of the Roman legions, but were at last defeated by Pomtlnus. Cicero ext6ls them for*?feheir fidelity to his countrymen, of which they gave a remarkable proof in Catiline's conspiracy (See Sallust, B. C.) Horace censures them for their love of novelty, which seems characteristic of the inhabitants of that country, both in ancient and modern times. Caesar De Bel. Gal. IV. 5. The chief town of the Allobroges was Vienna, (Vienne,) on the left bank of the Rhone, 13 miles below Lugdunum, (Lyon.) Alpes, ium, a chain of mountains separating Italy from Gaul and Germany. They are in the form of a crescent, and extend from the Sinus FlanatTcus, (the gulf of Quarnero,) at the top of the AMBARRI ANCALITES. 253 gulf of Venice, to Vada Sabatia, (Savona,) on the gulf of Genoa, a distance of 600 miles. They have been divided into different portions, the principal of which are the following: 1. Alpes Ma- ritlmce, (or Maritime Alps,) extending from the vicinity of Nice to Monte Viso. 2. Mpes CottcB, (or Cottian Alps,) from Monte Viso to Mont Cenis. 3. Mpes Graice, (or Graian Alps,) between Mont Iseran and Little St. Bernard. 4. Alpes Pennlnce, (or Pen- nine Alps,) from Great St. Bernard to the sources of the Rhone and Rhine. To this range belongs Mt. Blanc, 14,676 feet high. 5. jllpes Rhceticce, (or Rhaetian Alps,) from St. Gothard to Mount Brenner in the Tyrol. 6. Mpcs Noricce. (or Noric Alps,) from Mount Brenner to the head of the river Plavis. 7. Mpes CarnUa, sive Julice, (the Carnic or Julian Alps,) from the head of the river Plavis to the confines of Illyricum. Over these mountains there are several passes, of which the principal are, that over the Great St. Bernard, that over Mont Simplon, and that over Mont St. Gothard. Ambarri, orum, a people of Gaul, related to the JEdni, supposed to have lived on the Arar, (Saone,) a little to the N. of its Junction with the RhodSnug, {Rhone.) Arabia num, i, n. anciently Samarobriva, now Amiens, a town of the Belgae. Ambiani, orum, the inhabitants of Ambianum. They entered into a conspiracy against Caesar, (B. G. II. 4,) and appear to have held a considerable rank among the Belgic tribes. Ambiliati, orum, m. a nation of Gallia Celtica whose geographical position is not precisely ascertained. They are mentioned (B. G. III. 9,) along with the Osismii, Lexovii, Nannetes,&c., and there- fore their country must have been included in the province of Bre- tagne or Normandy. Some editions have Ambiani. Ambiorix, igis, king of the Ebur<5nes, was a great enemy to the Ro. mans. After many narrow escapes, he at last evaded the pursuit of Caesar's men who followed him too closely, when only four of his attendants remained. Ambivariti, orum, a nation of Gaul, between the Mosa, (Meste,) and the Rhenus, (Rhine,) who were subject to the .^dui. B. IV. Ch. 9.) Anartes, ium, et Anarti, v. Anartii, orum, a people of Dacia, who inhabited the east bank of the river Tibiscus, (Teissk, or Teyss,) one of the northern branches of the Danube. Their country now forms part of Hungary. Ancalltes, ium, a people of South Britain, who were neighbors to 22 254 ANDES — AQUILA. the Trinobantes. Some have thought the Atrebates of Ptolemy and Antonine's Itinerary, the same with the Ancalites of Caesar. See Horsley's Brittania Roraana, p. 17, and Gale's Anton. Itiner. p. 105, 106. Andes, ium, ibus, a nation of the Cekse in Ganl. Their territory lay on the north bank, and near the mouth, of the river Ligeris, {Loir ^ J Annus, i, m. a year. See Gr. App. I. Antebrogius, i, m. a man of great influence amongst the Rhemi, who was sent ambassador to Caesar in the second year of the Gal- lic war. Antesignani, orum, {Ante and signum,) a name given to the soldiers who fought before the standards, or in the first line, as those who were stationed behind the standards were called Postsigndni, or Subsigndni. Antistius, i, (Caius A. Rheglnus), one of Caesar's lieutenants in Gaul. Caesar, in consequence of his expecting greater commo- tions in that country, gave orders in the sixth year of the war, to Marcus Silanus, C. Antistius Rhegimis, and T. Sextius, to levy troops. We find him, at other times, appointing this lieutenant to honorable commissions. Antistius, (See Turpio.) Apollo, inis, the son of Jupiter and Latona, the god of music, me- dicine, augury, painting, poetry, and all the fine arts. ^ He was born at the same birth wilh his sister Diana, near the foot of Cyn- thus, a mountain in Delos, an island in Mare ^geum, (Archipel- ago.) Hence he was called Cynthius and Delius; and Diana, Cyn- thia and Delia. Among beasts, the wolf; among insects, the grass-hopper; among birds, the cock, the crow, the swan, and the hawk; and among trees, the palm, the olive, and the laurel, were sacred to Apollo. He was represented as a tall beardless young man, of handsome shape, holding in his hand a bow, hence called Deus Arcitenens, or a lyre, and his head surrounded with rays of light. Aquila, 86, m. an eagle, also the standard of a Roman Legion. From the second consulship of Marius, and under the Emperors, the standards were most commonly of silver, seldom of gold, in the form of an eagle, from which the name is derived. The pre- ference was given to the former metal, according to Pliny, because it is seen at a greater distance than the latter. But though the figure of the Roman ensigns was always that of an eagle, they were not always precisely alike. Sometin^es they resembled an AQUI LIFER AQUITANIA. 266 eagle in a standing posture, at others, with outstretched wings, which was the most common form, and not unfrequently with a turret on their backs. The Roman standard, at first, was a bun- dle of hay fixed to a pole, Manipulus. — a term afterward used to denote the third part of a cohort, then of wood, sometimes of sil- ver, and more rarely of gold, in different forms. Marius, during his second consulship, introduced into the Roman army the eagle, which continued to be ensign till the destruction of the empire. The merit of originality does not belong to the Romans, for we have the authority of Xenophon to maintain, that it was first used as a military standard by the Persians. Aquilifer, feri, m. standard-bearer, whose office seems, in some de- gree, to correspond to that of ensign with us. His place was in the first line. To allow the standard to fall into the hands of the enemy was reckoned highly disgraceful to the whole legion, which is still the case in modern times, but particularly to the person who carried it. In one instance recorded by Livy, the standard- bearer was, for this crime, put to death. But the centurions suf- fered the same punishment at that time, and the army was deci- mated for cowardice and treachery. — It does not appear from Ro- man history, that recourse was had to such severity, unless in in- stances of wilful dereliction of duty, proceeding either from ui^- manly timidity or treacherous intention. Aquileia, se, f. a famous seaport belonging to the Veneti on Mare Hadriaticum, (Gulf of Venice.) Strato says it was built by the Romans, to repel the inroads of the barbarians, when their terri- tory on that coast did not extend farther north. The name has been thought to be derived from an eagle, jlquila, flying over the site at the time the foundation was laidj but more probably from the Roman standard, in consequence of two legions having been long stationed in that place. From its splendor and magnificence, it was sometimes called Roma Secunda. Altilla, king of the Huns, after a long and obstinate siege, plundered it, A. D. 452, and so completely was the city destroyed, that the next generation could scarcely discover its ruins. Since that time, a few fishermen's huts point out the place near which it stood. Aquileia, according to Pliny, was at the distance of 1500 paces from the coast. Aquitania, ae, f. one of the three principal divisions of Gallia, (France,) bounded on the east by Provincia, (Languedoc, Pro- vence, and Dauphine; on the north by the river Garumna, (Ga- ronne,) which separates it from Gallia Celtica, on the west *bj OceSnus Cantabricus, (Bay of Biscay,) and on the south by Py. 256 AQCriTANI ARIES. rensei Montes, {Pyrenees, or Pyrenean Mountains,) which uivide Gallia from Hispania, (Spain.) As Aquitania was much less than either of the other two divisions, Augustus extended its northern boundary to the river Ligeris, (Loire.) Aquitani, orum, (sing. Aquitanus, i,) the inhabitants of Aquitania. Arar, aris, m. (Saone,) a smooth flowing river of Gajal, which takes its rise near Mount Vosegus, (Vosge,) runs southward, and after receiving several streams, falls into the river Rhodanus, (Rhone,)' at Lugdunum, (Lyon, or Lyons.) B. I. Ch. 12. Arduenna, ae, f. Ardennes, a forest of Gaul, the largest in that country, reaching, according to Caesar, from the Rhenus, (Rhine,) to the territory of the Remi, upwards of fifty miles in length. Others make th€ extent of this forest much larger. If it reached from the territory of the Treviri to that of the Remi, it would greatly exceed fifty miles. The ground is now in many places cleared, and cities built upon it. Strabo says, the trees of this forest were not of a great height, and its length did not exceed forty miles. Arecomici, orum, a people of Gaul, who lived on the Gallicus Sinus, (Gulf of Lyons,) to the west of the river Rhodanus, (Rhone.) See Volcae. Aries, Stis, m. a ram: — also a military engine for battering down walls. It is said to have been first used by the Carthaginians at the siege of Gades, (Cadiz.) This instrument was originally very simple. To the end of a beam, varying in length and thick- ness according to circumstances, was affixed a piece of iron in the form of a ram's head, to which it owes its name. This powerful engine of war rested on the arms of the soldiers who worked it. The first improvement made on the battering ram, was to suspend it by a chain or a rope from the top of two logs of wood, having the lower ends fixed firmly in the ground at a considerable dis- tance from each other, and terminating in a point at the upper, by which contrivance the men who wrought it were wholly re- lieved of its weight. To protect them from the destructive wea- pons thrown by the besieged, a shed or mantlet, with a strong roof, was formed around it The whole stood on wheels, so that the besiegers easily moved the engine at pleasure. It does not appear from ancient history, that the battering ram received any important improvement after the one just stated. The discovery of gunpowder and introduction of artillery have quite superseded the use of this military engine, which the Romans long held in great esteem. ARIOVISTUS. 257 The number of men employed at once in working the ram, and the length of time they continued, would vary according to the number of the troops, the magnitude of the beam, the thickness of the wall, &c. It is certain that in some instances, upwards of fifty men plied on each side, and from the severity of the labor, they must, ih ordinary cases, have been frequently relieved. The following wood cut represents the battering ram protected by the Testudo, or vineeB, under which the men employed in working it were protected from the missiles of the enemy. ARIES. Ariovistus, i, king of the Germans, who invaded Gallia, {France,) conquered a considerable part of that country, and subjected the inhabitants to the most cruel and oppressive treatment. Csesar marched up to his very camp, compelled him to fight, and gained such a complete victory, that a very few only, among whom was 258 AKBIORICiE CIVITATES AULERCI. Ariovistus himself, escaped. These continued th'eir flighty until they reached the banks of the Rhine, which they crossed, some by swimming, othexs by boats. Ariovistus, in a little vessel, got safely to the other side. From this period nothing of his history is known. Armorlcae civitates, Armoric States, namely, those of the Rhedones Namnetes, Ven6ti, Curiosolites, Osismii, Corisopiti, Unelli, Am- brincatui, Bajocasses, Viducasses, and Lexovii, who inhabited the western part of the countries, between the Ligeris, (Loire,) and the Sequana, (Seine.) They had this name from their situa- tion on the sea coast; Armor signifying, in the language of the ancient Gauls, on the sea. Armorici, orura, the inhabitants of Armor icse. Arpinius, i, (Caius,) a Roman knight whom Caesar sent along with Quintus Junius to Ambiorix, after he himself had declined an interview with that prince. Arverni, orum, a people of Galliij Celtica, whose territories lay be- tween the sources of the Eleaver, (Allier,) anADuranius, (Dor- dogne,) branches of the Ligeris and Garumna. From the nume- rous wars which they had carried on against the Romans, Strabo infers their power and resources must, in former ages, have been very great. Like the Romans, they boasted of being descended from the Trojans. Atrebates, ium, a people of Gallia BelgTca, the neighbors of the Morini whose country lay along the English Channel, opposite to Dover. Atrius, i, (Quintus,) an officer to whom Caesar gave the command of the shipping, which had carried him and his army to the coast of Britain. Atuatuci, V. Aduataci. orum, a people of Belgic Gaul, ' hose terri- tories lay between the rivers Mosa, (Mce.te,) and -ae Scaldis, (Scheld,) adjoining to those of the Nervii and Toxar ari. Their capital was Atuatuca, se, f. Tongres, in Brabant. Aulerci, orum; of this name Caesar mentions four nations of Gaul- Aulerci Brannovices, whose territories, (Morienne,) were adjoin- ing to those of the ^Edui, Segusiani, and Ambivarltij Aulerci Ce- nomanni, whose country, (Mans,) lay between the rivers Sarta (Sarte,) and Laedus, two of the northern branches of the Loire Suindlnum, vel, Subdinium, afterwards Cenomanni, on the Sarte was their chief city; Aulerci Eburovlces inhabited the lef' bank of the Sequana, (Seine,) below Lutetia, (Paris.) Their chief town was Mediolanura, afterwards Eburovlces, (Evreux.j AURUNCULEIUS— BALISTA. 259 The Aulerct Diahlintes, Diablltee, et Diaulltce, lived between the two last mentioned nations. Neodunum, afterwards Diablintes^ (^Jublens,) was their largest town. These three, probably, form- ed but one people, and might, with more propriety, have been de- nominated tribes, than separate or distinct nations. Aurunculeius, i, (Lucius A. Cotta) one of Caesar's lieutenants in the Gallic War. He opposed the rash measure of his colleague, in wishing to leave their winter quarters, at the deceitful sug- gestion of Ambiorix, but at last yielded to the timidity of Titu- rius, which cost him his life. He is frequently called L. Cotta, and sometimes Cotta. * Ausci, orum, a people of Aquitania in Gaul. Their capital was Climberris, v. Climberrum, Augusta, and at a latter period, Auci, {Auch,) which stood on the west branch of the Ger, one of the southern branches of the river Garumna, {Garonne.) Auxilia, orum, troops sent by foreign kings and states. They usu- ally received pay and clothing from the republic, although some- times they were supported by those who sent them. Axona, ae, m. (Jtine, or Aisne,) a river of Gaul, which Ausonius calls Prceceps, from its rapidity. Its source was in the territories of the Rhemi, which form the department of the Meuse. It runs in a souihwest direction, joins the Isara, {here,) a little below Campaigne, and both fall into the Sequana, (Seme,) about five miles south of Pointoise. B. Bacenis, is, f. a forest of Germany, forming part of the Hercynia Silva, or Black Forest. Caesar says it was of prodigious extent, {injinitce magnitudinis,) and like a natural wall, prevented the mutual incursions of the Suevi and Cherusci. Bacttlus; See Sextius. Baleares, ium, a name anciently given to the islands of Majorca and Minorca off the coast of Spain, the inhabitants of which were celebrated for their skill in the use of the sling. Balearis, e, adj. of or belonging to the Balearic isles. Balista, se, (from the Greek §aXXw to throw,) a species of military engine used by the Romans for throwing darts, arrows, and stones. These were of different sizes, and were used with great effect both in battles and sieges. Stones of great weight were often 260 NOTES ON BOOK VI. thrown by these engines to a great distance, by which battle- ments were thrown down and whole files of men swept from the deepest phalanx. Their effect is said to have been little inferior in sieges to that of artillery. The balista used for throwing darts or javelins, represented in the following wood cut, taken from Folard's commentary on Polybius, resembled in its operation an immense crossbow, th^ two ends of Avhich consisted of two levers so twisted in coils of ropes as to acquire a powerful spring. The extreme ends were united by a strong rope which was drawn back by means of a windlass after tbe manner of a bowstring, bringing the ends of the leyer back and closer together, thereby twisting the coils of ropes to their greatest tension. When thus drawn back, the javeliA or dart was placed in the shaft^ directed to the object aimed at, and, at the pleasure of the operator, let- ting go the rope, was hurled with prodigious force from the engine by the recoil of the levers. BALISTA FOR THROWING DARTS AND JAVELINS. The balista for throwing stones, (represented in the following wood cut,) consisted of a strong lever, one end of which was made fast in a twist of ropes, and the other scooped out in the form of ii spoon, for containing the stone &c. to be thrown. When unbent the lever stood perpendicular. In working it, the end of the lever was brought down, by means of a windlass, to a hori- zontal position, by which the ropes were twisted to their greatest tensionj the stone or missile was laid on in its proper place and thrown by the recoil of the lever to a great distance, often with tremendous effect. Engines of both kinds, of a larger size, were BALVENTIUS BELG^. 261 more commonly called Balistce, those of a smaller size, Catapul- tcB, which see BALISTA FOR THROWING STONES OR OTHER HEAVY BODIES. Balventius, i, (Titus, i,) a man of distinguished courage, who had both his thighs pierced with a dart, in the attack which Ambiorix made upon the legions which he hcid deceitfully persuaded to leave their camp. Basilus; See Minucius. Batavia, ae, f. v. Insula Batavorum, (United Provinces,) often called Holland, from its being the largest of them; a country at the mouth of the Rhine. It was denominated an island, from being bounded on two sides, by the southern and northern branches of the Rhine, and on the third by the sea. B. IV. Ch. 10. Batavi, orum, the people of Batavia, originally a branch of the Catti, a German nation. Belgae, arum, a people originally of German extraction, who inhab- ited the third division of Gaul, which was bounded on the south by the Matruna, (Marne.) and the Sequana, (Seine;) on the east and north by the Rhenus, (Rhine,) and on the west by Fretum Brit- tannicum, (Englinh Channel.) Strictly speaking, Fretum Brit- tanmcum, v. Galiicum, was confined to the Straits of Dover, but seems ggjnc rally to have had a more extended signification, and to have ttel&ly corresponded to the modern appellation, the English Channel. Cj^sar calls it Oceanas, i. e. AUantTcus. of which the 262 BELGJE BODUOSNATUS. ■;•#■>. English Channel and the German Sea form only a very small part. In the division of Gaul made by Augustus, whose object was to ren- der the different provinces more equal in point of extent, the countries of ihe Helvetii and Sequani, which till that time were included in Gallia Celtica, were added to Gallia Belgica. Accord- ing to Caesar, the Belgoe were, of all the Gauls, the most warlike; and he attributes their superiority in arms to their being stran- gers to luxury and refinement. B. I. Ch, 1. Belgium, i, n. is, in general, used by Caesar to denote a part of Gal- lia Belgica, not the whole country. See Belgae. Bellovaci, orum, a numerous and powerful tribe of the Belgae, ad- joining the Bellocassi. Caleti, Ambiani, Veromandui, and Silva- nectes. Bibracte, is, n. afterwards Angustodunum, i, n. {Autun,) a town of the ^dui, upon the Arroux, one of the northern branches of the Ligeris, {Loire,) towards the source of that river. At this town in the 7th year of the Gallic war a general assembly of the whole country was held, to choose a commander in chief, on whom the uncontrolled direction of all their military operations should be conferred. The ^dui, who claimed that honor, had to submit to the unanimous election of Vercingetorix, q. v. Bibrax, acis, f. (Bievre,) a town of the Remi on the Axona, (Jlisne.) Bibroci, orum, a British nation, inhabiting what now forms the N. W. part of Berkshire. Their chief town was Bibracte, (Bray.) At the time Caesar invaded Britain, they, with the Cenomagni, Ancalltes, and Cassii, seem to have been subject to Cassivel- launus. Bigerriones, v. Bigerrones, ium, a people of Aquitania, who, with sevieral other adjoining tribes, surrendered to Crassus, one of Caesar's lieutenants. Their territory was bounded on the south by the Pyrenees, and was nearly at equal distances from the Med- iterranean and the Bay of Biscay. Bison, ontis, v. onis. m. a buffalo, a kind of wild ox, of which Caesar has given the best description to be found in the writings of the ancients, (B. G. VI. 25.) The natural history of this ani- mal is unknown. Bituriges, um, a nation of Gallia Celtica, on the west side of the river Ligeris, (Loire.) Their chief city, Avaricum, was after- wards called by the name of its inhabitants, (now Bourges.) Boduognatus, i, the commander of the Nervii, at the tiflie they at- tacked the Roman army under Caesar. >■ vHl Ill|pi BOII — BKITANNIA. 263 Boii, orum, a people of Gallia Celtica, who came originally from beyond tke Rhine and settled in the country soxith and west of the iEdui on the banks of the Ligcr and Elaver, — a territory origin- ally belonging to the ^dui, but which they gave up to the Boii with the consent of Caesar; B. I. Ch. 28. There were several tribes of the Boii, who lived in different parts of Gaul and Ger- many. In the latter country their name is still recognized in the districts, Bavaria, and Bohemia, in the German language, Boier- heim, i. e. the residence of the Boii. Bratuspantium, i, n. a town of the Bellovaci. It is supposed to have stood between Csesaromagnus, afterwards Belvacus, or Bej- vacum, (Beauvais,) and Samarobriva, {Amiens.) This town is not mentioned by any writer after the commencement of the Christian jEra. Britannia, oe, f. Britain, or Great Britain, (anciently called Albion,) is the largest island in Mare Atlanticum, (Atlantic Ovean,) be- longing to Eurupa, (Europe.) That part of th-e Atlantic which separates Britain from France, was called Fretum Britannicum, (strictly speaking. Strait of Dover,) but its signification seems often to have been more extensive, and to have corresponded nearly with the modern appellation, English Channel. Oceanus Verginius, (St. George's Channel,) lies between Britain and Hi- bernia, (Ireland.) On the west, Oceanus Calydonicus, (Scottish Sea,) washed the west and northwest parts of Scotland, Oceanus Hyperboreus, (Northern Sea,) the northern coast, and Oceanus Germanicus, (the German Ocean, — which is more properly called a sea,) — formed its boundary on the east. Cajsar's account, both of the 'form and extent of this island, is not very far from the truth. But of the characters, manners and customs, of the Britons, a ' very general description only is to be found in the writings of the ancients. Little was known, to the Romans, of this island until the invasion of Caesar. This commander endeavored, although ineffectually, to reduce it. After a long interval, Ostorius, in the reign of Claudius, subjugated the southern part; and Agricola, subsequently, in the reign of Domitian, extended the Roman do- minion to the Frith of Forth and Clyde. The whole force of the empire, although exerted to the utmost under Severus, could not, however, reduce to subjection the hardy natives of the highlands. Britain continued a Roman province, until A. D. 426, when the troops were in a great measure withdrawn, to assist Valentinian III. against the Huns, and never returned. The Britons had be- come so enervated under the Roman yoke, as to be unable to repel 264 BRITANNI — CiESAR. the incursions of the inhabitants of the north. They invoked, therefore, the aid of the Saxons, by whom they were themselves subjugated, and compelled at last to take refuge among the moun- tains of Wales. Britanni, orum, (sing. Britannus, i,) et Britones, v. Britt6nes,.um, (sing. Britto, onis, v. onis,) the people of Britania. Britannus, et, Britannlcus, a um, adj. of, or belonging to Britain. Brutus, i, (Declmus, i,) one of Caesar's officers, to whom he gave the command of his fleet in the Gallic war, with which he defeat' ed the Venetians, (B- G. III. 15,) and afterwards the people of Marseilles, in two engagements during the civil war. c. C.a;R^si, orum, a nation of Gallia Belgica, who, with the Condrflsl, Eburones, and Psemani, went imder the general appellation of Germans, and were supposed to send 40,000 men to the Belgic army, which was raised against the Roman dominion in Gaul, (B. G. II. 4.) Their country was situated between that of the Treviri and the river Mosa, {Meuse.) Caesar, aris, (Caius Julius,) the first distinguished character of the Caesars, was the son of Caius Csesar and Aurelia the daughter of Cotta. He was born in the sixth consulship of Marius, 99 years B. C. He lost his father in the 16th year of his age, and the fol- lowing year obtained the office of Flamen Dialis, {High Priest of Jupiter.) He procured many friends by his eloquence, and after passing through the different offices of Quaestor, Edile, High Priest, (Ponttfex Maxlmus,) &c., he was sent as governor into Spain, and upon his return, being elected Consul, he entered into an agreement with Pompey and Crassus, that nothing should be done in the state without their joint concurrence. This was called the First Triumvirate, and was in fact a conspiracy against the liberties of Rome. Previous to the expiration of his consulship, he obtained from the people the province of Cisalpine Gaul and Illyricum, with three legions for five years; and the Senate, at the desire of Caesar, added Transalpine Gaul and another legion. These le- gions were gradually increased to thirteen. Caesar set out for Transalpine Gaul in the end of March, B.C. 57, in the 42d year of his age. With wonderful conduct and C^SAR. 1^ bravery he subdued this country in about ten years, and carried the terror of his arms into Germany and Britain, till then un- known to the Romans. The account of these wars is given by Caesar himself, in his Commentaries on the Gallic war, in seven bqoks. These Commentaries, or Journals, were composed on the spot where his battles were fought. The purity and neatness of his style, notwithstanding the rapidity with which they must have been written, have not been surpassed by any Roman writer. His narrative is perspicuous, simple, and natural. It is at once chaste and animated. His lucid and picturesque description pla- ces the whole scene distinctly before the reader, who accompanies him in all his marches, and is a witness of every engagement. No passage occurs in all his writings, which the most illiterate do not understand, and the most polished do not approve. To com- pose a simple narrative of his campaigns, for the amusement of himself and his friends, seems rather to have been his object, than to give a specimen of his talents as a profound historian, or deep politician. Hence, it were absurd to expect in the Commen- taries, a finished history. They are mere outlines, which he per. haps entertained the hope of seeing filled up, either by himself, or by some other hand. These Commentaries in seven books, and three books concern- ing the civil M'ar, are the only genuine writings of Csesar which now remain. Of the character of Caesar as a general and histo- rian, Dunlop, in his History of Roman Literature, Vol. II. p. 171, &c., speaks thus: "Though the Commentaries on the Gallic War comprehend but a small extent of time, and are not the general history of a nation, they embrace events of the highest importance, and detail, perhaps, the greatest military operations to be found in ancient story. We see in them all that is great and consummate in the art of war. The ablest commander of the most warlike people on earth records the history of his own campaigns. Placed at the head of the finest army ever formed in the world, and one de- voted to his fortunes, but opposed by prowess only second to their own, he and the soldiers he commanded may be praised almost in the words in which Nestor praised the heroes who had gone be- fore him; for the Gauls and Germans were among the bravest and most warlike nations then on earth. In his clear and scien- tific details of military operations, Caesar is reckoned superior to every one, except, perhaps, Polybius. In general, too, when he speaks of himself, it is without alFectation or arrogance. He talks 23 t 266 g^sAR. of Csesar as of an indifferent person, and always maintains the character which he has thus assumed; indeed, it can hardly be conceived that he had so small a share in the great actions he de- scribes, as would appear from his own representations. With the exception of the false colors with which he disguises his am- bitious projects against the liberties of his country, every thing seems to be told with fidelity and candor." Respecting the future history of this illustrious man the follow- ing notices may here suffice. After the conquest of Gaul, Pom- pey, having become jealous of Caesar's power, induced the Senate to order him to lay down his command; upon which Csesar crossed the Rubicon, the boundary of his province, and led his army to Rome, Pompey and all the friends of liberty fleeing before him. Having subdued Italy in sixty days, Caesar entered Rome, and seized upon the money in the public treasury. He then went to Spain, where he conquered the partizans of Pompey, and at his return was created Dictator, and soon after Consul. Leaving Rome and going in search of Pompey, the two hostile generals engaged on the plains of Pharsalia. The army of Csesar amount- ed to 22,000 men, while that of Pompey amounted to 45,000; but the superior generalship of Csesar prevailed, and he was victo- rious. Making a generous use of his victory, Caesar followed Pompey into Egypt, where he heard of his murder, and making the country tributary to his power, he hastened to suppress the reftnainder of Pompey's party in Africa and Spain. Thus triumph- ing over all his enemies, he was created perpetual Dictator, re- ceived the names of Imperdtor and Pater Patrice, and governed the people with justice. The consequence, however, of his en- grossing all the powers of the state and ruling with absolute au- thority, engendered a spirit of opposition and general disgust; a conspiracy was formed against him by more than sixty senators, the chief of whom were Brutus and Cassias. Accordingly, on the 15th of March, 44 years B, C, and in the 56th jear of his age, on his entrance into the Senate house, he was stabbed, and fell, pierced with twenty-three wounds, at the foot of Pompey's statue. Of Caesar's intrepidity as a soldier, and abilities as a com- mander, the armies which he defeated and the countries which he conquered are sufficient proofs. To the talents of a consum- mate general he added those of an elegant historian and a persua- sive orator. He spoke with the same spirit with w^hich he fought, ^^- CALETES CASSIVELATTNUS. 28^ and had he devoted himself to the bar, he would have been the only man capable of rivalling Cicero. Caletes, ium, v. Caleti, orum, a people of Gaul, whose country lay a little to the north of the mouth of the SequSna, (Seine.) Cantabri, orum, (sing. Cantaber, ri,) a very brave and warlike peo- ple, who inhabited the northern part of Spain. They seem to have extended from the mouths of Iberus, (Ebro,) to the shores of the Bay of Biscay, which was, from them, called Ocednus Can- tdbricus. The term is often used to denote the Spaniards in gen- eral. Cantium, i, n. {Kent,) a district of England which, in modern limes, is bounded by the Strait of Dovel:, (Fretum Gallicum, vel, Britan- nicum) on the east, by Sussex on the south, on the west by Surry, and on the north by the Thames, (Tamesis,) which separates it from Essex. But the sfticient boundaries of Kent are not precisely ascertained. CarcSiso, onis, f. Carcasonne, a town of that part of Provincia, now called Languedoc, on the river Atax, {Aude.) Here are preserv- ed some records of the place, written upon the bark of trees. Carfulenus, i, an officer of Caesar, who was digpatched to attack the highest part of the camp of the Alexandrians, which he carried. He was afterwards killed- in an engagement at Mutina, fighting against Anthony. Carnutes, um, v. ti, orum, a powerful nation of Gaul, between the rivers Sequlna, (Seine,) and Ligeris, (Loire,) south of Liftetia, (Paris.) Carvilius, i, one of the four kings of Cantium, (Kent,) who, at the command of Cassivelaunus, made an attack on Caesar's naval camp, in which they were repulsed, and lost a great number of men. Cassi, orum, tht hundred of Caishow, a British nation, supposed to be subject to Cassivelaunus at the time Caesar invaded Britain, who submitted to that conqueror Cassias, i, (Lucius, i,) a Roman consul, who was killed by the Helvetii, who defeated his army and obliged it to pass under the yoke. Cassivelaunus, i, one of the British kings, whose territories lay on the north bank of the TamSsis, (Thames,) -towards the mouth of that river. On the arrival of the Roman forces in Britain under Caesar, he was, by common consent, appointed Commander-in- chief. After making some attempts to check the progress of the ^68 ' CASTICTXS — CASTRA. enemy, he was obliged to submit, and accept of such terms as Caesar chose to offer. Casticus, i, one of the SequSni, the son of Gatamantaledis, whom Orgetorix persuaded to seize on the sovereignty of the state, which his father had formerly held. Castra, orum, a camp . The discipline of the Romans was chiefly con- spicuous in their marches and encampments. They never passed a night, even in the longest marches, without pitching a camp, and fortifying it with a rampart and ditch. The form of the Roman camp, till later ages, was square, and was always of the same figure. It was surrounded by a ditch, usually nine feet deep, and twelve feet broad, and by a rampart or vallum, composed of the earth dug from the ditch, and having sharp stakes stuck into it. The camp had four gates, one on each side. They were called porta PRETORIA, next the enemy; Dejumana, opposite to the former; porta Principalis Dextra, on the right side of the camp, at one end of the main street called Principia; and Principalis . Sinistra, on the left side, at the other end. The camp was di- vided into two parts, called the upper and lower, by the main street just mentioned. In the lower part the troops were disposed in the following order. The cavalry were in the middle; on both sides of them were the triarii, princlpes, and hastdti, or the third, second, and first Roman ranks; and next to these, on both sides, were the cavalry and foot of the allies, who were always posted in separate places, lest they should form any plots by being united. The velites commonly occupied the empty space between the ram- parts and tents, which was 200 feet broad. The tents were cov- ered with leather or skins, extended by means of ropes. In each tent were usually ten soldiers, with their decanus or petty officer who commanded them. The different divisions of the troops were separated by intervals called ViiE. Of these there were five longwise, i. e. running from the decuman towards the preeto-ir, rian side; and three across, one in the lower part of the camp, called quintana, and two in the upper, namely, the principia, and another between the prcetorium and the praetorian gate. The fol- lowing wood cut and illustration will give a good idea of its shape and arrangements. CASTRA. 269 GROUND PLAN OF THE ROxMAN CAMP. Y//!iS'/\ 35 M 12 II 9 8 15 14 12 II 9 8 15 14 , rz "in 9 a r, 15 14 12 II 8 15 14 12 II D S IS 14 12 .1 3 a 15 14 12 11 9 8 15 14C j2 12 ^10 II 9 8 7 15 14 8 8 15 14 13 II 8-8 8 9 11 12 12 13 14 15 s 9 14 15 S 9 . " 12 14 15 8 )i 12 14 15 8 9 11 12 14 15 10 IK a 9 11 12 13 M 15 8 9 11 12 14 15 8 9 9 11 12 14 15 11 12 14 15 8 9 11 12 14 15 I a 1. The PrcBtorium, or general's tent, with a sufficient space around for the tents of his suite. 2. Ground behind the tents of the Tribunes, for their horses, baggage, &c. 3. The tents of the Tribunes. 4. Ground behind the tents of the Prefects of the Allies, for their horses, baggage, &c. 5. The tents of the Prcefects of the Allies. 6. A cross street, one hundred feet wide, called Principia. (Vid. Pkincipia.) 7. A cross street, fifty feet wide, on both sides of which were the tents of the Roman horse. 8. The Horse of two Roman legions, in ten turmse or troops each. 9. The Triarii of two Roman legions (Fiti. Triakii), in ten maniples each, facing on two different streets. 270 CASTRA. 10. Two streets, each fifty feet wide, between the Triarii and Principes of two legions. 11. The Principes of two Roman legions (Vid. Principes), in ten maniples each. 12. The Hastdti of two Roman legions {Vid. Hastati), in ten maniples each. 13. Two streets, each fifty feet wide, between the Hastati of the two Roman legions and the Horse of the Allies. 14. The Horse of the Allies, wanting the Extraordinarii {Vid. No. 25), and placed in two different parts of the camp. The for- ces of the allies, both cavalry and infantry, were always sepa- rated in this manner, to prevent plotting, as remarked above. 15. The Infantry of the Allies, wanting the Extraordinarii, and, like the horse, placed in two different parts of the camp. 16. The Quintdna (scil. via), a street fifty feet wide, running across the camp, between the fifth and sixth maniples of each line. Hence, as it comes after the fifth maniple, reckoned from the Principia, it received the name of Quintdna. 17. The QucBstorium, or Quaestor's tent. 18. The tents of the Legdti. The space in front of these and the Qucestorium was called the Forum, where things were sold, &c. 19. Evocdti Equites, or Veteran Horse. (Vid. Evocati.) 20. Evocdti Pedites, or Veteran Foot. 21. Ahlecti Equites (Vid. No. 25), or Horse of the Consular life-guards. 22. Ablecti Pedites, or foot of the Consular life-guards. 23. A cross street one hundred feet wide. 24. A street fifty feet wide. 25. Extraordinarii Equites. A third part of the allied horse, and a fifth part of the allied foot, were selected, and posted near the consul, under the name of Extraordinarii, and one troop of horse, and maniple of loot, called Ablecti, or Selecti, to serve as his life-guard. 26. Extraordinarii Pedites. 27. Quarters for strangers coming to the camp. 28. A space two hundred feet broad, between the outermost tents and the rampart. 29. Rampart, or Vallum. 30. Ditch, usually nine feet deep and twelve feet broad. 31. Porta Principalis Dextra. 32. Porta Principalis Sinistra. I CATAPDLTA CELT^ 2^1 33. Porta Decumdna (i. e. Decimdna, fvom. decern, ten,) so called because all the tens of the maniples end here. 34. Porta Pretoria. 35. A traverse breastwork, with a ditch, opposite to, and pro* tecting, each of the gates. {Anthori's Ccesar.) Catapulta, a military engine for discharging stones, arrows, and other missiles. (Fw^. Balista.) Catamantaledes, is, a nobleman of the nation of the Sequani, who, for many years, enjoyed the supreme authority over that people. Cativolcus, i, a nobleman of the nation of the Eburones. He and Ambiorix, at the instigation of Indutiomarus, excited the people to take up arms against the Romans. Having made an unsuccess- ful attack upon the Roman camp under the lieutenants, Titu* rius Sabinus, and L. Aurunculeius Cotta, they demanded a conference, in which Ambiorix stated, that from gratitude to Caesar, he considered himself bound to inform his lieutenant, that all the states of Gaul had agreed to attack the Roman camp in one day, that a great body of Germans had passed the Rhine, and that no time was to be lost in joining Cicero or Labienus, neither of whom were fifty miles distant. At the same time, he gave his solemn promise, that they should have a secure retreat through his territories. This artifice, through the folly or cowardice of Sabinus, succeeded. They left their camp, were attacked by a powerful army under Ambiorix and Cativolcus, and were almost to a man cut in pieces. Csesar afterwards completely routed them; and Cativolcus, from his great age, being unable to bear the fatigues of war, poisoned himself by drinking the juice of the yew-tree. Caturiges, gum, a people of Gaul, who lived near the Alpes Marit- imse, at the S. E. extremity of Dauphine. Cavarinus, i, a nobleman whom Csesar, in prejudice of his brother Moritasgus, the reigning sovereign, appointed king over his coun- trymen, the Senones, an honor which his ancestors had long en- joyed. The Senones formed the design of publicly assassinating him, but having received intelligence of the plot, he saved his life by fleeing to the camp of Csesar. Celtae, arum, the most powerful and numerous of ail the nations of Gaul, who occupied nearly one-half of the country, and from whom that division was called Celtica. Their territories were bounded by the river Garumna, (Garonne,) on the south; the SequSna, (^Seine,) and the Matrona, (Marne,) on the north; by Mount Jura on the east; and Mare Atlanticum, {Atlantic Ocean,) on the west. 272 CENIMAGNl — CENSUS. Cenimagni, orum, an ancient people of Britain, who, with the Se- gontiaci, Ancalites, Bibroci, and Cassi, followed the example of the Trinobantes, and submitted to Caesar. These nations are supposed to have inhabited the counties of Essex, Middlesex, Nor- folk, Hertford, Buckingham, Oxford, and Berkshire. Censor, is, a Censor, a Roman magistrate whose number from first to last was uniformly two. They were appointed (A. U. 312,) to take an account of the number of the people, and the value of their fortunes, and superintend the public morals. They were chosen from the most reputable persons of consular rank, at first only from the patricians but afterwards likewise from the plebians. They were chosen every five years, but continued in office only a year and a half. For any dishonorable action they had the power to erase the name of a Senator from the list, deprive an eques of his horse and ring, and any other citizen they could degrade and deprive of all the privileges of a Roman citizen, except liberty. The title of Censor was even more honorable than that of Con- sul, though attended with less povter. No one could be elected a second time, and those who filled it were remarkable for leading an irreproachable lifej so that to be descended from a censorian family was considered a distinguished ornament of nobility. Census, us, m. was a general review of the people, estimating their estates, and proportioning their share of the public taxes. Every man was obliged to give in to the Censors his own name, resi- dence and occupation, his wife's name, and the names of his children with their ages, the number of his slaVes, and a minute and accurate account of his- property. The goods of the person, who made a false return, were confiscated, and he himself, after being scourged, was sold for a slave. By that act he had, in the opinion of the state, deemed himself unworthy of the privileges and honors of a Roman citizen. Servius Tullius, the 6th king of Rome, appointed the Census, in order to ascertain the number of men able to bear arms, and the amount of the whole wealth pos- sessed by the citizens, and consequently what sums could be lev- ied from them. It was held in the Campus Martins, where the Censors, seated in curule chairs, attended by their clerks and public officers, commanded the citizens to be called before them, each in his own tribe. If nothing immoral or improper could be charged against a senator or knight, they passed without remark,- but if otherwise, the senators were expelled the senate, and the public horse taken from the knight. The other citizens were raised to a higher tribe, if their wealth had increased, or sunk to a lower CENTURIO — CICERO. 273 tribe, if diminished; improper conduct deprived them of their right of voting, or subjected them to be taxed like strangers. A minute register of the whole was kept, and must have been of great advantage to the whole community, as determining with precision not only their number, but also their wealth . It ought to have been held at the end of every five years; but it is mani- fest from Roman history, that this period was not pointedly ob- served. At the end of this survey of the people they were ordered to attend a lustration, called, from sacrificing, a sow, a sheep, and abull, Suovetaurilia. The precedency at this sacrifice was de- cided by lot, and he on whom the lot fell was at the conclusion said '' lustrum condere." Centurio, onis, f, (from centum, a hundred,) a centurion or com- mander of a hundred men. The constitution of the Roman legion admitted of a gradation from the lowest centurion of the Hastati, up to the first of the Triarii, who was called Primipilus, q. v. To the first captaincy, the meanest common soldier might aspire. Promotion in the Roman army could be obtained only by merit; appointments by purchase were unknown. This wise regulation produced the happiest effects. Besides each cohort having six centurions, and consequently each legion sixty, opened a wide field for promotion, and suggested numerous excitements to valor and heroism. Centrones, urn (B. G. I. 5,) a nation of Gaul in the Alpes Graiae, who, along with the Garoceli and Caturiges, were defeated by Caesar in several engagements. There was another tribe, or horde, of this name, who were subject to the Nervii, a nation of Gallia Belgica, (B. G. Ch. V. 38.) Cherusci, 5rum, m. a nation of Germany, between the rivers Albis, (Elbe,) and the Visurgis, (Weser.) Cicero, onis, (Quintus TuUius,) the brother of Marcus TuUius Cicero, the celebrated orator, was, after the expiration of his praetorship, proconsul of Asia for three years. He gained con- siderable reputation as one of Caesar's lieutenants in Gaul. At the commencement of the civil war, he, in oppositiou to the ad- vice of his brother, attached himself to Pompey. After Caesar had defeated the republicans at Pharsalia, both Quintus and his son solicited the favor of the conqueror, by unjustly imputing their misconduct to the orator. So far was Cicero from resenting this injustice, that he used his utmost efforts for their safety and interest. Both perished in the proscription of the second trium- virate. 274 CIMBERIUS — CLEPSYDRA. Cimberius, i, the brother of Nasua, who headed the 100 cantons of the Suevi, who had left their native country, and encamped on the banks of the river Rhenus, (Rhine,} with the view of cross- ing that river, and settling in Gaul. Cimbri, orum, (sing. Cimber, ri,) a German nation, supposed to be descended from the Asiatic Cimmerians, whose country was, from them, called the Chersonesus Cimbrica, (Jutland,) which now forms part of the kingdom of Denmark. About 113, B, C. the Cimbri, leaving their territories, which were both narrow and barren, and being joined by the TeutoneSj.a neighboring people, defeated several German nations, and a Roman consul with his army, who had been sent against them. They invaded, and seem to have overrun, a great part of Gaul; and being strengthened by the accession of many of the tribes who inhabited that country, marched against Rome. After slaughtering the whole army of Caepio and Mallius, except ten men and two generals, C. Marius marched against them, slew 120,000 and took 60,000 prisoners. Though only an inconsiderable people in the days of Tacitus, it is manifest, that the sagacity of that profound historian was ap- prehensive of the final destruction of the Roman state by the hordes of Germany, which actually happened about 300 years after his death. Cingetorix, igis, a nobleman who headed that party in the state of the Treviri, which was formerly attached to Caesar. In con- sequence of his fidelity to the Romans, he was, by means of his father-in-law, Indutiomarus, declared a public enemy, and his estate confiscated. Cingetorix, igis, one of the four kings of Cantium, (Kent,) who, by order of Cassivelaunus, made an attack pn Caesar's naval camp. Clepsydra, se, f. an instrument contrived to measure time by water. The merit of this invention belongs to the Egyptians, as well as the discovery of the sun-dial. There were different kinds of Clepsydrae among the ancientsj which, however, were all constructed on this principle, that the water ran through a narrow passage from one vessel to another, and that on the surface of the water in the lower vessel, to the side of which a scale of hours was affixed, floated a piece of cork, which shewed the hour. It is manifest the water would be dis- charged with a rapidity proportioned to the quantity, and that, of course, it ran fastest when the vessel was full, and gradually be- came slower as the less water remained. Hence if the upper vessel discharged its water in twelve hours, and the under one COCOSATES CONSUT.. 276 was an exact cylinder having its height divided into 144 equal parts, the water in the first hour would rise twenty- three of the^e parts, in the second hour, twenty-one, in the third, nineteen, &c., and the last or twelfth hour only one part. The state of the at- mosphere would have considerable influence on the clepsydra, a defect which the ingenuity of a modern French philosopher, Wil- liam Amontons, has completely remedied. By means of several important inventions he also freed it from other less inconvenien- ces to which it was subject; and rendered it a very accurate di- visor of time, Cocosates, um, ^people of Aquitania in Gaul, whose country lay along the coast of OceSnus Cantabricus, (Bay of Biscay,) to the north of the territories of the Tarbelli. Their chief town was Cocosa. Clypeus, i. a round shield of a smaller size than the Scutum, which see. Cohors, tis, a division of the Roman legion. See Legio. Comius, i, one of the nation of the Atrebates, hence called Comius Atrfibas, whom Caesar appointed king over that people in return for his important services. He afterwards fell under the suspicion of Labienus, who employed C. Volusenus Quadra tus to kill him in an interview. This perfidious design did not succeed. But in the scuffle, Comius was wounded in the head. He was, from that period, a violent enemy to the Romans. Being at last defeated, he was obliged to submit to Antony, which he did, on condition that he should not appear before any Roman. On these terms, Antony granted him peace. Condrusi, orum, a people of Belgic Gaul, who lived on the river Mosa, (Mase, or Meuse,) north of Silva Arduenna. Considius Longus, (Caius, i,) a partisan of Pompey, who was at one time the governor of Adrumetum. He committed several acts of enormous cruelty. Considius afterwards commanded at Tisdra a garrison of Gaetulians, and, on hearing of the defeat of his party, fled from that town with his treasures. Escaping from these barbarians and taking the road for Numidia, he was pursu- ed by them, and to obtain possession of his money, they put him to death. Consul, ulis, a consul; the ofiicial title of the two chief magistrates of the Roman state. They were first created after the expulsion of the kings, A. U. 244. They had the same badges as the kings, except the crown, and nearly the same power. In time of war they had supreme command ; one accompanied the army as com> 276 COJ^SULARIS COTTA. mander-in-chief, and the other remained at Romej or, if neces- sary, commanded another army, leaving the government in charge of the Praetor. They levied soldiers, appointed the greater part of the officers, and provided what was necessary for their support. When any dangerous conjuncture arose, the consuls were armed with absolute power by the Senate, which solemnly decreed that they should take care that the republic received no harm. If any serious tumult or sedition occurred, they called the citizens to arms by proclaiming '* Let those who wish to save the republic follow me 5 " and this was usually sufficient to check it. The authority of the consuls was first impair^ by the creation of Tribunes of the people, and afterwards by the Emperors. The office however was retained, and the consuls, after their power was gone, were still employed in consulting the Senate, adminis- tering justice, managing the public games and the likej and the year was usually characterized by their names. At first the consuls were chosen from the Patricians only, but afterwards from the Plebians also. They were elected annually, and to be a candidate it was necessary to be forty-three years of age, — to have gone through the inferior offices of Qucestor, ^dile, and Prcetor, — and to be present in a private station. Proconsul, ulis, a proconsul, a person invested with consular authority for the government of a conquered country. The con- suls, at the expiration of their offices, were generally appointed proconsuls, and soon after quitted the city to take charge of their province. Their powers, though subject to the will of the senate and authority of the people, were very extensive. They had the appointment of the taxes and of the contributions imposed on the country, and it cannot be denied, that avarice and rapacity too often trampled on the principles of justice and humanity. To the honor of the Senate it must be mentioned, that they frequently punished acts both of extortion and cruelty. These crimes, how- ever, were generally very flagrant before they became tht subject of prosecution. Proconsularis, is, e, of or belonging to a proconsul, or the pro- consulship, proconsular. Consularis, e, adj. of or belonging to a consul; consular; one who had been a consul; a man of consular rank. Cotta, ae, (Lucius Aurunculeius,) a lieutenant in Caesar's army, who suspected the stratagem of Ambiorix, and therefore endeav- ored to convince his colleague Sablnus of the impropriety of fol- lowing the treacherous advice of that crafty Gaul, but without cRASSus. 277 effect. Unwilling that any enmity, from difference of opinion, should exist between them, he at last yielded, and his compliance cost him his life. Ambiorix, at the distance of two miles from the camp, lay in ambuscade, and when crossing a large valley, made a furious attack on the Roman forces, in which Cotta, after displaying singular bravery, was killed, and almost the whole of ^ the two legions. Crassus, i, (Marcus Licinius,) surnamed Dives, on account of his prodigious wealth, was, in early life, very poor, but by traffick- ing in slaves, and by other dishonorable practices, soon acquired great riches. To escape the cruelties of Cinna, he fled to Spain, where he had formerly passed some years with his father, when governor of that country; and remained eight months concealed in a cave. On hearing of Cinna's death, he raised 2.500 men, for whom he procured shipping, sailed to Africa, and attached himself to Metdlus Pius. The friendship of Crassus with Me- tellus was not of long continuance. He then formed an alliance with Sulla, and was of great service to him in the civil war. The military talents of Crassus were greatly inferior to those of Pompey, who, on that account, necessarily stood higher in the favor of Sulla. Hence the enmity of these two powerful citizenb, which all- the address and eloquence of Caesar could scarcely sub- due. The great object of Crassus seems to have been the accu- mulation of wealth. Besides buying the estates of the proscrib- ed, he had recourse to other base and scandalous means in order to increase his overgrown fortune. Crassus was not however, destitute of bravery or generosit5% He was honored with an ovation for putting an end to the war with SpartScus by a decisive engagement, in which 12,000 of the slaves were killed. He used frequently to lend money to his friends without interest. After entertaining the populace at 10,000 tables, giving to every citizen corn to support him for three months, and consecrating the tenth part of his property to Hercu- les, he was worth 7,100 talents. He used to say that no man, who could not maintain an ar-my ought to be called rich. His slaves whom he had ingenuity enough to employ so profitably that they not only defrayed their own expenses, but added greatly to the wealth of their master, were, in number, equal to an army. A reconciliation between Crassus and Pompey was, at last, ef- fected by Csesar. The iniquitous combination of these three men to destroy the liberties of their fellow-citizens, was called the first triumvirate. Less solicitous for honor than riches, Crassus, 24 278 CRETENSES DANUBIUS. in this division of the empire, chose Syria for his province, in ex- pectation of making large additions to his fortune. Without the authority of the senate, he crossed the Euphrates and advanced against that country. But he was deceived by Agbarus, an Ara- bian, defeated by the Parthians, and his army nearly annihilated. He then fled with a small number of his soldiers to Carrae, a town of Mesopotamia, and was prevailed on to meet Surena, on pre- tence of negotiating a peatie, where he was treacherously put to death. The Parthians cut off his head, and, in contempt of his avarice, poured melted gold into his mouth. The bond of union between Pompey and Caesar, which had been greatly weakened by the death of Julia, was finally dissolved by that of Crassus. They had now recourse to arms, and their struggles for the supe- riority terminated in the final extinction of Roman liberty. Cretenses, iura, the inhabitants of Creta, se, vel, Crete, es, f. a large island in the Mediterranean Sea, opposite to Mare ^geum, {Archipelago.) From its principal city, it is now called Candia. Cres, Cretis, m. et Cressa, ae, f. a native of Crete or Candia. Cretis, Idis, of Crete or Candia, with relation to a female, or to a noun feminine. Curiosolltse, arum, and Curiosolltes, um, a people of Gallia Celtica, among Armoricas Civitates, whose country was afterwards called Bretagne D. Daci,, orum, the inhabitants of Dacia a country corresponding to the modern Wallachia, Transylvania, Moldavia, and that part of Hungary which lies to the east of the Tibiscus or Teiss; B. VI. Ch. 25. Danubius, i, the Danube, the largest river in Europe, rises in the black forest in Germany, (according to Strabo and Pliny, in the mountain Abnoba.) runs in an easterly direction, through Austria, Germany, Hungary, part of Turkey in Europe, and discharges itself into Pontus Euxinus, (the Black Sea.) The ancieats gave the name of Ister to the eastern part of this river, after its junc- tion with the Savus, (Save.) Though of great breadth and depth in many places, it is not generally navigable on account of the cataracts. Strabo, Diodorus Siculus, Tacitus, and Pliny, have given descriptions of this river in many respects different, and all BECUMANA DICTATOR. 279 exceedingly inaccurate. With the whole course of the Danube the Greeks and Romans were very imperfectly acquainted. Their knowledge of the countries to the north of this large river, was almost wholly obtained by vague report from unlettered barba- rians, and, of course, very incorrect. In the decline of the Roman empire, it became better known to that people, in consequence of almost all the barbarous nations, who assailed that state, commencing hostilities by ravaging the country on the banks of the Danube. But learning had sunk with the state, and no minute or accurate account of this river is found in classic authors. Decumana {porta), the rear gate of the Roman camp, (See Castro) so called because the tens of the maniples were stationed there. Decurio, Onis, ra. (from decern, ten,) an officer of the cavalry among the Romans, who commanded ten men. Each Turma, or troop of horse, had three Decuriones, and each Decurio chose a subal- tern, who was, on that account, called Optio. Delectus, us, (from deligo, to choose,) a military term to denote the levying or enrolment of soldiers. The consuls, after they en- tered on their office, appointed a day, on which all who were of the military age (from 17 to 46,) should be present in the capitol. On the day appointed, the consuls seated in their curule chairs, assisted by the military or legionary tribunes, held a levy, unless hindered by the tribunes of the commons. It was determined by lot in what order the tribes should be called. The consuls or- dered such as they pleased to be cited out of each tribe; and every one was obliged to answer to his name under a severe penalty. They were careful to choose those first who had what were thought lucky names; as, Valerius, Sablnus, Statorius, &c. Their names were written down on tables, hence. Scribe re milUes, to en- list, to levy, or to raise soldiers. Diablintes, ium, et Diablitae, et Dianlltae, arum, a people of Gallia Celtica, on the river Meduana, (Maine.) Their chief town was Neodunum, afterwards Diablintes, now Juhlens. Dictator, oris, ra. a Dictator, an extraordinary Magistrate at Rome, who possessed absolute authority over not only the lives and for- tunes of his fellow citizens, but even over the laws themselves. A free government could admit of such an officer being appoint- ed only on important and alarming conjunctures. We find from Roman history that the first Dictator was chosen during the wars with the Latins, (499 B.C.) and that his appointment was a con- sequence of the plebeian?^ icfasing to enlist, and of the consuls 280 DIES. being unable to protect the state. Unless when threatened with imminent danger, either from domestic sedition or foreign wars, the consuls held the highest office, and the laws set bounds to their powers; but the Dictator knew no restriction. Twenty-four Lie- tors preceded him, and, whilst he remained in office, the functions of the other magistrates, with the exception of that of Tribunes of the people, were suspended. He proclaimed war, levied for- ces, and marched against the enemy; or made peace or disbanded them whenever he pleased. Execution followed his decision, and from his judgment lay no appeal. At the expiration of his office, which could not exceed six months, he might be called to an account for his conduct; but few instances of it occur in the an- nals of Rome. Bravery does not extirpate credulity, nor does greatness of mind obliterate the fictions of ignorance. Though a nation of intrepid warriors, the Romans were credulous and superstitious. Hence to avert a plague, to remove some dreadful calamity, or to stop the progress of an invading enemy, they some- times named a Dictator to drive a nail into the temple of Jupiter, which trivial and absurd ceremony they thought possessed these virtues. They sometimes too appointed a Dictator to hold the comitia, or to celebrate public festivals, and once to choose Sena- tors. But for these purposes, except on particular occasions, the state had seldom recourse to the election of that magistrate. Dies, ei, m, & f. a day, or that space of time which elapses from the first appearance of light in the morning, till the return of dark- ness at night. It is more generally used to denote the time the sun is visible, or above the horizon, which strictly speaking con- stitutes a solar day. The term has frequently a more extended signification, and includes the night. This forms the Astronomical day, and has also been called the Natural or Civil day. It ex- ceeds the Siderial day, or a complete revolution of the earth on its axis, by three minutes and fifty-six seconds. Diflferent nations begin the day at diflferent times. Among the Romans the natural day began when the sun first appeared above the horizon, which was called the first hour, and ended with that luminary disappear- ing, which was the twelfth hour. This mode of dividing that space of time during which the sun is visible into twelve parts, though still followed in Turkey, must have been attended with great in- convenience. The hours thus varied with the length of the day and those of the night were subject to the same alteration. Be- sides, the hours of these two portions of time could be equal only twice a year, viz; at the Equinoxes, (See Hora.) The civil day .i9m*li-}M. Ji'SPWjpi'SflWSiSP'vw^itt'Sf'fw DIS DRUIDES, 2S1 began at midnight, when the third watch commenced. With us, and most of the nations of Europe, the day is reckoned from mid- night to midnight. The Jews began their day at sun-setting, and like the Romans divided it into twelve hours; and the night with, them also consisted of twelve hours. It may not be improper to observe that astronomers generally compute from noon to noon, reckoning in a numeral succession from one to twenty-four hours, and not by two twelves agreeably to common usage, Dis, itis, the god of riches, Pluto. ^ Divico, onis, a nobleman of great influence among the Helvetii, who commanded the army in the war against Cassius, and was at the head of the embassy sent by that state to Caesar, after three- fourths of their forces had crossed the Arar, (Sad)ie,) and he had attacked and killed a great part of the other fourth. Divitiacus, i, a nobleman of the iEdui, who had great influence with Caesar, in consequence of "his steady attachment to the Romans. Druides, um, v. Drutdae, arum, (a term of doubtful etymology), Druids, the priests of the ancient Britons, Gauls, and Germans. Besides supreme authority in all matters of religion, their power extended to all public and private difi^'erences, and what is of much greater consequence, to making, explaining, and executing the laws. This exorbitant jurisdiction was necessarily attended with every mark of power. Tliey were exempted from taxes and military service, and their persons were held sacred and inviola- ble. Among the Gauls there were only two classes of any note, the Druids and Equites, of which that of the Druids was the more illustrious. Their authority in many instances, surpassing that of the nobles, it is not surprising that they were, in general, . sons of the first families. The worship and sacrifices of these priests were performed in deep groves, chiefly under an oak, which was their favorite tree. It was reckoned unlawful to com- mit any^of their doctrines to writing; hence, many of their pecu- liar tenets are now unknown. It is generally supposed they be- lieved in the immortality of the soul, and also the metempsychosis. Of natural philosophy, astronomy, arithmetic, and botany, it can- not be doubted their knowledge was very considerable. To the study of rhetoric they paid great attention, and to the charms of their eloquence, much of the admiration and power which they enjoyed, may be justly ascribed. Britain was, according to Caesar, the great school of the Druids, whose chief settlement was An- glesy, called Mona by Tacitus. The natives of Gaul and Ger- many, who wished to be thoroughly versant in the mysteries of 282 DUBIS — EQUITES. Druidism, resorted lo this island to complete their studies- At •what time the Druids were wholly suppressed in Britain, is un- certain. But from the introduction of Christianity, their power and influence began to decline. It is worthy of remark, that some of their superstitious doctrines, and modes of predicting fu- ture events, aje not, at this day, entirely forgotten in many parts of the island. Dubis, is, m. the Doux, a river of Gallia, (France,) which origi- nates in a sma#lake near mount Jura, and after a southwest course of sixty leagues, falls into the Arar, (Saone^) near to Ca- biUonum, (Chalons.) Dumnorix, igis, one of the jEdui, and brother of DivitiScus. He persuaded the noblemen of Gallia, (Frarice,) not to go with Csesar into Britain, withdrew privately from the Roman camp, and was killed by the soldiers who were sent in pursuit of him, in conse- quence of his obstinacy in refusing to return. His character will be found in B. G. I. 18. Durocortorum, i, n. the capital of the Remi, now called Rheims, on the Vesle, one of the branches of the river Axona, (Aisne.) E. Eburones, um, (Eburones, in Greek), a people of Gallia Belgica, whose territories lay on both sides of the river Mosa, (Mcese, or Meuse,) at its junction with the Sabis, (Sambre.) On their being dispossessed, they were succeeded by the Tungri. They were under the vassalage of the TrevTri. Csesar attempted to extir- pate this nation; but this barbarous design, even from his own ac- count, he was unable to carry into full eflect. Eburovlces, um, a people of Gallia, (France,) on the^kft bank of the Sequana, (Seine.) The Lexovii were between them and the sea. Their chief city was at first called Mediolanum, and afterwards Eburovlces, now Evreux. Elusates, ium, a people of Aquitania, who lived on the river Atur, (Adour,) whose principal city was Elusa, as, f. (Euse.) Equites, (from equus and eo,) cavalry. Of these the number be- longing to each legion was 300, called Justus equitdtus, or ala. They were divided into ten turvim, or troops of thirty each; and each turma into three dtcurice, or bodies of ten men. The office of the EquTtes at first was to serve in the army. They were s(» ERATOSTHENES PABroS. lected both from the patricians and plebians; they were required, when chosen, to be 18 years of age, and to possess a fortune of 400 sestertia, ($15,472.) See Gr. App. V. Eratosthenes, is, a native of Cyrene, (Cyrenseus,) the scholar of Callimachus, and of Aristo of Chios, and the second who was in- trusted with the Alexandrian library, devoted his time to criti- cism and philosophy. He was eminent as a poet and mathemati- cian, but more distinguished as an astronomer and geographer. He died in the year 194 B. C. in the 82d year of his age. B. VI. Ch. 24. Essui, orum, supposed to be also called Saii, orum, a people of Gal- lia, whose territories lay on the Olena, (Orne,) adjoining to the Diablintes and Aulerci Eburones. Esubii, orum. This word occurs only in B. G. III. 7, where the readings are very different. Some copies have Esubios, orEusu- bios, and others Lexuvios. The Greek has Unellos, to which Dr. Clarke, in a note, seems to give the preference, although he has retained Eusubios in the text. Evocati, (from evoco, to call out,) veteran soldiers, who had served out their time and received their discharge, but who were some- times again called out into public service. This class were highly respected, and were exempted from the drudgery of military ser- vice to which the other soldiers were subjected. Excubiae, arum, watches either by day or night. Vigiliae, watches by night only. These were relieved at the end of every three hours; hence the night, from sunset till sunrise, was divided into four watches, called the first, second, third, and fourth. See Gr. App. I. Exercitus, us, (from exerceo, to exercise,) an army, a body of men trained to, or exercised in military service. {Agmen, from ago, an army on the march, or in marching order. Acies, an army drawn up in a line, or in battle array.) A consular army con- sisted of two Roman legions, (See Legio,) with the proper num- ber of cavalry, and two legions of the allies with their cavalry, making in all about 20,000 men, or in the time of Polybius, 18,600. F. Fabius, i, (Caius,) one of Caesar's lieutenants. Fabius, i, (Quintus Fabius Maximus) a Roman consul who defeated the Averni and Ruteni. 284 FUNDITORES GALLIA, Funditores, um, (^Lomfunda, a sling.) Slingers, a class of warriors usually joined with the Velttes, but not properly a part of them. They were armed with slings and stones, or bullets of lead, which from practice they threw with great precision and with so much force that neither buckler nor head-piece could resist their impe- tuosity. They were generally obtained from the Balearic Isles, Achaia, Crete, Arabia, &c., the Baleai'ians being considered the best. See Velttes. G. Galba, 86, the name of a branch of the Sulpicii, v. Sulpitii, or, ac- cording to others, the surname of the founder of that tribe. Galba, ae, the king of the Suessiones at the time Csesar invaded Gaul. On account of his knowledge and love of justice, he was appointed commander-in-chief of the forces raised by the Belgian states, against the power of Rome, in the second year of the Gal- lic war. Galba, se, (Sergius) was the son of C. Galba, and grandson of Ser- vius, or Sergius Galba, a celebrated orator and the first distin- guished character of that family. He held the rank of lieutenant in Ca3sar's army during the Gallic war, and afterwards joined the conspiracy, which the Republican party formed against the life of that ambitious and unprincipled general. Galea, a helmet, a defensive piece of armor, made of brass or iron, which came down to the shoulders but left the face uncovered. Gallia,* a2, now France, (See the map,) was an extensive and popu- lous country of Europe, bounded on the north by the British Channel, on the east by the Rhine, Mount Jura and the Alps,- on the south by the Mediterranean and Spain; and on the west by the Atlantic Ocean. In the time of Cajsar it was divided into three parts; Gallia BelgTca, or the country of the Belg^^ (now Belgium) occupying the northern part; Gallia Celtica, or the country of the Celt^, or Celts, by far the largest, and occupying the middle por- tion; and Aquitania, lying between the G«rumna (Garonne,) and the Pyrenees, — much smaller than either of the others. Ad- joining Gaul on the east, and separated from it by Mount Jura, * Caesar does not use this term always in precisely the same sense. Tn B. I. Ch. 1, it means tlie whole of Gaul not then subject to the Romans,- aud in the same chapter it is used to denote the central division, or that possessed by the Celts. It is used in the same restricted sense, B. III. Ch. 2. GALLI GARITES. 286 lay Helvetia, (now part of Switzerland,) extending from Mount Jura to the Rhine, on the east; and from Lake Lemannus (Geneva) and the Rhone on the south, to the Rhine on the north. On the south and eastern border of Gallia lay what was called Provincia, the Roman Province. (See Provincia.) Each of these great divisions contained within them numerous nations or 'tribes, all living under their respective kings or chiefs, all of which were finally brought under subjection to the Romans. The whole of this extensive country was called by the Romans Gallia Trans- alpina, Gaul beyond the Alps, to distinguish it from the northern part of Italy, which they called Gallia Cisalplna. In the 27th year before the Christian sera, and twenty years after the conquest of Gaul was completed by C. Julius Caesar, Augustus Caesar made a new division of the whole, including Provincia Romana and Helvetia, into four grand divisions, in which more attention was paid to equality in the extent of the provinces than to the nations that inhabited them. Aquitania was extended northward and eastward to the Liger, (Loire,) Gal- lia BelgTca on its eastern border was extended southward, taking in part of Gallia Celtica, and the whole country of the Helvetii. These four divisions were Gallia Belgtca, Gallia Celtica, Aquita- nia, and Gallia Narbonensis (formerly Provincia, or Provincia Romana) . These four divisions were again subdivided into sev- enteen provinces in all. And it is this division which is exhibited in the maps of ancient geography commonly in use. In the map accompanying this work, the division of the country in the time of Caesar, and the names by which these divisions were then known, have been preferred as more suitable for such a work as this. The whole country of Gaul from the time of its conquest by Caesar, 47 years B.C., remained subject to the Romans, and a part of their vast empire for five hundred and fifty years. On the final dismemberment of that empire, Gaul being conquered by the Franks, (or Freemen,) a confederacy of warlike nations bordering on the Rhine, was from them called France about the beginning of the sixth century. Galli, orum, the Gauls, or the inhabitants of Gaul. Gallus, i, a Gaul; one of the inhabitants of Gaul. Gallus, i, (Marcus Trebius.) a prefect or Tribune of the soldiers, sent by P. Crassus, to foragfe among the Curiosolitae. Garites, um, a people of Aquitania, to the north of the Ausci. 286 GARUMNA GLADIUS. Garumna, se, m. the Garonne, a river of France, which rises in the valley of Arran, to the south of St. Bernard, runs with rapidity N. N. E. to Tolosa, (Toulouse,) afterwards N. N. W. to Guienne, and falls into Oceanus Cantabricus, vol, Mare Aquitanicum, (the Bay of Biscay.) The general course of this river, which extends to si\)Out 250 miles, is northwest. After its junction with the Duranius, (Dordogne,) below Burdegalia, (Bo'urdeaux,) it assumes the name of Gironde. According to Julius Cajsar's division of Gaul, the Garonne was the boundary of Aquitania, and separated that district from Gallia Celtica, It is navigable to Toulouse, and communicates with the Mediterranean by means of the Royal Canal, about 180 miles long, made through Languedoc by Louis XIV. Geneva, se, f. Geneva, a town at the western extremity of Lacus Lemannus, (the Lake of Geneva,) on the south bank of the Rho- danus, (Rhone.) From Geneva towards Mount Jura, Csesar rais- ed a mole or rampart of earth, nineteen miles in length. In modern times, Geneva is a considerable city, nearly two miles in circumference, and contains thirty thousand inhabitants Besides being neatly built, it is strongly fortified, and remarkable for its beautiful situation, fine walks, and delightful prospects. Calvin spent the latter part of his life at Geneva, and his follow- ers have, ever since, held the government of the city. Germania, se, f. Germany, a large country of Europe, bounded on the south by the Danubius, (Danube;) on the east by the Vistula, (Vistula;) on the north by Codanus Sinus, vel. Mare SuevTcum, (the Baltic Sea;) and on the west by the Rhenus, (Rhine,) and OceSnus Germanicus, (the German Sea.) Germanus, i, pi. i, orum, the people of Germany; Germans. Getuli, orum, (sing. Getulus, i,) the inhabitants of Getulia, or Gae- tulia, ae, f. Biledulgerid, a large country of Africa, to the south of Mauritania and Numidia. It formed part of the kingdom of Massinissa. Sallust, from books written in the Punic language which belonged to Hiempsal, gives the following character of the Getuli and Libyes: — ''Africa was at first possessed by the Getu- lians and Lribyans, a savage and untutored people, who lived on the flesh of wild beasts, or grass of the field, like cattlej sub- ject to no established customs, laws or government, a race of wanderers, who had no settled habitation, and who lay down to rest wherever night overtook them." — Sal. Bel. Jug. 18. Gladius, i, a sword. The Roman sword was short, straight, and heavy, both for cutting and thrusting. It was worn on the right ,11 Hipp|9lU«..LWi.. GORDUNI — HERCYNIA. 2S7 side, so as in drawing not to interfere with the shield. The lonjf sword of the cavalry was curved, and was worn on the left side. Gorduni, orum, a people of the northern part of Gallia Belgica, subject to the Nervii, whose territories lay along the sea-coast, to the north of the Morini. Graioceli, orum, an ancient nation of Gaul, whose territories seAn to have been adjacent to those of the Centrones and Caturiges, a people who lived among the Alps. Grudii, orum, a neighboring nation to the Gorduni. Their country was bounded on the north by the mouths of the Scaldis, (Scheldt.) H. Harudes, um, a people of Germania, (Germany,) on the north bank of the Danubius, (Danube,) towards the source of that river. Hastati, drum, the name given to the first rank of the Roman legion (See Legio.) Helvetia, se, f. Switzerland, a country of a triangular form, bound- ed on the north by the river Rhenus, (Rhine,) and Lacus Brigan- tlnus, (Lake of Constance,) which separate it from Vindelicia and Germania, Germany; on the south by the Rhodanus, (Rhone,) and Lacus Lemanus, (the Lake of Geneva,) which divides it from Provincia Romana; and on the west by Mount Jura which pro- tected them from the Gauls. Hence it is manifest that Helvetia was of less extent than Switzerland. Caesar (B. G. I. 1,) seems to consider the Helvetii as Gauls. In Lib. I. cap 24, he says, Helvetii — phalange facta, by which is to be understood simply, that they fought in close order, not that they drew up their troops precisely in the form of the Macedonian Phalanx, so celebrated in ancient history. Helvetii, orum, the people of Helvetia; the Helvetians. Hercynia, se, f. a very extensive forest of Germany, the breadth of which, according to Caesar, was nine days journey, and its length exceeded sixty. It extended from the territories of the Helvetii, Namnetes, and Rauraci, along the Danubius, (Danube,) to the country of the Daci and Anartes; then turning to the north, it spread over many large tracts of land, and is said to have con- tained many different animals, unknown in other countries, of which Csesar describes two or three kinds. Since the other for- ests of Germany were only branches of the Hercynian, some writers have considered it as covering nearly the whole of that wl*. 2SS HIBERNA— HISPANIA. extensive territory. As the country became more inhabited, the grounds were gradually cleared, and few vestiges of the an- cient forest remain in modern times. Hiberna, Orum, winter quarters. The wars of the Romans were prosecuted chiefly in the summer. When the weather and the %tate of the country became unfavorable to military operations the troops were withdrawn from the field, and led into winter quar- ters, (hiberna.) These were strongly fortified and furnished with every accommodation, like a city, containing storehouses, (arma- ria,) workshops, (fabric^,) an infirmary, (valetudinarium,) &c. Hence, from them many towns in Europe, and particularly in England, are supposed to have had their origin. This appears to be indicated by the terminations cester, or Chester, from castra. Hiberni£i, ae, f. Ireland, a considerable island in Mare Atlanticum, (the Atlantic Ocean). It is washed on the east by Oceanus Ver- ginius, (St. George's Channel,) which separates it from Englandj on the north by Mare Hibernicum, (Irish Sea,) which divides it from Scotland; and on all other parts by Mare Atlanticum, (the Atlantic Ocean,) of which St. George's Channel, and the Irish Sea, form but very small parts. Hiberni, orum, the inhabitants of Hibernia. Hispania, as, f. Sjiaui, a large country of Europe, bounded on the south by Fretum GadiUinum, or Herculeum, (the Strait of Gibral- tar^) on the east by the Mediterranean, which was known among the Romans by the appellation of Nostrum Mare, and among the Greeks, of Mare Internum; on the north by the Pyreneei Montes, (Pyrenees,) whicli separate it from Gallia, (France,) and Oceinus Cantabricus, (the Bay of Biscay;) on the west by Lusitania, (Portugal, included in Hispania Ulterior,) and Mare Atlanticum, (the Atlantic Ocean,) which the Greeks called Mare Externum. Its greatest length, from east to west, is 600 miles, and its great- est breadth 550. . The superficial contents of this country are about 148,000 square miles. Spain, including Portugal, was, by the Romans, divided into two parts, Hispania Citerior, (Hither Spain,) and Hispania Ulterior, (Farther Spain;) hence, duce His- panice, the two Spains, or Hispanice, Spains. The former, or northern, comprehending an extent of country equal to three- fourths of modern Spain, the latter, or southern, the rest of the country. These two divisions were sometimes governed by pro- consuls, but more commonly by praetors. In the reign of Augustus, Hispania Citerior was, from TarrSco, its principal city, called Tarraconensis, and Hispania Ulterior HISPANI ILLYRICUM. was divided into Lusitania and B i, (Titus, i,) an offi^cer whom P. Crassus sent to the Veneti, to procure grain and forage with Velanius. But the Veneti, seiz- ed them in expectation of regaining their hostages by this measure. Sotiates, ium, a people of iVquitania, whose country extended along the Garumna, (Garonne.) Their territories formed part of what was afterwards called Novempopulana, bounded by the Garonne, Pyrenees, and Bay of Biscay. Suessiones, Suessones, um, a people of Gallia Belgica, whose coun- try was bounded on the south by the Matrona, (Marne.) Al- though a brave and powerful nation, they were obliged to submit ijp to the arms of Caesar. Suevi, orum, a nation of Germania, (Germany^) who inhabited a large tract of country, Suevia, ae, f. lying between the Albis, Elbe, and the Vistula, (Vistula,) on the northern side of Silva, Hercynia. They made many inroads on the Roman territories. Sulpitius, i, (Publius, i,) one of Caesar's lieutenants. Q. TuUius, Cicero, and P. Sulpitius, were stationed among the JEdui, at Ca- billo, v. Cabillonum, (Chalons,) and Matisco, (Mascon,) on the Arar, (Saone.) These two officers were entrusted with the care of provisions. T. Tamesis, or Thamesis, is, m. the Thames, one of the largest rivers of England, rises in Cotswold hills in the western extremity of Gloucestershire, runs eastward, and after passing through Lon- don, falls into tlie German Sea. With respect to commerce, this is the first river in the world. It is navigable about 130 miles, and the tide flows up as far as Richmond in Surrey, which taking the course of the river, is 70 miles. Tarbelli. orum, a people of Aquitania, whose country extended along the sea-coast, from the Pyrenaei Montes, (Pyrenees,) to the territories of the Cocosates. Tarusates, ium, a people of Aquitania. The Tarbelli were be- tween t*^em and the Bay of Biscay. .% ^v 303 TASGETIUS TIGURIISUS FAGUS. Tasgetius, i, a nobleman of the nation of the Carnutes, whose fore- fathers had possessed the sovereignty of that state. Taximagulus, i, one of the four kings who reigned over Cantium. (Kent.) They seem to have all been under the power of Cassi- vellaunus. Tectosages, um, and Tectosagi, orum, a very valiant people of Gal- lia, a branch of the Volcse, near the Pyrenees. (See Voices.) Tenchteri, orum, a people of Germany, on the river Rhenus, (Rhine,) south of the Sigambri. Terrasidius, i, (Titus, i,) one of Cgesar's lieutenants, whom he sent into the country of the Esubii. Testudo, inis, f. I. A w^ooden tower used by the Romans for pro- tecting the soldiers when employed in undermining the walls of a town, or in battering them with the ram, (See Aries.) It was erected of wood, and covered with hides, earth, or any other kind of substance which is with difficulty set on fire. II. When the soldiers of a company advanced to an assault, they frequently stood close together, and formed a shade or screen of their shields, to protect their bodies against the missile wea- pons, tTirown by the enemy from the walls. This defence they also called Testudo, from the resemblance which the locked shields had to the shell or covering of the tortoise, (See the following wood cut,) but it must not be confounded with the tower or man- telet just described. TESTUDO. Tigurlnus Pagus, one of the four cantons or districts, into which Helvetia (Switzerland,) is divided according to Caep-r, compre- TIGURINI TURRIS. 309 bending the modern cantons Zurich, Schwitz, Schaffhausen, and the lands of the Mbey of St. Gal. Tigurini, Orum, the people of Pagus Tigurinus. Titus, i, a common prsenomen among the Romans. Titurius, i, (Quintus T. Sablnus,) one of Caesar's lieutenants, often called simply, Titurius, killed by Ambiorix. (See Aurunculeius.) Tolusa, 86, Thoulouse, or Toulouse, a town of Aquitania, beautifully situated on the north bank of Garumna. Tolosa was one of the most flourishing cities of Gaul, afterwards the residence of a Ro- man colony, and, at a later period, the metropolis of the Visogoths. Tolosates, ium, the inhabitants of Tolosa. Trebius, i, (Marcus T. Gallius,) an officer sent by Caesar to the Curiosolilse, to procure provisions. Treviri, orum, or (sing. Trevir, iri,) a nation of Gallia Belgica, between the Mosella, (Moselle,) andSilva Arduenna. Their chief city, Augusta Trevirorum, now Triers, or Treves, stands on the east bank of the Moselle, over which it has a large bridge. Tribuni, orum, (sing. Tribunus, i,) militum. Tribunes of the soldiers; officers in the Roman army, who had the command of a division of a legion. To take care of the works and camp, to conHnuni- cate the watchword to the guards, and to give judgment in certain cases, formed the duty of the military tribunes. Romulus first appointed the tribunes, to whom he gave that name from their being only three in number, one out of each tribe. But afterwards, each legion had six tribunes. The right of nomination belonged first to the kings, then to the consuls, or dictators, and, at a later period, to the people. Trinobantes, um, a nation of ancient Britain, inhabiting the coun- ties now called Essex and Middlesex. Cassivellaunus was their king at the time Caesar invaded this island. Tulingi, drum, a people of Germany, between the rivers Danubius, (Danube,) and Rhenus, (Rhine.) Turunes, um, or, i, orum, a people of Gallia Celtica, on the banks of the river Loire, about 140 miles from the sea. Their name is perpetuated by the modern appellation of the country, Touraine, and their city Tours, anciently Turones. Turris, is, a tower. The towers used in the Roman military works were of two kinds, the fixed ind the moveable. The fixed tow- ers were erected on the agger, or mound, and were raised suffi- ciently high to overlook and command the enemy's raniparts, and from them showers of arrows, darts, and other missiles were thrown by means of various engines. The moveable towers (See wood cut, next page,) were pushed forward on rollers or wheels fixed below. To prevent them from being set on fire they were covered with raw hides and pieces of coarse woollen cloth. They were of immense size, sometimes forty or fifty feet square, and higher than the walls, or even the towers of the city. When brought up against the walls, a place was seldom able to stand out long. Sometimes they were provided with a species of drop or platform, which being let down reached from the tower to the top of the wall and formed a species of bridge by which the as- kailants took possession of the walls. 310 UBII VALERIUS. TURRIS. u. Ubii, orum, a people of Germany, whose territories were on the Rhine opposite to the Sigambri. Unelli, orum, a people of Gallia Celtica, on the northwest of what is now called Normandy. Their country was bounded on three sides by the sea. Their chief town was Coriallum, (Gouril.) Off the coast of the Unelli, lay the islands of Cgesarea, (Jersey,) Sar- nia, (Guernsey ,) and Reduua, (Alderney ,) which have long been in possession of the British. Usipetes, um, or Usipii, orum, a people of Germany, on the rigltt bank of the Rhenus, (Rhine.) V. Vahalis, is, m. Wahal, or, Waal, the left branch of the Rhenus. (Rhine.) It joins the Mosa, (Meuse,) at the island of Voorn, and falls into the German sea below the Breil. Valerius, i, (Caius V. Caburus,) a chief man among the Gauls in Provincia, whose original name appears to have been Caburus. VALERIUS — VERTIGO. 311 On being made a Roman citizen, by C. Valerius Flaccus, he, as was usual, took the name of his patron. Valerius, i, (Gaius, V. Flaccus,) a noble Roman, who conferred the freedom of the city on C. Valerius Caburus. Valerius i, (Caius V. Procillus,) the son of C. Valerius Caburus, was the chief man in Provincia. Csesar, on account of his know- ledge of the Gallic language, sent him and M. Mettius to hold an interview with Ariovistus, king of Germany. The German king imprisoned them both, but they were afterwards rescued by the Romans during the flight of their army. Vallum, the ramparts of a Roman encampment, composed of the earth dug out from the ditch, and having sharp stakes stuck into it to keep it together. (See Castra.) Vangiones, um, a people of Gallia Belgica, on the west bank of the Rhenus, {Rhine.) They were originally from Germany, and, at one time, had probably lands on both sides of that river. Their chief town was Borbetomagus, now Worms. Velanius, i, (Quintus, i,) sent by Csesar with Silius to procure corn from the Venfiti, who detained them in order to receive the hos- tages which they had given to that general, Velauni, orum, a small tribe in Gallia CeltTca, on the sources of the Ligeris. Their chief city was Anderitium, now Javoli, or Javoux. VelTtes, light-armed troops. They were equipped with bows, slings, seven javelins or spears with slender points like arrows, so that, when thrown, they bent, and could not easily be returned by the enemy; a Spanish sword, having both edge and point; a round buckler (par ma,) about three feet in diameter, made of wood and covered with leather; and a helmet or casque for the head, gene- rally made of the skin of some wild beast. When the army was drawn up in order of battle , the velites were placed in the spaces or intervals between the maniples, or else on the wings. (See Legio.) Velocasses. (See Bellocasses.) Veneti, orum, a nation in the west part of Gallia Celtica, whose chief town was Venetia. Their country lay on the sea coast, northwest from the mouth of the Liger, (Loire.) Veragri, orum, a people who lived in that part of Provincia, now called Dauphine, on the south bank of the Rhodanus, (Rhone,) above Lacus Lemanus, (the Lake of Geneva.) Verbigcuus, i, (sc. pagus,) or, Urbigenus, one of the four divisions of Helvetia, (Switzerland,) included the cantons of Friburg and Bern, with the districts of Neufchatel and Vallengin. Vergobretus, i, the title of the supreme magistrate among the iEdui, who was created yearly, and had the power of life and death over his countrymen. Veromandui, orum, a people of Gallia Belgica, between the Nervii and Suessiones. Their chief town was Augusta Veromanduorum, (St. Quentin,) on the right bank of the Samara, (Somme.) Like most of the other nations of Gallia Belgica, they were originally from Germany. Vertico. onis, a nobleman of the Nervii, who was in Cicero's camp, when attacked by the Eburones, and prevailed on a slave to carry a letter to C?esar, communicating information of that event. 312 VEBUDOCTIITS VOLUSENFS. Verudoctius, i, one of the Helvelii. He and Nameius were at the head of the embassy sent to Caesar, requesting permission to march through Provincia, Vesontio, onis, f. Besancon, the chief town of the Sequani. on the east bank of the river Dubis, (Doux.) Vigilia, 86, f. a watch, the time a Roman soldier remained on guard during the night. Of these there were four, each three hours long. (See Gr. App. I. VinesB, arum, f. a shed, used by the Romans for protecting the sol- diers in besieging towns. It consisted of four upright posts, upon which was fixed a roof of hurdle or wicker-work. Above the hurdles were spread raw hides, a little earth, &c. to protect it from fire. The size of the vineae diff"ered according to circum- stances. The whole rested upon wheels, so that this mantelet would be easily moved, and under it the besiegers either worked the ram, (See Aries,) or tried to undermine the walls. (See Pluteus.) Virdomarus, one of the -und, and forms one of the most complete, useful, and economical school books ever offered to the public. The following are a few extracts from, NOTICES AND RECOMMENDATIONS. The undersigned have great satisfaction in recommending to the pub- lie, " The Principles of English Grammar," by Prof. Bullions, of the Albany Academy. Proceeding upon the plan of Murray, he has availed himself of the labors of the most distinguished grammarians, both at home and abroad ; and made such a happy use of the helps afforded him, that we know of no wdrk of the kind, in the same compass, which is equal to it in point of merit. Among its many excellencies, it is not the least, that Prof. B. has given a practical illustration of every principle from the beginning to the end ; and the possession of his Grammar en- tirely supersedes the necessity of procuring a separate volume of Exer- cises on the Rules of Syntax. In a word, we can truly say, in the lan- guage of the author, ♦' that there is nothing of much importance in Murray's larger Grammar, or in the works of subsequent writers, that will not be found condensed here." John Ludlow, Alonzo CarrTENTON, Isaac Ferris, J. M. Garfield, Alfred Conkling, Robert McKee. T. Romeyn Beck. Albany, October 8, 1842. [An Extract from the Minutes of the Board of Trustees of the Al. bany Female Academy. '\ At a meeting of the trustees of the Albany Female Academy, held on the third instant, the book committee reported, that they had examined Professor Bullions' English Grammar, recently published in this city : and that in their opinion, it contains all that is useful in the most im- proved treatises now in use, as well as much valuable original matter : that from the copious exercises in false syntax, it will supersede the ne- cessity of a separate volume on that subject ; and recommend that it should be used as the text book in this institution. On motion, it was resolved, that the report of the committee be ac- cepted, and the treatise on English Grammar ; by the Rev. Peter Bul- lions, adopted as the text book in this academy. An Extract from the Minutes. A. Crittenton, Secretary of the Board of Trustees, and Principal of the Academy. Albany, October 13, 1834. Sing. Sing, November 1, 1834. Dear Sir — I have examined your English Grammar with no small degree of satisfaction ; and though I am not in the habit of recommend- ing books in this manner, I am constrained in this case to say, I think you have conferred another important favour on the cause of education. Hie great defects of most of the English grammars now in use, particu- larly in the omission of many ^ necessary definitions, or in the want of perspicuity in those given, and also in the rules of construction, are in a great measure happily supplied. I am so well pleased with the result of your labors, that I have adopted it, (as I did your Greek Grammar) for both our institutions. Yours respectfully, Nathaniel S. Prime, Principal of Rev. p. Bujxions, Mt. Pleasant Academy, The undersigned hold the responsibility of recommendation as an im portant one — often abused, and very frequently used to obliged a per- sonal friend, or to get rid of an urgent applicant. They further appeal to their own conduct for years past, to show that they have only occa. sionally assumed this responsibility ; and therefore fQel the greater confi. dence in venturing to recommend the examination, and the adoption of the Rev. Dr. Bullions' English Grammar, as at once the most concise and the most comprehensive of any with which they are acquainted ; as furnishing a satisfactory solution of nearly all the difl&culties of the Eng> lish language ; as containing a full series of exercises in false syntax, with rules for their correction ; and finally, that the arrangement is in every way calculated to carry the pupil from step to step in the success- fui acquisition of that most important end of education, the knowledge and use of the English language. GIDEON HAWLEY, T. ROMEYN BECK, March 1, 1842. JOHN A. DIX. A cursory examination of the English Grammar of Dr. Bullions, has satbfied me, that it has just claims on public favour. It is concise and simple ; the matter is well digested ; the exercises excellent, and the ty- pographical execution worthy of all praise. The subscriber takes plea- sure in recommending it to the notice of Teachers, and of all persons interested in education. ^ ALONZO POTTER. Union College, Sept. 6, 1842. The English Grammar of the Rev. Dr. Bullions, appears to me, to be the best manual which has appeared as yet. With all the good points of Murray, it has additions and emendations, which I cannot but think would have commended themselves to Murray himself, and if I were a teacher of English Grammar, I would without hesitation prefer it to any other book of the kind, JAMES W. ALEXANDER, Professor of Belles Leitres, College of N. J. Princeton, Aug. 15, 1842 Extract of a letter from Rev. Benjamin Hale, D.D., President of Ge neva College N. Y. Rev. Dr. Bullions. — Dear Sir— I have lately procured a copy of your English Grammar, and given it such attention as my time has permitted, aud I do not hesitate to express my conviction, that it is entitled to higher M confidence than any other English Grammar m use among us, and my wish, that it may come into general use. I have seen enough to satisfy me, that you hav^Wiligently consulted the best sources, and combined your materials with discrimination and judgment. We have, as a facul- ty, recommended it by placing it on the list of books to be used by can- didates in preparation for this college. I have personally recommended it, and will continue to recommend it, as I have opportunity. Very respectfully, dear sir, your friend, &c. BENJAMIN HALE. Geneva College, July 13, 1842. Extract of a letter from Rev. Cyrus Mason, D.D., Rector of the Grammar School in the University of New- York. University, New-York, June \^th, 1842. Rev. Dr. Bullions. — Dear Sir — At the suggestion of the late Mr. Leckie, head classical master in the Grammar School, we began to in- troduce your'grammars at the opening of the present year. We have made use chiefly of the Greek and English Grammar. The result thus far is a conviction that we have profited by the change, which I was very slow to make ; and I doubt not that our farther experience will con- firm the good opinion we entertain of your labors in this department of learning. Wishing you a large reward, I remain, very truly yours, C. MASON, Rector. NOTICES FROM THE PUBLIC PRESS. From a Report presented to the Jefferson Co. Asso- ciation OF Teachers, on the English Grammars now in usCf the merits of each, and the best 7nethod of teaching them. By the Rev. J. R. Boyd, Principal of Black Ri- ver Institute. " 2. The Grammar by Prof. Bullions of the Albany Aca- demy, is constructed on the same plan as that of Brown j and while it is not so copious in its exercises, nor so full in its observations upon the language, yet it is far more simple in its phraseology, more clear in its arrangement, more free perhaps from errors or things needing improvement, and at the same time contains all that is necessary to be learned in gaining a knowledge of the structure of our language. The Rules of Syntax and observations under them, are expressed generally in the best manner. The Verb is most vividly ex- plained, and that portion of the work contains much not to be found in other grammars, while it judiciously omits a great deal to be found in them, that is unworthy of insertion. " It is excellent upon Prosody, and upon Poetic Diction 6 <* * and gives an admirable summary of directions for correct and elegant writing, and the different form|/)f composition. The typography of the book cannot be too highly commended — a circumstance that greatly affects the comfort and improve- ment of the learner. "This grammar is equally well adapted to the beginner and to the advanced scholar. The course of instruction which Prof. B. recommends in the use of his grammar, seems wisely adapted to secure in the readiest manner the improvement of the pupil. The book is not so large as to appal the beginner, nor so small as to be of little use to those advanced. On the whole, in my judgment, no work has yet appeared, which presents equally high claims to general use. It is copious without redundancy — it is well printed, and forms a volume pleasing to the eye. It is lucid and simple, while in the main, it is philosophically exact. — Among the old Grammars, our decided preference is given to that of Prof. Bullions." [From the Albany Argus.] Principles of English Grammar. — This work besides containing a full system of grammar, is rendered more immediately useful for acade- mies and common schools, by containing copious examples in good gram, mar for parsing, and in bad grammar for correction; and all of these are arranged directly under the rule to which they apply. Thus, instead of two books, which are required, (the grammar and the exercises,) the learner finds both in one, for a price at least not greater than the others. [From the Newburgh Journal.] Bullions' English Grammar. — It is not one of the smallest evils con- nected with our present system of common school education, that our schools are flooded with such a variety of books on elementary subjects, not only differing in arrangement, but frequently involving absurd and contradictory principles. And to no subject are these remarks more ap- plicable, than to English Grammar. And until some one elementary work of an approved character shall be generally introduced into our common schools, we despair of realizing a general proficiency in this important branch of education, It is with pleasure, therefore, that we witness the inci'easing popularity of " Bullions' English Grammar." From a familiar acquaintance with the work, from the publication of the first edition, we have no hesitation in pronouncing it the best Gram- mar with which we are acquainted. The perspicuity of its definitions, the correctness of its principles, the symmetry of its arrangements, as well as the neat and accurate form in which it is presented, and withal the cheapness of the work, are so many recommendations to its general use. M [From the Albany Evening Journal.] Professor Bullions' English Gia»nmar is obviously the fruit of sound and enlightened judgment, patient labor and close reflection. It partakes o£ the character both of an original work and of a compilation. Fol- lowing the principles of Murray, and adopting in the main the plan of Lennie, the most distinguished of his successors, the aim of the author, as he states in his preface, has been to correct what is erroneous^ to re- trench what is superfluous or unimportant, to compress what is prolix, to elucidate what is obscure, and to determine what is left doubtful, in the books already in use. In laboring to accomplish this excellent design, he has contrived to condense, in very perspicuous language, within the compass of a small, handsomely printed volume, about 200 pages, and costing but 50 cents, all that is requisite in this form to the acquisition of a thorough knowledge of the grammar of our language. It contains so great a number of exercises in parsing and syntax, judiciously inter- spersed, as to supersede the necessity of separate manuals of exercises now in use. Among other highly useful things to be found in this book, and not usually met with in works of this nature, are some very valua. ble critical remarks, and a pretty long " list of improper expressions," which unhappily have crept into use in different pai-ts of our country. Under the head of Prosody, the author has, it is believed, given a bet- ter explanation of the principles of English versification, than is to be found in any other work of this nature in this country. In short, I hazard the prediction that this will be found to be decidedly the plainest, most perfect, and most useful manual of English grammar that has yet appeared. Z. EXTRACTS FROM LETTERS. The following, are extracts from letters from County Su- perintendents of Common Schools in the State of New-York, to whom copies of the work had been sent for examination. From Alexander Fonda, Esq. Dep. Supt. of Com. Schools, Schenectady Co, Schenectady, March 30, 1842. Dear Sir — I acknowledge the receipt of a copy of your English Grammar, left upon my office desk yesterday afternoon. When in your city some three weeks since, I was presented with a copy by S, S. Ran- dall, Esq. ; from the examination I was enabled to give it, and from the opinion expressed in relation to it, by one of Ae oldest and most ex- perienced teachers of this county, to whom I presented it, as well as from the knowledge I possessed by reputation of its author, I had before I received the copy from you, determined to introduce it as far as I was able, as a class book in the schools of this county. From Chauncey Goodrich, Esq. Dep. Supt. of Com. Schools, Onondaga Co Canal, June 24, 1842. Dear Sir — Your favor of the 1st instant has just come to hand. The Grammar referred to has been received and examined. I am fully sa- tisfied of its superior merits as a grammar for common schools, over any other work I have seen. I shall take the earliest measures for its mtry duction into the schools under my supervision. From RoswELL K. Bourne, Esq. Dep. Supt. of Com. Schools, Chenango G»- Piicher, June 30. 1842. Dear Sir — Some time since I received a copy of a work on English gram- mar, by the Rev. Peter Bullions, D.D. for which I am much obliged. I have given the book as close an examination as circumstances would permit. The book is well got up, and exhibits the thorough acquaint- ance of the author with his subject. I think it well calculated for our common schools. From Garnsey Beach, Esq. Dep. Supt. of Common Schools, Putnam Co. Patterson, July 2, 1842. Dear Sir — Yours of the first ult, was received on Thursday last. As it respects your Grammar I have carefully examined it, and without en- tering into particulars, I consider it the best I have ever seen, and as such, I have recommended it to the several schools under my care. From O. VV. Randall, Esq. Dep. Supt. of Common Schools, Oswego Co. Phoenix, July 2, 1842. Mr. P. Bullions, — Dear Sir — I have for the last two weeks devoted some considerable time, in perusing your system of English Grammar, and in reply to yours, requesting my views of the work, I can cheer- fully say, that its general arrangment, is admirably adapted either to the novice or adept. The § 27th and § 28th on verbs, with the attendant remarks, are highly important, and essential to the full completion of any system of grammar. The work taken together is remarkable for simplicity, lucidity and exactness, and is calculated not only to make the correct grammarian, but also a correct prosodian. Whatever may be its fate in the field, it enters with a large share of merit on its side, and with full as fair prospect of success as any work extant. From W. S. Preston, Esq. Dep. Supt. of Com ScJiools, Suffolk Co. JV. Y. Patchogue, L. I. July 6, 1842, Prof. P. Bullions, — Dear Sir — Some time since I received a copy of your English Grammar, for which I am much obliged. I have devoted as much time to its perusal as circumstances would permit, and can say of it, that I believe it claims decided prr rerence over the Grammars ge- nerally used in schools throughout this country, and indeed I may say, over the many works o#that science extant. From James Henry, Esq. Den. Supt. of Common Schools, Herkimer Co, Little-Falls, July 11, 1842. Prof. Bullions, — Sir — I have read with as much attention as my avo. cations would allow, the work you had the kindness to send me, upon English Grammar, and so far as I am capable of forming an opinion of the merits of your book, I concur generally in the views expressed in the extract from the report of M Boyd, as contained in your circular. 9 From D. H. Stevens, Dep. Supt, of Common Schools, FranJdin Co. N, Y. Moira, Aug. 27, 1842. Rev. P, Bullions, — Dear Sir — On Wednesday the 24th instant, the committee determined upon a series of books, and I have the happmess to inform you, that your English Grammar will be reported on the first Wednesday in October, at the next meeting of the Association, as the most brief, perspicuous and philosophical work, upon that subject within our knowledge. From R. W. Finch, Esq. Dep. Svpt. of Common Schools. Steuben Co. N. ¥• Bath, Sept. 11, 1842. Dear Sir — Having at length given your English Grammar a careful perusal ; and having compared it with all the modern works on the sub- ject, which have any considerable claims to merit, I am prepared to make a more enlightened decision, and one that is satisfactory to myself. The work has my decided preference. From J. W. Fairfield, and Cyrus Curtiss, Esqrs. Dep. Superintendents of Common Schools, Hudson, N, Y. Hudson, Sept. 15, 1842. Rev. P. Bullions, — Sir — ^We have examined a copy of your English Grammar, with reference to the introduction of the same into our pub- lic schools, and we take pleasure in saying that the examination has proved very satisfactory. We cannot, without occupying too much space, specify the particular points of excellence which we noticed in the arrangement of the different parts, the clearness of expression and illustration, and the precise adaptation of the Rules of Syntax, to the principles previously laid down. It is sufficient to say, that we believe it to be, in all the requisites of a good school book, superior to any other English Grammar which has come under our observation. II. THE PRINCIPLES OF LATIN GRAMMAR, &c. This work is upon the foundation of Adam's Latin Grammar, so long and so well known as a text book in this country. The object aimed at was to combine with all that is excellent in the work of Adam, the im- portant results of subsequent labors in this field, — to correct errors and supply defects, — to bring the whole up to that point which the present state of classical learning requires, — and to give it such a form as to ren- der it a suitable part of the series. The following notices are furnished. From Rev. James W. Alexander, Prof. Belles Lettres in the College of New-Jersey. Princeton, N. J. Aug. 15, 1842. ' 1 have examined with some care the Latin Grammar of the Rev. Dr. Bullions. It is, if I may hazard a judgment, a most valuable work, evincing that peculiar apprehension of the pupil's necessities, which nothing but long continued practice as an instructor can produce. Among our various Latin Grammaxs, it deserves the place which is occupied by the best ; and no teacher, as I think, need hesitate a moment about in troducing it 10 [From the Biblical Repertory, or Princeton Review, Jan. 1842.j The Principles of Latin Grammar, &c. — This completes the series proposed by the learned author, who has now furnished us with an Eng- lish, a Latin, and a Greek Grammar, which have this peculiar recom- mendation that they are arranged in the same order, and expressed in the same terms, so far as the differences of the languages permit. Tho basis of this manual is the well known Grammar of Adam, an excellent , summary, but at the same time one which admitted of retrenchment, ad- dition, and emendation, all which have been ably furnished by Dr. Bul- lions. We have not made a business of perusing the work laboriously, but we have looked over the whole and bestowed particular attention on certain parts ; and therefore feel at liberty to recommend it with great confidence, especially to all such teachers as have been in the habit of using Adam's Grammar. III. THE PRINCIPLES OF GREEK GRAMMAR, &c. The object of this publication was to provide a comprehensive manual of Greek Grammar, adapted to the use of the younger, as well as to the more advanced class of students in our schools and colleges, and espe- cially of those under the authoi-'s own care. To this end, the leading principles of Greek Grammar are exhibited in rules as few and brief as possible, so as to be easily committed to memory, and at the same time 80 comprehensive and perspicuous, as to be of general and easy application. The following notices of this work, from different sources, will show the estimate formed of it by competent judges. Bullions' Greek Grammar. — We have examined the second edition of Dr. Bullions' Greek Grammar, and consider it, upon the whole, the best grammar of the Greek language with which we are acquainted The parts to be committed to memory are both concise and comprehen sive ; the illustrations are full without prolixity, and the arrangement na- tural and judicious. The present edition is considerably reduced in size from the former, without, as we apprehend, at all impairing its value. It discovers in its compilation much labor and research, as well as sound judgment. We are persuaded that the general use of it in our grammar schools and academies would facilitate the acquisition of a thorough knowledge of the language. Judicious teachers pursuing the plan marked out by the author in his preface, would usually conduct their pupils to a competent knowledge of the language in a less time by several months than by the systems formerly in use. We therefore give it our cordial recommendation. ELIPHALET NOTT, , R. PROUDFIT, ^ Union College, December 19, 1840. ALONZO POTTER. "^ Extract of a letter from Rev. Daniel D. Whedon, A.M. Professor of An- cient Languages and Literature, in the Wesleyan University, Middleton, Ct. Wesleyan University, March 29, 1842. Rev. Dr. Bullions, — Dear Sir — Although I have not the honor of 11 your personal acquaintance, I take the liberty of addressing to you my thariKs for your excellent Greek Grammar. Noth with standing many persona], urgent, and interested appeals in favor of other grammars — and our literary market seems to abound with that kind of stock — the in- trinsic superiority of your manual over every rival, induced me, after I saw your last edition, to adopt it in the Greek department of the Wes- leyan University, and the success of my present Freshman class, amply justities the course. Extractcf a letter from Henry Bannister, j^.M. Principal of ike Academy ^ in Fairfield, N. Y. Fairfield Academy, May 12, 1842. Rev. Doct. Bullions, — Sir — Sometime since I received your English and Greek Grammar, of each, one copy ; and, if it is not too late, I would now return you my sincere thanks. I have not found in any work, suitable for a text book in schools, an analysis of the verb so strictly philosophical, and at the same time so easy to the learner to master and to retain when mastered, as that contained in your work. The editorial observations on government, and indeed the whole matter and arrange- ment of the Syntax, especially commend your work to general use in schools. [From the Princeton Review, for Jan. 1840.] It is with pleasure we welcome a second edition of this manual, which we continue to regard as still unsurpassed by any similar work in our language. The typography and the quality of the paper are uncommon- ly good. We observe valuable additions and alterations. For all that we can see, everything worth knowing in Thiersch is here condensed into a tew pages. We have certainly never seen the anatomy of the Greek verb so neatly demonstrated. The Syntax is full, and presents the lead- ing facts and principles, by rules, so as to be easily committed to mem- ory. To learners who are beginning the language, and especially to teachers of grammar schools, we earnestly recommend this book. [From the New- York Observer.] Bullions' Principles of Greek Grammar, &.c. 2d edition. With pleasure we hail the second edition of this valuable work, and are happy to find that the revision which it has undergone has resulted in decided improvements. Formed, as it is, on the basis of that most symmetrical of all modern grammars. Dr. Moor's Greek Grammar, which its learned author never lived to complete. It is now made to embrace not only the general rules, but all the minutia essential to a critical knowledge of that ancient and elegant language. One of the chief excellencies of this model, and one that is fully retained in this grammar, is to be found in the simplicity, perspicuity, conciseness, and yet fulness of the definitions and rules for the various modifications of the language. The sense is clearly expressed, while scarcely a particle is used that could have been dispensed with. We have no hesitation in expressing the opinion, that Dr. B. has produced the most complete and useful Greek grammar that b to be found in the English language. 12 RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE SERIES. Frmi the Rev. John Ludlow;, D.D. Provost of the University of Perm, No one I think can ever examine the series of Grammars published by Dr. Bullions, without a deep conviction of their superior excellence. When the English Grammar, the first in the series, was published in 1834. it was my pleasure, in connexion with some honored individuals, in the city of Albany, to bear the highest testimony to its worth ; that testimony, if I mistake not, received the unanimous approval of all whose judgment can or ought to influence public opinion. I have seen, with great gratification, that the 2d and 3d in the series, the Latin and Greek, have met with the same favorable judgement, which I believe to be entirely deserved, and in which I do most heartily concur. From the Hon. Alfred Conkling, Judge of the United States Court in the Northern District of New- York, published in the Cayuga Patriot. Bullions' Series of Grammars. — By the recent publication of «♦ The Principles of Latin Grammar," this series of grammars (English, Latin, and Greek,) is at length completed. To their preparation, Dr. Bullions has devoted many years of the best portion of his life. In the composi- tion of these books, he has shown an intimate acquaintance with the works of his ablest predecessors; and while upon the one hand, he has not scru- pled freely to avail himself of their labors, on the other hand, by studi- ously avoiding all that is objectionable in them, and by re-modelling, im- proving, and illustrating the rest, he has unquestionably succeeded in con- structing the best — decidedly the very best — grammar, in each of the three above named languages, that has yet appeared. Such is the deli- berate and impartial judgment which has been repeatedly expressed by the most competent judges, respecting the English and Greek grammars ; and such, I hesitate not to believe, will be the judgment formed of the Latin grammar. But independently of the superiority of these works separately considered, they possess, collectively, the great additional re- commendation of having their leading parts arranged in the same order, and, as far as properly can be done, expressed in the same language. An acquaintance with one of them, therefore, cannot fail greatly to facilitate the study of another, and at the same time, by directing the attention of the student distinctly to the points of agreement and of difference in the several languages, to render his acquisitions more accurate, and at the same time to give him clearer and more comprehensive views of the general principles of language. The importance of using in academies and schools, of the United States none but ably written and unexcep tionable school books, is incalculable ; and without intending unnecessa- nly to depreciate the labors of others, as a friend of sound education, I cannot refrain from expressing an earnest hope of seeing this series of grammars in general use. They are all beautifully printed on very good paper, and are sold at very reasonable prices. -f-T^jf ^m -^ VB 35669 -^_ /' ;V ...^^^^^^^^iL 1 i 18^5 Blue // 5776^9 .sSsi'ikVS'U.-- •^